官方社群在线客服官方频道防骗查询货币工具
客服系统
 How to Migrate from MariaDB to MySQL in 2 Easy Methods
How to Migrate from MariaDB to MySQL in 2 Easy Methods
MariaDB and MySQL are two widely popular relational databases that boast many of the largest enterprises as their clientele. Both MariaDB and MySQL are available in two versions – A community-driven version and an enterprise version. However, the distribution of features and development processes in the community and enterprise versions of MySQL and MariaDB differ from each other. Even though MariaDB claims itself as a drop-in replacement for MySQL, because of the terms of licensing and enterprising support contracts, many organizations migrate between these two according to their policy changes. This blog post will cover the details of how to move data from MariaDB to MySQL. What is MariaDB? MariaDB is a RDBMS built on SQL, created by the professionals behind the development of MySQL intended to provide technical efficiency and versatility. You can use this database for many use cases, which include data warehousing, and managing your data. Its relational nature will be helpful for you. And, the open-source community will provide you with the resources required. What is MySQL? MySQL is one of the renowned open source relational database management systems. You can store and arrange data in structured formats in tables with columns and rows. You can define, query, manage, and manipulate your data using SQL. You can use MySQL to develop websites, and applications. Examples of companies who used this are Uber, Airbnb, Pinterest, and Shopify. They use MySQL for their database management requirements because of its versatility and capabilities to in manage large operations. Methods to Integrate MariaDB with MySQL Method 1: Using LIKE.TG Data to Connect MariaDB to MySQL A fully managed, No-Code Data Pipeline platform like LIKE.TG Data allows you to seamlessly migrate your data from MariaDB to MySQL in just two easy steps. No specialized technical expertise is required to perform the migration. Method 2: Using Custom Code to Connect MariaDB to MySQL Use mysqldump to migrate your data from MariaDB to MySQL by writing a couple of commands mentioned in the blog. However this is a costly operation that can also overload the primary database. Method 3: Using MySQL Workbench You can also migrate your data from MariaDB to MySQL using the MySQL Migration Wizard. However, it has limitations on the size of migrations that it can handle effectively, and as a result, it cannot handle very large datasets. Get Started with LIKE.TG for Free Method 1: Using LIKE.TG Data to Connect MariaDB to MySQL The steps involved are, Step 1: Configure MariaDB as Source Step 2: Configure MySQL as Destination Check out why LIKE.TG is the Best: Schema Management: LIKE.TG takes away the tedious task of schema management automatically detects the schema of incoming data and maps it to the destination schema. Incremental Data Load: LIKE.TG allows the transfer of data that has been modified in real-time. This ensures efficient utilization of bandwidth on both ends.’ Data Transformation:It provides a simple interface to perfect, modify, and enrich the data you want to transfer. Secure: LIKE.TG has a fault-tolerant architecture that ensures that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss. Get Started with LIKE.TG for Free Method 2: Using Custom Code to Connect MariaDB to MySQL Since both databases provide the same underlying tools, it is very easy to copy data from MariaDB to MySQL. The following steps detail how to accomplish this. Step 1: From the client machine, use the below command to create a complete dump of the database in MariaDB. mysqldump -u username -p database_name > source_dump.sql This command creates a source_dump.sql file. Step 2: Move the file to a machine that can access the target MySQL database. If the same machine has access to the target database, this step is not relevant. Step 3: Log in as root to the target MySQL database mysql -u root -p password Step 4: In the MySQL shell, execute the below command to create a database. CREATE DATABASE target_database;Where target_database is the name of the database to which data is to be imported. Step 5: Exit the MySQL shell and go to the location where the source_dump.sql is stored. Step 6: Execute the below command to load the database from the dump file. mysql -u username -p new_database < source_dump.sql That concludes the process. The target database is now ready for use and this can be verified by logging in to the MySQL shell and executing a SHOW TABLES command. Even though this approach provides a simple way for a one-off copy operation between the two databases, this method has a number of limitations. Let’s have a look at the limitations of this approach. MariaDB to MySQL: Limitations of Custom Code Approach In most cases, the original database will be online while the customer attempts to copy the data. mysqldump command is a costly execution and can lead to the primary database being unavailable or slow during the process. While the mysqldump command is being executed, new data could come in resulting in some leftover data. This data needs to be handled separately. This approach works fine if the copying operation is a one-off process. In some cases, organizations may want to maintain an exact running replica of MariaDB in MySQL and then migrate. This will need a complex script that can use the binary logs to create a replica. Even though MariaDB claims itself as a drop-in replacement, the development has been diverging now and there are many incompatibilities between versions as described here. This may lead to problems while migrating using the above approach. Migrate from MariaDB to MySQLGet a DemoTry itMigrate from MariaDB to PostgreSQLGet a DemoTry it Method 3: Using MySQL Workbench In MySQL Workbench, navigate yourself to Database> Migrate to initiate the migration wizard. Go to Overview page -> select Open ODBC Manager. This is done to make sure the ODBC drive for MySQL Server is installed. If not, useMySQL installer used to install MySQL Workbench for installing it. Select Start Migration. Click and specify details on source database -> test the connection -> select Next. Configure the target database details and verify connection. Get the wizard extracting the schema list from the source server -> select the schema for migrating. The migration will begin once you mention the objects you want to migrate on the Source Objects page. Make edits in the generated SQL for all objects -> edit migration issues, or change the name of the target object and columns on the View drop-down of Manual Edit. Go to the next page -> choose create schema in target RDBMS -> Give it sometime to finish the creation. And check the created objects on the Create Target Results page. In the Data Transfer Settings page, configure data migration -> Select Next to move your data. Check the migration report after the process -> select Finish to close the wizard. You can check the consistency of source data and schema by logging into the target database. Also, check if the table and row counts match. SELECT COUNT (*) FROM table_name; Get MySQL row count of tables in your database. SELECT table_name, table_rows FROM information_schema.tables WHERE table_schema = 'classicmodels' ORDER BY table_name; 14. Check the database size. SELECT TABLE_SCHEMA AS `Database`, TABLE_NAME AS `Table`, ROUND((DATA_LENGTH + INDEX_LENGTH) / 1024 / 1024) AS `Size (MB)` FROM information_schema.TABLES GROUP BY table_schema; Understand the size of the table. SELECT table_name AS "Table", ROUND(((data_length + index_length) / 1024 / 1024), 2) AS "Size (MB)" FROM information_schema.TABLES WHERE table_schema = "database_name" ORDER BY (data_length + index_length) DESC; Limitations of using MySQL Workbench to Migrate MariaDB to MySQL: Size Constraints: MySQL workbench has limitations on the size of migrations that it can handle effectively. It cannot be used for very large databases. Limited Functionality: It cannot deal with complex data structures efficiently. It requires manual interventions or additional tools to do so when using MySQL workbench. Use Cases of MariaDB to MySQL Migration MySQL is suitable for heavily trafficked websites and mission-critical applications. MySQL can handle terabyte-sized databases and also supports high-availability database clustering. When you migrate MariaDB to MySQL, you can manage databases of websites and applications with high traffic. Popular applications that use the MySQL database include TYPO3, MODx, Joomla, WordPress, phpBB, MyBB, and Drupal. MySQL is one of the most popular transactional engines for eCommerce platforms. Thus, when you convert MariaDB to MySQL, it becomes easy to use to manage customer data, transactions, and product catalogs. When you import MariaDB to MySQL, it assists you in fraud detection. MySQL helps to analyze transactions, claims etc. in real-time, along with trends or anomalous behavior to prevent fraudulent activities. Learn More About: How to Migrate MS SQL to MySQL in 3 Methods Migrate Postgres to MySQL Connecting FTP to MySQL Conclusion This blog explained two methods that you can use to import MariaDB to MySQL. The manual custom coding method provides a simple approach for a one-off migration between MariaDB and MySQL. Among the methods provided, determining which method is to be used depends on your use case. You can go for an automated data pipeline platform if you want continuous or periodic copying operations. Sign Up for a 14-day free trial FAQ on MariaDB to MySQL How do I switch from MariaDB to MySQL? You can transfer your data from MariaDB to MySQL using custom code or automated pipeline platforms like LIKE.TG Data. How to connect MariaDB to MySQL? You can do this by using custom codes. The steps include:1. Create a Dump of MariaDB2. Log in to MySQL as a Root User3. Create a MySQL Database4. Restore the Data5. Verify and Test How to upgrade MariaDB to MySQL? Upgrading from MariaDB to MySQL would involve fully backing the MariaDB databases. Afterward, uninstall MariaDB, install MySQL, and restore from the created backup. Be sure that the MySQL version supports all features used in your setup. Is MariaDB compatible with MySQL? MariaDB’s data files are generally binary compatible with those from the equivalent MySQL version.
 Best 12 Data Integration Tools Reviews 2024
Best 12 Data Integration Tools Reviews 2024
Choosing the right data integration tool can be tricky, with many options available today. If you’re not clear on what you need, you might end up making the wrong choice.That’s why it’s crucial to have essential details and information, such as what factors to consider and how to choose the best data integration tools, before making a decision. In this article, I have compiled a list of 15 tools to help you choose the correct data integration tool that meets all your requirements. You’ll also learn about the benefits of these tools and the key factors to consider when selecting these tools. Let’s dive in! Understanding Data Integration Data integration is merging data from diverse sources to create a cohesive, comprehensive dataset that gives you a unified view. By consolidating data across multiple sources, your organization can discover insights and patterns that might remain hidden while examining data from individual sources alone. List of 15 Best Data Integration Tools in 2024 With such a large number of products on the market, finding the right Data Integration Tools for a company’s needs can be tough. Here’s an overview of seven of the most popular and tried-out Database Replication solutions. These are the top Data Integration Tools used widely in the market today. 1. LIKE.TG Data With LIKE.TG , you get a growing library of over 150 plug-and-play connectors, including all your SaaS applications, databases, and file systems. You can also choose from destinations like Snowflake, BigQuery, Redshift, Databricks, and Firebolt. Data integrations are done effortlessly in near real-time with an intuitive, no-code interface. It is scalable and cost-effectively automates a data pipeline, ensuring flexibility to meet your needs. Key features of LIKE.TG Data LIKE.TG ensures zero data loss, always keeping your data intact. It lets you monitor your workflow and stay in control with enhanced visibility and reliability to identify and address issues before they escalate. LIKE.TG provides you with 24/7 Customer Support to ensure you enjoy round-the-clock support when needed. With LIKE.TG , you have a reliable tool that lets you worry less about the data integration and helps you focus more on your business. Check LIKE.TG ’s in-depth documentation to learn more. Pricing at LIKE.TG Data LIKE.TG offers you with three simple and transparent pricing models, starting with the free plan which lets you ingest up to 1 million records. The Best-Suited Use Case for LIKE.TG Data If you are looking for advanced capabilities in automated data mapping and efficient change data capture, LIKE.TG is the best choice. LIKE.TG has great coverage, they keep their integrations fresh, and the tool is super reliable and accessible. The team was very responsive as well, always ready to answer questions and fix issues. It’s been a great experience! – Prudhvi Vasa, Head of Data, Postman Experience LIKE.TG : A Top Data Integration Tool for 2024 Feeling overwhelmed by the ever-growing list of data integration tools? Look no further! While other options may seem complex or limited, LIKE.TG offers a powerful and user-friendly solution for all your data needs. Get Started with LIKE.TG for Free 2. Dell Boomi Dell provides a cloud-based integration tool called Dell Boomi, this tool empowers your business to effortlessly integrate between applications, partners and customers through an intuitive visual designer and a wide array of pre-configured components. Boomi simplifies and supports ongoing integration and development task between multiple endpoints, irrespective of your organization’s size. Key Features of Dell Boomi Whether you’re an SMB or a large company, you can use this tool to support several application integrations as a service. With Dell Boomi, you can access a variety of integration and data management capabilities, including private-cloud, on-premise, and public-cloud endpoint connectors and robust ETL support. The tool allows your business to manage Data Integration in a central place via a unified reporting portal. Pricing at Dell Boomi Whether you’re an SMB or an Enterprise, Boomi offers you with easily understandable, flexible, and transparent pricing starting with basic features and ranging to advanced requirements. The Best-Suited Use Case for Dell Boomi Dell Boomi is a wise choice for managing and moving your data through hybrid IT architectures. 3. Informatica PowerCenter Informatica is a software development company that specializes in Data Integration. It provides ETL, data masking, data quality, data replication, data virtualization, master data management, and other services. You can connect it to and fetch data from a variety of heterogeneous sources and perform data processing. Key Features of Informatica PowerCenter You can manage and monitor your data pipelines with ease quickly identify and address any issues that might arise. You can ensure high data quality and accuracy using data cleansing, profiling, and standardization. It runs alongside an extensive catalog of related products for big data integration, cloud application integration, master data management, data cleansing, and other data management functions. Pricing at Informatica PowerCenter Informatica offers flexible, consumption-based pricing model enabling you to pay for what you need. For further information, you can contact their sales team. The Best-Suited Use Case for Informatica PowerCenter Powercenter is a good choice if you have to deal with many legacy data sources that are primarily on-premise. 4. Talend Talend is an ETL solution that includes data quality, application integration, data management, data integration, data preparation, and big data, among other features. Talend, after retiring its open-source version of Talend Studio, has joined hands with Qlik to provide free and paid versions of its data integration platform. They are committed to delivering updates, fixes, and vulnerability patches to ensure the platform remains secure and up-to-date. Key Features of Talend Talend also offers a wide array of services for advanced Data Integration, Management, Quality, and more. However, we are specifically referring to Talend Open Studio here. Your business can install and build a setup for both on-premise and cloud ETL jobs using Spark, Hadoop, and NoSQL Databases. To prepare data, your real-time team collaborations are permitted. Pricing at Talend Talend provides you with ready-to-query schemas, and advanced connectivity to improve data security included in its basic plan starting at $100/month. The Best-Suited Use Case for Talend If you can compromise on real-time data availability to save on costs, consider an open-source batch data migration tool like Talend. 5. Pentaho Pentaho Data Integration (PDI) provides you with ETL capabilities for obtaining, cleaning, and storing data in a uniform and consistent format. This tool is extremely popular and has established itself as the most widely used and desired Data Integration component. Key Features of Pentaho Pentaho Data Integration (PDI) is known for its simple learning curve and simplicity of usage. You can use Pentaho for multiple use cases that it supports outside of ETL in a Data Warehouse, such as database replication, database to flat files, and more. Pentaho allows you to create ETL jobs on a graphical interface without writing code. Pricing at Pentaho Pentaho has a free, open-source version and a subscription-based enterprise model. You can contact the sales team to learn the details about the subscription-based model. The Best-Suited Use Case for Pentaho Since PDI is open-source, it’s a great choice if you’re cost-sensitive. Pentaho, as a batch data integration tool, doesn’t support real-time data streaming. 6. AWS Glue AWS Glue is a robust data integration solution that excels in fully managed, cloud-based ETL processes on the Amazon Web Services (AWS) platform. Designed to help you discover, prepare, and combine data, AWS Glue simplifies analytics and machine learning. Key Features of the AWS Glue You don’t have to write the code for creating and running ETL jobs, this can be done simply by using AWS Glue Studio. Using AWS Glue, you can execute serverless ETL jobs. Also, other AWS services like S3, RDS, and Redshift can be integrated easily. Your data sources can be crawled and catalogued automatically using AWS Glue. Pricing at AWS Glue For AWS Glue the pay you make is hourly and the billing is done every second. You can request them for pricing quote. The Best-Suited Use Case for AWS Glue AWS Glue is a good choice if you’re looking for a fully managed, scalable and reliable tool involving cloud-based data integrations. 7. Microsoft Azure Data Factory Azure Data Factory is a cloud-based ETL and data integration service that allows you to create powerful workflows for moving and transforming data at scale. With Azure Data Factory, you can easily build and schedule data-driven workflows, known as pipelines, to gather data from various sources. Key Features of the Microsoft Azure Data Factory Data Factory offers a versatile integration and transformation platform that seamlessly supports and speeds up your digital transformation project using intuitive, code-free data flows. Using built-in connectors, you can ingest all your data from diverse and multiple sources. SQL Server Integration Services (SSIS) can be easily rehosted to build code-free ETL and ELT pipelines with built-in Git, supporting continuous integration and continuous delivery (CI/CD). Pricing at Microsoft Azure Data Factory Azure provides a consumption based pricing model, you can estimate your specific cost by using Azure Pricing Calculator available on the its website. The Best-Suited Use Case for the Microsoft Azure Data Factory Azure Data Factory is designed to automate and coordinate your data workflows across different sources and destinations. 8. IBM Infosphere Data Stage IBM DataStage is an enterprise-level data integration tool used to streamline your data transfer and transformation tasks. Data integration using ETL and ELT methods, along with parallel processing and load balancing is supported ensuring high performance. Key Features of IBM Infosphere Data Stage To integrate your structured, unstructured, and semi-structured data, you can use Data Stage. The platform provides a range of data quality features for you, including data profiling, standardization, matching, enhancement, and real-time data quality monitoring. By transforming large volumes of raw data, you can extract high-quality, usable information and ensure consistent and assimilated data for efficient data integrations. Pricing at IBM Infosphere Data Stage Data Stage offers free trial and there after you can contact their sales team to obtain the pricing for license and full version. The Best-Suited Use Case for IBM Infosphere Data Stage IBM Infosphere DataStage is recommended for you as the right integration tool because of its parallel processing capabilities it can handle large-scale data integrations efficiently along with enhancing performance. 9. SnapLogic SnapLogic is an integration platform as a service (iPaaS) that offers fast integration services for your enterprise. It comes with a simple, easy-to-use browser-based interface and 500+ pre-built connectors. With the help of SnapLogic’s Artificial Intelligence-based assistant, a person like you from any line of business can effortlessly integrate the two platforms using the click-and-go feature. Key Features of SnapLogic SnapLogic offers reporting tools that allow you to view the ETL job progress with the help of graphs and charts. It provides the simplest user interface, enabling you to have self-service integration. Anyone with no technical knowledge can integrate the source with the destination. SnapLogic’s intelligent system detects any EDI error, instantly notifies you, and prepares a log report for the issue. Pricing at SnapLogic SnapLogics’s pricing is based on the package you select and the configuration that you want with unlimited data flow. You can discuss the pricing package with their team. The Best-Suited Use Case for SnapLogic SnapLogic is an easy-to-use data integration tool that is best suited for citizen integrators without technical knowledge. 10. Jitterbit Jitterbit is a harmony integration tool that enables your enterprise to establish API connections between apps and services. It supports cloud-based, on-premise, and SaaS applications. Along with Data Integration tools, you are offered AI features that include speech recognition, real-time language translation, and a recommendation system. It is called the Swiss Army Knife of Big Data Integration Platforms. Key Features of Jitterbit Jitterbit offers a powerful Workflow Designer that allows you to create new integration between two apps with its pre-built data integration tool templates. It comes with an Automapper that can help you map similar fields and over 300 formulas to make the transformation task easier. Jitterbit provides a virtual environment where you can test integrations without disrupting existing ones. Pricing at Jitterbit Jitterbit offers you with three pricing models: Standard, Professional and Enterprise, all need an yearly subscription, and the quote can be discussed with them. The Best-Suited Use Case for Jitterbit Jitterbit is an Enterprise Integration Platform as a Service (EiPaaS) that you can use to solve complex integrations quickly. 11. Zigiwave Zigiwave is a Data Integration Tool for ITSM, Monitoring, DevOps, Cloud, and CRM systems. It can automate your workflow in a matter of few clicks as it offers a No-code interface for easy-to-go integrations. With its deep integration features, you can map entities at any level. Zigiwave smart data loss prevention protects data during system downtime. Key Features of Zigiwave Zigiwave acts as an intermediate between your two platforms and doesn’t store any data, which makes it a secure cloud Data Integration platform. Zigiwave synchronizes your data in real-time, making it a zero-lag data integration tool for enterprises. It is highly flexible and customizable and you can filter and map data according to your needs. Pricing at Zigiwave You can get a 30-day free trial at Zigiwave and can book a meeting with them to discuss the pricing. The Best-Suited Use Case for Zigiwave It is best suited if your company has fewer resources and wants to automate operations with cost-effective solutions. 12. IRI Voracity IRI Voracity is an iPaaS Data Integration tool that can connect your two apps with its powerful APIs. It also offers federation, masking, data quality, and MDM integrations. Its GUI workspace is designed on Eclipse to perform integrations, transformations, and Hadoop jobs. It offers other tools that help you understand and track data transfers easily. Key Features of IRI Voracity IRI Voracity generates detailed reports for ETL jobs that help you track all the activities and log all the errors. It also enables you to directly integrate their data with other Business Analytics and Business Intelligence tools to help analyze your data in one place. You can transform, normalize, or denormalize your data with the help of a GUI wizard. Pricing at IRI Voracity IRI Voracity offers you their pricing by asking for a quote. The Best-Suited Use Case for IRI Voracity If you’re familiar with Eclipse-based wizards and need the additional features of IRI Voracity Data Management, IRI Voracity, an Eclipse GUI-based data integration platform, is ideal for you. 13. Oracle Data Integrator Oracle Data Integrator is one of the most renowned Data Integration providers, offering seamless data integration for SaaS and SOA-enabled data services. It also offers easy interoperability with Oracle Warehouse Builder (OWB) for enterprise users like yourself. Oracle Data Integrator provides GUI-based tools for a faster and better user experience. Key Features of Oracle Data Integrator It automatically detects faulty data during your data loading and transforming process and recycles it before loading it again. It supports all RDBMSs, such as Oracle, Exadata, Teradata, IBM DB2, Netezza, Sybase IQ, and other file technologies, such as XML and ERPs. Its unique ETL architecture offers you greater productivity with low maintenance and higher performance for data transformation. Pricing at Oracle Data Integrator Though it is a free Open-Source platform, you can get Oracle Data Integrator Enterprise Editions Licence at $900 for a named user plus licence with $198 for software update registration support, and $30,000 for Processor Licence with $6,600 for software update licence support. The Best-Suited Use Case for Oracle Data Integrator The unique ETL architecture of Oracle Data Integrator eliminates the dedicated ETL servers, which reduces its hardware and software maintenance costs. So it’s best for your business if you want cost-effective data integration technologies. 14. Celigo Celigo is an iPaaS Data Integration tool with a click-and-go feature. It automates most of your workflow for data extraction and transformation to destinations. It offers many pre-built connectors, including most Cloud platforms used in the industry daily. Its user-friendly interface enables technical and non-technical users to perform data integration jobs within minutes. Key Features of Celigo Celigo offers a low-code GUI-based Flow Builder that allows you to build custom integrations from scratch. It provides an Autopilot feature with inegrator.io that allows you to automate most workflow with the help of pattern recognition AI. Using Celigo, developers like you can create and share your stacks and generate tokens for direct API calls for complex flow logic to build integrations. Pricing at Celigo Celigo offers four pricing plans: Free trail plan with 2 endpoint apps, Professional with 5 endpoint apps, Premium with 10 endpoint apps and Enterprise with 20 endpoint apps. Their prices can be known by contacting them. The Best-Suited Use Case for Celigo It is perfect if you want to automate most of your data integration workflow and have no coding knowledge. 15. MuleSoft Anypoint Platform MuleSoft Anypoint Platform is a unified iPaaS Data Integration tool that helps your company establish a connection between two cloud-based apps or a cloud or on-premise system for seamless data synchronization. It stores the data stream from data sources locally and on the Cloud. To access and transform your data, you can use the MuleSoft expression language. Key Features of the MuleSoft Anypoint Platform It offers mobile support that allows you to manage your workflow and monitor tasks from backend systems, legacy systems, and SaaS applications. MuleSoft can integrate with many enterprise solutions and IoT devices such as sensors, medical devices, etc. It allows you to perform complex integrations with pre-built templates and out-of-box connectors to accelerate the entire data transfer process. Pricing at MuleSoft Anypoint Platform Anypoint Integration Starter is the starting plan which lets you manage, design and deploy APIs and migrations and you can get the quote at request. The Best-Suited Use Case for the MuleSoft Anypoint Platform When your company needs to connect to many information sources, in public and private clouds and wants to access outdated system data, this integrated data platform is the best solution. What Factors to Consider While Selecting Data Integration Tools? While picking the right Data Integration tool from several great options out there, it is important to be wise enough. So, how would you select the best data integration platform for your use case? Here are some factors to keep in mind: Data Sources Supported Scalability Security and Compliance Real-Time Data Availability Data Transformations 1) Data Sources Supported As your business grows, the complexity of the Data Integration strategy will grow. Take note that there are many streams and web-based applications, and data sources that are being added to your business suit daily by different teams. Hence, it is important to choose a tool that could grow and can accommodate your expanding list of data sources as well. 2) Scalability Initially, the volume of the data you need for your Data Integration software could be less. But, as your business scales, you will start capturing every touchpoint of your customers, exponentially growing the volume of data that your data infrastructure should be capable of handling. When you choose your Data Integration tool, ensure that the tool can easily scale up and down as per your data needs. 3) Security and Compliance Given you are dealing with mission-critical data, you have to make sure that the solution offers the expertise and the resources needed to ensure that you are covered when it comes to security and compliance. 4) Real-Time Data Availability This is applicable only if you are use case is to bring data to your destination for real-time analysis. For many companies – this is the primary use case. Not all Data Integration solutions support this. Many bring data to the destination in batches – creating a lag of anywhere between a few hours to days. 5) Data Transformations The data that is extracted from different applications is in different formats. For example, the date represented in your database can be in epoch time whereas another system has the date in “mm-dd-yy”. To be able to do meaningful analysis, companies would want to bring data to the destination in a common format that makes analysis easy and fast. This is where Data transformation comes into play. Depending on your use case, pick a tool that enables seamless data transformations. Benefits of Data Integration Tools Now that you have your right tool based on your use case, it is time to learn how are they beneficial for your business. The benefits range from: Improved Decision-Making Since the raw data is now converted into usable information and data is present in a consolidated form, your decisions based on that information will be faster and more accurate. Automated Business Processes Using these tools your data integration task becomes automated, which leaves you and your team with more time to focus on business development related activities. Reduced Costs By utilizing these tools the integration processes are automated, so, manual efforts and errors are significantly reduced, therefore reducing the overall cost. Improved Customer Service You deliver more personalized customer support and it becomes efficient as you can now have a comprehensive customer report which will help you understand their needs. Enhanced Compliance and Security These tools make sure that the data handled follows proper regulatory standards and any of your sensitive information is protected. Increased Agility and Collaboration You can easily share your data and collaborate across departments without any interruptions which boosts the datas overall agility and responsiveness. Learn more about: Top 7 Free Open-source ETL Tools AWS Integration Strategies Conclusion This article provided you with a brief overview of Data Integration and Data Integration Tools, along with the factors to consider while choosing these tools. You are now in the position to choose the best Data Integration tools based on your requirements. Now that you have an idea of how to go about picking a Data Integration Tool, let us know your thoughts/questions in the comments section below. FAQ on Data Integration Tools What are the main features to look for in a data integration tool? The main features to look for in a data integration tool are the data sources it supports, its scalability, the security and compliance it follows, real-time data availability, and last but not the least, the data transformations it provides. How do data integration tools enhance data security? The data integration tools enhance data security by following proper regulatory standards and protecting your sensitive information. Can data integration tools handle real-time data? Integration tools like LIKE.TG Data, Talend, Jitterbit, and Zigiwave can handle real-time data. What are the cost considerations for different data integration tools? Cost consideration for different data integration tools include your initial licensing and subscription fees, along with the cost to implement and setup that tool followed by maintenance and support. How do I choose between open-source and proprietary tools? While choosing between open-source and proprietary tools you consider relevant factors, such as business size, scalability, available budget, deployment time and reputation of the data integration solution partner.
 Salesforce to MySQL Integration: 2 Easy Methods
Salesforce to MySQL Integration: 2 Easy Methods
While Salesforce provides its analytics capabilities, many organizations need to synchronize Salesforce data into external databases like MySQL for consolidated analysis. This article explores two key methods for integrating Salesforce to MySQL: ETL pipeline and Custome Code. Read on for an overview of both integration methods and guidance on choosing the right approach.Methods to Set up Salesforce to MySQL Integration Method 1: Using LIKE.TG Data to Set Up Salesforce to MySQL Integration LIKE.TG Data, a No-code Data Pipeline platform helps you to transfer data from Salesforce (among 150+ Sources) to your desired destination like MySQL in real-time, in an effortless manner, and for free. LIKE.TG with its minimal learning curve can be set up in a matter of minutes making the user ready to perform operations in no time instead of making them repeatedly write the code. Sign up here for a 14-day Free Trial! Method 2: Using Custom Code to Set Up Salesforce to MySQL Integration You can follow the step-by-step guide for connecting Salesforce to MySQL using custom codes. This approach uses Salesforce APIs to achieve this data transfer. Additionally, it will also highlight the limitations and challenges of this approach. Methods to Set up Salesforce to MySQL Integration You can easily connect your Salesforce account to your My SQL account using the following 2 methods: Method 1: Using LIKE.TG Data to Set Up Salesforce to MySQL Integration LIKE.TG Data takes care of all your data preprocessing needs and lets you focus on key business activities and draw a much more powerful insight on how to generate more leads, retain customers, and take your business to new heights of profitability. It provides a consistent reliable solution to manage data in real-time and always has analysis-ready data in your desired destination. LIKE.TG can integrate data from Salesforce to MySQL in just 2 simple steps: Authenticate and configure your Salesforce data source as shown in the below image. To learn more about this step, visit here. Configure your MySQL destination where the data needs to be loaded, as shown in the below image. To learn more about this step, visit here. Method 2: Using Custom Code to Set Up Salesforce to MySQL Integration This method requires you to manually build a custom code using various Salesforce APIs to connect Salesforce to MySQL database. It is important to understand these APIs before learning the required steps. APIs Required to Connect Salesforce to MySQL Using Custom Code Salesforce provides different types of APIs and utilities to query the data available in the form of Salesforce objects. These APIs help to interact with Salesforce data. An overview of these APIs is as follows: Salesforce Rest APIs: Salesforce REST APIs provide a simple and convenient set of web services to interact with Salesforce objects. These APIs are recommended for implementing mobile and web applications that work with Salesforce objects. Salesforce REST APIs: Salesforce SOAP APIs are to be used when the applications need a stateful API or have strict requirements on transactional reliability. It allows you to establish formal contracts of API behavior through the use of WSDL. Salesforce BULK APIs: Salesforce BULK APIs are tailor-made for handling a large amount of data and have the ability to download Salesforce data as CSV files. It can handle data ranging from a few thousand records to millions of records. It works asynchronously and is batched. Background operation is also possible with Bulk APIs. Salesforce Data Loader: Salesforce also provides a Data Loader utility with export functionality. Data Loader is capable of selecting required attributes from objects and then exporting them to a CSV file. It comes with some limitations based on the Salesforce subscription plan to which the user belongs. Internally, Data Loader works based on bulk APIs. Steps to Connect Salesforce to MySQL Use the following steps to achieve Salesforce to MySQL integration: Step 1: Log in to Salesforce using the SOAP API and get the session id. For logging in first create an XML file named login.txt in the below format. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?> <env:Envelope xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:env="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/envelope/"> <env:Body> <n1:login xmlns:n1="urn:partner.soap.sforce.com"> <n1:username>your_username</n1:username> <n1:password>your_password</n1:password> </n1:login> </env:Body> </env:Envelope> Step 2: Execute the below command to login curl https://login.Salesforce.com/services/Soap/u/47.0 -H "Content-Type: text/xml; charset=UTF-8" -H "SOAPAction: login" -d @login.txt From the resultant XML, note the session id. This session id is to be used for all subsequent requests. Step 3: Create a BULK API job. For doing this, create a text file in the folder named job.txt with the following content. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <jobInfo xmlns="http://www.force.com/2009/06/asyncapi/dataload"> <operation>insert</operation> <object>Contact</object> <contentType>CSV</contentType> </jobInfo> Please note that the object attribute in the above XML should correspond to the object for which data is to be loaded. Here we are pulling data from the object called Contact. Execute the below command after creating the job.txt curl https://instance.Salesforce.com/services/async/47.0/job -H "X-SFDC-Session: sessionId" -H "Content-Type: application/xml; charset=UTF-8" -d @job.txt From the result, note the job id. This job-id will be used to form the URL for subsequent requests. Please note the URL will change according to the URL of the user’s Salesforce organization. Step 4: Use CURL again to execute the SQL query and retrieve results. curl https://instance_name—api.Salesforce.com/services/async/APIversion/job/jobid/batch -H "X-SFDC-Session: sessionId" -H "Content-Type: text/csv; SELECT name,desc from Contact Step 5: Close the job. For doing this, create a file called close.txt with the below entry. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <jobInfo xmlns="http://www.force.com/2009/06/asyncapi/dataload"> <state>Closed</state> </jobInfo> Execute the below command after creating the file to close the job. curl https://instance.Salesforce.com/services/async/47.0/job/jobId -H "X-SFDC-Session: sessionId" -H "Content-Type: application/xml; charset=UTF-8" -d @close_job.txt Step 6: Retrieve the results id for accessing the URL for results. Execute the below command. curl -H "X-SFDC-Session: sessionId" https://instance.Salesforce.com/services/async/47.0/job/jobId/batch/batchId/result Step 7: Retrieve the actual results using the result ID fetched from the above step. curl -H "X-SFDC-Session: sessionId" https://instance.Salesforce.com/services/async/47.0/job/jobId/batch/batchId/result/resultId This will provide a CSV file with rows of data. Save the CSV file as contacts.csv. Step 8: Load data to MySQL using the LOAD DATA INFILE command. Assuming the table is already created this can be done by executing the below command. LOAD DATA INFILE'contacts.csv' INTO TABLE contacts FIELDS TERMINATED BY ',' ENCLOSED BY '"' LINES TERMINATED BY 'rn' IGNORE 1 LINES; Alternately, instead of using the bulk API manually, the Salesforce Data Loader utility can be used to export CSV files of objects. The caveat here is that usage of certain Data Loader functionalities is restricted based on the user’s subscription plan. There is also a limit to the frequency in which data loader export operations can be performed or scheduled. Limitations of Using Custom Code Method As evident from the above steps, loading data from Salesforce to MySQL through the manual method is both a tedious and fragile process with multiple error-prone steps. This works well when you have on-time or a batch need to bring data from Salesforce. In case you need data more frequently or in real-time, you would need to build additional processes to successfully achieve this. Conclusion In this blog, we discussed how to achieve Salesforce to MySQL Integration using 2 different approaches. Additionally, it has also highlighted the limitations and challenges of using the custom code method. Visit our Website to Explore LIKE.TG A more graceful method to achieve the same outcome would be to use a code-free Data Integration Platform likeLIKE.TG Data. LIKE.TG can mask all the ETL complexities and ensure that your data is securely moved to MySQL from Salesforce in just a few minutes and for free. Want to give LIKE.TG a spin? Sign Up for a 14-day free trialand experience the feature-rich LIKE.TG suite firsthand. Check out our pricing to choose the right plan for you! Let us know your thoughts on the 2 approaches to moving data from Salesforce to MySQL in the comments.
 Aurora to Snowflake ETL: 5 Steps to Move Data Easily
Aurora to Snowflake ETL: 5 Steps to Move Data Easily
Often businesses have a different Database to store transactions (Eg: Amazon Aurora) and another Data Warehouse (Eg. Snowflake) for the company’s Analytical needs. There are 2 prime reasons to move data from your transactional Database to a Warehouse (Eg: Aurora to Snowflake). Firstly, the transaction Database is optimized for fast writes and responses. Running Analytics queries on large data sets with many aggregations and Joins will slow down the Database. This might eventually take a toll on the customer experience. Secondly, Data Warehouses are built to handle scaling data sets and Analytical queries. Moreover, they can host the data from multiple data sources and aid in deeper analysis. This post will introduce you to Aurora and Snowflake. It will also highlight the steps to move data from Aurora to Snowflake. In addition, you will explore some of the limitations associated with this method. You will be introduced to an easier alternative to solve these challenges. So, read along to gain insights and understand how to migrate data from Aurora to Snowflake. Understanding Aurora and Snowflake AWS RDS (Relational Database) is the initial Relation Database service from AWS which supports most of the open-source and proprietary databases. Open-source offerings of RDS like MySQL and PostgreSQL are much cost-effective compared to enterprise Database solutions like Oracle. But most of the time open-source solutions require a lot of performance tuning to get par with enterprise RDBMS in performance and other aspects like concurrent connections. AWS introduced a new Relational Database service called Aurora which is compatible with MySQL and PostgreSQL to overcome the much-known weakness of those databases costing much lesser than enterprise Databases. No wonder many organizations are moving to Aurora as their primary transaction Database system. On the other end, Snowflake might be the best cost-effective and fast Data Warehousing solution. It has dynamically scaling compute resources and storage is completely separated and billed. Snowflake can be run on different Cloud vendors including AWS. So data movement from Aurora to Snowflake can also be done with less cost. Read about Snowflake’s features here. Methods to load data from Amazon Aurora to Snowflake Here are two ways that can be used to approach Aurora to Snowflake ETL: Method 1:Build Custom Scripts to move data from Aurora to Snowflake Method 2:Implement a hassle-free, no-code Data Integration Platform like LIKE.TG Data –14 Day Free Trial(Official Snowflake ETL Partner) to move data from Aurora to Snowflake. GET STARTED WITH LIKE.TG FOR FREE This post will discuss Method 1 in detail to migrate data from Aurora to Snowflake. The blog will also highlight the limitations of this approach and the workarounds to solve them. Move Data from Aurora to Snowflake using ETL Scripts The steps to replicate data from Amazon Aurora to Snowflake are as follows: 1. Extract Data from Aurora Cluster to S3 SELECT INTO OUTFILE S3 statement can be used to query data from an Aurora MySQL cluster and save the result to S3. In this method, data reaches the client-side in a fast and efficient manner. To save data to S3 from an Aurora cluster proper permissions need to be set. For that – Create a proper IAM policy to access S3 objects – Refer to AWS documentation here. Create a new IAM role, and attach the IAM policy you created in the above step. Set aurora_select_into_s3_role or aws_default_s3_role cluster parameter to the ARN of the new IAM role. Associate the IAM role that you created with the Aurora cluster. Configure the Aurora cluster to allow outbound connections to S3 – Read more on this here. Other important points to be noted while exporting data to S3: User Privilege – The user that issues the SELECT INTO OUTFILE S3 should have the privilege to do so.To grant access – GRANT SELECT INTO S3 ON *.* TO 'user'@'domain'. Note that this privilege is specific to Aurora. RDS doesn’t have such a privilege option. Manifest File – You can set the MANIFEST ON option to create a manifest file which is in JSON format that lists the output files uploaded to the S3 path. Note that files will be listed in the same order in which they would be created.Eg: { "entries": [ { "url":"s3-us-east-1://s3_bucket/file_prefix.part_00000" }, { "url":"s3-us-east-1://s3_bucket/file_prefix.part_00001" }, { "url":"s3-us-east-1://s3_bucket/file_prefix.part_00002" } ] } Output Files – The output is stored as delimited text files. As of now compressed or encrypted files are not supported. Overwrite Existing File – Set option OVERWRITE ON to delete if a file with exact name exists in S3. The default file size is 6 GB. If the data selected by the statement is lesser then a single file is created. Otherwise, multiple files are created. No rows will be split across file boundaries. If the data volume to be exported is larger than 25 GB, it is recommended to run multiple statements to export data. Each statement for a different portion of data. No metadata like table schema will be uploaded to S3 As of now, there is no direct way to monitor the progress of data export. One simple method is set to manifest option on and the manifest file will be the last file created.Examples: The below statement writes to S3 of located in a different region. Each field is terminated by a comma and each row is terminated by ‘n’. SELECT * FROM students INTO OUTFILE S3 's3-us-west-2://aurora-out/sample_students_data' FIELDS TERMINATED BY ',' LINES TERMINATED BY 'n'; Below is another example that writes to S3 of located in the same region. A manifest file will also be created. SELECT * FROM students INTO OUTFILE S3 's3://aurora-out/sample_students_data' FIELDS TERMINATED BY ',' LINES TERMINATED BY 'n' MANIFEST ON; 2. Convert Data Types and Format them There might be data transformations corresponding to business logic or organizational standards to be applied while transferring data from Aurora to Snowflake. Apart from those high-level mappings, some basic things to be considered generally are listed below: All popular character sets including UTF-8, UTF-16 are supported by Snowflake. The full list can be found here. Many Cloud-based and open source Big Data systems compromise on standard Relational Database constraints like Primary Key. But, note that Snowflake supports all SQL constraints like UNIQUE, PRIMARY KEY, FOREIGN KEY, NOT NULL constraints. This might be helpful when you load data. Data types support in Snowflake is fairly rich including nested data structures like an array. Below is the list of Snowflake data types and corresponding MySQL Aurora types. Snowflake is really flexible with the date or time format. If a custom format is used in your file that can be explicitly specified using the File Format Option while loading data to the table. The complete list of date and time formats can be found here. 3. Stage Data Files to the Snowflake Staging Area Snowflake requires the data to be uploaded to a temporary location before loading to the table. This temporary location is an S3 location that Snowflake has access to. This process is called staging. The snowflake stage can be either internal or external. (A) Internal Stage In Snowflake, each user and table is automatically assigned to an internal stage for data files. It is also possible internal stages explicitly and can be named. The stage assigned to the user is named as ‘@~’. The stage assigned to a table will have the name of the table. The default stages assigned to a user or table can’t be altered or dropped. The default stages assigned to a user or table do not support setting file format options. As mentioned above, internal stages can also be created explicitly by the user using SQL statements. While creating stages explicitly like this, many data loading options can be assigned to those stages like file format, date format, etc. While interacting with Snowflake for data loading or creating tables, SnowSQL is a very handy CLI client available in Linux/Mac/Windows which can be used to run Snowflake commands. Read more about the tool and options here. Below are some example commands to create a stage: Create a named internal stage as shown below: my_aurora_stage and assign some default options: create or replace stage my_aurora_stage copy_options = (on_error='skip_file') file_format = (type = 'CSV' field_delimiter = '|' skip_header = 1); PUT is the command used to stage files to an internal Snowflake stage. The syntax of the PUT command is : PUT file://path_to_file/filename internal_stage_name Eg: Upload a file named students_data.csv in the /tmp/aurora_data/data/ directory to an internal stage named aurora_stage. put file:////tmp/aurora_data/data/students_data.csv @aurora_stage; Snowflake provides many options which can be used to improve the performance of data load like the number of parallelisms while uploading the file, automatic compression, etc. More information and the complete list of options are listed here. (B) External Stage Just like the internal stage Snowflake supports Amazon S3 and Microsoft Azure as an external staging location. If data is already uploaded to an external stage that can be accessed from Snowflake, that data can be loaded directly to the Snowflake table. No need to move the data to an internal stage. To create an external stage on S3, IAM credentials with proper access permissions need to be provided. In case the data is encrypted, encryption keys should be provided. create or replace stage aurora_ext_stage url='s3://snowflake_aurora/data/load/files/' credentials=(aws_key_id='13311a23344rrb3c' aws_secret_key='abddfgrrcd4kx5y6z'); encryption=(master_key = 'eSxX0jzsdsdYfIjkahsdkjamNNNaaaDwOaO8='); Data can be uploaded to the external stage with respective Cloud services. Data from Amazon Aurora will be exported to S3 and that location itself can be used as an external staging location which helps to minimize data movement. 4. Import Staged Files to Snowflake Table Now data is present in an external or internal stage and has to be loaded to a Snowflake table. The command used to do this is COPY INTO. To execute the COPY INTO command compute resources in the form of Snowflake virtual warehouses are required and will be billed as per consumption. Eg: To load from a named internal stage: copy into aurora_table from @aurora_stage; To load data from the external stage. Only a single file is specified. copy into my_external_stage_table from @aurora_ext_stage/tutorials/dataloading/students_ext.csv; You can even copy directly from an external location: copy into aurora_table from s3://mybucket/aurora_snow/data/files credentials=(aws_key_id='$AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID' aws_secret_key='$AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY') encryption=(master_key = 'eSxX009jhh76jkIuLPH5r4BD09wOaO8=') file_format = (format_name = csv_format); Files can be specified using patterns: copy into aurora_pattern_table from @aurora_stage file_format = (type = 'TSV') pattern='.*/.*/.*[.]csv[.]gz'; Some commonly used options for CSV file loading using the COPY command COMPRESSION to specify compression algorithm used for the files RECORD_DELIMITER to indicate lines separator character FIELD_DELIMITER is the character separating fields in the file SKIP_HEADER is the number of header lines skipped DATE_FORMAT is the date format specifier TIME_FORMAT is the time format specifier There are many other options. For the full list click here. 5. Update Snowflake Table So far the blog talks about how to extract data from Aurora and simply insert it into a Snowflake table. Next, let’s look deeper into how to handle incremental data upload to the Snowflake table. Snowflake’s architecture is unique. It is not based on any current/existing big data framework. Snowflake does not have any limitations for row-level updates. This makes delta data uploading to a Snowflake table much easier compared to systems like Hive. The way forward is to load incrementally extracted data to an intermediate table. Next, as per the data in the intermediate table, modify the records in the final table. 3 common methods that are used to modify the final table once data is loaded into a landing table ( intermediate table) are mentioned below. 1. Update the rows in the target table. Next, insert new rows from the intermediate or landing table which are not in the final table. UPDATE aurora_target_table t SET t.value = s.value FROM landing_delta_table in WHERE t.id = in.id; INSERT INTO auroa_target_table (id, value) SELECT id, value FROM landing_delta_table WHERE NOT id IN (SELECT id FROM aurora_target_table); 2. Delete all records from the target table which are in the landing table. Then insert all rows from the landing table to the final table. DELETE .aurora_target_table f WHERE f.id IN (SELECT id from landing_table); INSERT aurora_target_table (id, value) SELECT id, value FROM landing_table; 3. MERGE statement – Inserts and updates combined in a single MERGE statement and it is used to apply changes in the landing table to the target table with one SQL statement. MERGE into aurora_target_table t1 using landing_delta_table t2 on t1.id = t2.id WHEN matched then update set value = t2.value WHEN not matched then INSERT (id, value) values (t2.id, t2.value); Limitations of Writing CustomETL Code to Move Data from Aurora to Snowflake While the approach may look very straightforward to migrate data from Aurora to Snowflake, it does come with limitations. Some of these are listed below: You would have to invest precious engineering resources to hand-code the pipeline. This will increase the time for the data to be available in Snowflake. You will have to invest in engineering resources to constantly monitor and maintain the infrastructure. Code Breaks, Schema Changes at the source, Destination Unavailability – these issues will crop up more often than you would account for while starting the ETL project. The above approach fails if you need data to be streamed in real-time from Aurora to Snowflake. You would need to add additional steps, set up cron jobs to achieve this. So, to overcome these limitations and to load your data seamlessly from Amazon Aurora to Snowflake you can use a third-party tool like LIKE.TG . EASY WAY TO MOVE DATA FROM AURORA TO SNOWFLAKE On the other hand, a Data Pipeline Platform such asLIKE.TG , an official Snowflake ETL partner,can help you bring data from Aurora to Snowflake in no time. Zero Code, Zero Setup Time, Zero Data Loss. Here are the simple steps to loaddata from Aurora to Snowflake using LIKE.TG : Authenticate and Connect to your Aurora DB. Select the replication mode: (a) Full Dump and Load (b) Incremental load for append-only data (c) Change Data Capture Configure the Snowflake Data Warehouse for data load. SIGN UP HERE FOR A 14-DAY FREE TRIAL! For a next-generation digital organization, there should be a seamless data movement between Transactional and Analytical systems. Using an intuitive and reliable platform like LIKE.TG to migrate your data from Aurora to Snowflake ensures that accurate and consistent data is available in Snowflake in real-time. Conclusion In this article, you gained a basic understanding of AWS Aurora and Snowflake. Moreover, you understood the steps to migrate your data from Aurora to Snowflake using Custom ETL scripts. In addition, you explored the limitations of this method. Hence, you were introduced to an easier alternative, LIKE.TG to move your data from Amazon Aurora to Snowflake seamlessly. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO EXPLORE LIKE.TG LIKE.TG Data is a No-Code Data Pipeline that offers a faster way to move data from 150+ Data Sources including 50+ Free Sources, into your Data Warehouse like Amazon Redshift to be visualized in a BI tool. LIKE.TG is fully automated and hence does not require you to code. You can easily load your data from Aurora to Snowflake in a hassle-free manner. Want to take LIKE.TG for a spin? Check out our transparent pricing to make an informed decision. SIGN UP and experience a hassle-free data replication from Aurora to Snowflake. Share your experience of migrating data from Aurora to Snowflake in the comments section below!
 How To Set up SQL Server to Snowflake in 4 Easy Methods
How To Set up SQL Server to Snowflake in 4 Easy Methods
Snowflake is great if you have big data needs. It offers scalable computing and limitless size in a traditional SQL and Data Warehouse setting. If you have a relatively small dataset or low concurrency/load then you won’t see the benefits of Snowflake.Simply put, Snowflake has a friendly UI, and unlimited storage capacity, along with the control, security, and performance you’d expect for a Data Warehouse, something SQL Server is not. Snowflake’s unique Cloud Architecture enables unlimited scale and concurrency without resource contention, the ‘Holy Grail’ of Data Warehousing. One of the biggest challenges of migrating data from SQL server to Snowflake is choosing from all the different options available. This blog post covers the detailed steps of 4 methods that you need to follow for SQL Server to Snowflake migration. Read along and decide, which method suits you the best! What is MS SQL Server? Microsoft SQL Server (MS SQL Server) is a relational database management system (RDBMS) developed by Microsoft. It is used to store and retrieve data as requested by other software applications, which may run either on the same computer or on another computer across a network. MS SQL Server is designed to handle a wide range of data management tasks and supports various transaction processing, business intelligence, and analytics applications. Key Features of SQL Server: Scalability: Supports huge databases and multiple concurrent users. High Availability: Features include Always On and Failover clustering. Security: Tight security through solid encryption, auditing, row-level security. Performance: High-Speed in-memory OLTP and Columnstore indexes Integration: Integrates very well with other Microsoft services and Third-Party Tools Data Tools: In-Depth tools for ETL, reporting, data analysis Cloud Integration: Comparatively much easier to integrate with Azure services Management: SQL Server Management Studio for the management of Databases Backup and Recovery: Automated Backups, Point-in-Time Restore. TSQL: Robust Transact-SQL in complex queries and stored procedures. What is Snowflake? Snowflake is a cloud-based data warehousing platform that is designed to handle large-scale data storage, processing, and analytics. It stands out due to its architecture, which separates compute, storage, and services, offering flexibility, scalability, and performance improvements over traditional data warehouses. Key Features of Snowflake: Scalability: Seamless scaling of storage and compute independently. Performance: Fast query performance with automatic optimization. Data Sharing: Secure and easy data sharing across organizations. Multi-Cloud: Operates on AWS, Azure, and Google Cloud. Security: Comprehensive security features including encryption and role-based access. Zero Maintenance: Fully managed with automatic updates and maintenance. Data Integration: Supports diverse data formats and ETL tools. Load your data from MS SQL Server to SnowflakeGet a DemoTry itLoad your data from Salesforce to SnowflakeGet a DemoTry itLoad your data from MongoDB to SnowflakeGet a DemoTry it Methods to Connect SQL Server to Snowflake The following 4 methods can be used to transfer data from Microsoft SQL server to Snowflake easily: Method 1: Using SnowSQL to connect SQL server to Snowflake Method 2: Using Custom ETL Scripts to connect SQL Server to Snowflake Method 3: Using LIKE.TG Data to connect Microsoft SQL Server to Snowflake Method 4: SQL Server to Snowflake Using Snowpipe Method 1: Using SnowSQL to Connect Microsoft SQL Server to Snowflake To migrate data from Microsoft SQL Server to Snowflake, you must perform the following steps: Step 1: Export data from SQL server using SQL Server Management Studio Step 2: Upload the CSV file to an Amazon S3 Bucket using the web console Step 3: Upload data to Snowflake From S3 Step 1: Export Data from SQL Server Using SQL Server Management Studio SQL Server Management Studio is a data management and administration software application that launched with SQL Server. You will use it to extract data from a SQL database and export it to CSV format. The steps to achieve this are: Install SQL Server Management Studio if you don’t have it on your local machine. Launch the SQL Server Management Studio and connect to your SQL Server. From the Object Explorer window, select the database you want to export and right-click on the context menu in the Tasks sub-menu and choose the Export data option to export table data in CSV. The SQL Server Import and Export Wizard welcome window will pop up. At this point, you need to select the Data source you want to copy from the drop-down menu. After that, you need to select SQL Server Native Client 11.0 as the data source. Select an SQL Server instance from the drop-down input box. Under Authentication, select “Use Windows Authentication”. Just below that, you get a Database drop-down box, and from here you select the database from which data will be copied. Once you’re done filling out all the inputs, click on the Next button. The next window is the Choose a Destination window. Under the destination drop-down box, select the Flat File Destination for copying data from SQL Server to CSV. Under File name, select the CSV file that you want to write to and click on the Next button. In the next screen, select Copy data from one or more tables or views and click Next to proceed. A “Configure Flat File Destination” screen will appear, and here you are going to select the table from the Source table or view. This action will export the data to the CSV file. Click Next to continue. You don’t want to change anything on the Save and Run Package window so just click Next. The next window is the Complete Wizard window which shows a list of choices that you have selected during the exporting process. Counter-check everything and if everything checks out, click the Finish button to begin exporting your SQL database to CSV. The final window shows you whether the exporting process was successful or not. If the exporting process is finished successfully, you will see a similar output to what’s shown below. Step 2: Upload the CSV File to an Amazon S3 Bucket Using the Web Console After completing the exporting process to your local machine, the next step in the data transfer process from SQL Server to Snowflake is to transfer the CSV file to Amazon S3. Steps to upload a CSV file to Amazon S3: Start by creating a storage bucket. Go to the AWS S3 Console Click the Create Bucket button and enter a unique name for your bucket on the form. Choose the AWS Region where you’d like to store your data. Create a new S3 bucket. Create the directory that will hold your CSV file. In the Buckets pane, click on the name of the bucket that you created. Click on the Actions button, and select the Create Folder option. Enter a unique name for your new folder and click Create. Upload the CSV file to your S3 bucket. Select the folder you’ve just created in the previous step. Select Files wizard and then click on the Add Files button in the upload section. Next, a file selection dialog box will open. Here you will select the CSV file you exported earlier and then click Open. Click on the Start Upload button and you are done! Move your SQL Server Data to Snowflake using LIKE.TG Start for Free Now Step 3: Upload Data to Snowflake From S3 Since you already have an Amazon Web Services (AWS) account and you are storing your data files in an S3 bucket, you can leverage your existing bucket and folder paths for bulk loading into Snowflake. To allow Snowflake to read data from and write data to an Amazon S3 bucket, you first need to configure a storage integration object to delegate authentication responsibility for external cloud storage to a Snowflake identity and access management (IAM) entity. Step 3.1: Define Read-Write Access Permissions for the AWS S3 Bucket Allow the following actions: “s3:PutObject” “s3:GetObject” “s3:GetObjectVersion” “s3:DeleteObject” “s3:DeleteObjectVersion” “s3:ListBucket” The following sample policy grants read-write access to objects in your S3 bucket. { "Version": "2012-10-17", "Statement": [ { "Sid": "AllowListingOfUserFolder", "Action": [ "s3:ListBucket", "s3:GetBucketLocation" ], "Effect": "Allow", "Resource": [ "arn:aws:s3:::bucket_name" ] }, { "Sid": "HomeDirObjectAccess", "Effect": "Allow", "Action": [ "s3:PutObject", "s3:GetObject", "s3:DeleteObjectVersion", "s3:DeleteObject", "s3:GetObjectVersion" ], "Resource": "arn:aws:s3:::bucket_name/*" } ] } For a detailed explanation of how to grant access to your S3 bucket, check out this link. Step 3.2: Create an AWS IAM Role and record your IAM Role ARN value located on the role summary page because we are going to need it later on. Step 3.3: Create a cloud storage integration using the STORAGE INTEGRATION command. CREATE STORAGE INTEGRATION <integration_name> TYPE = EXTERNAL_STAGE STORAGE_PROVIDER = S3 ENABLED = TRUE STORAGE_AWS_ROLE_ARN = '<iam_role>' STORAGE_ALLOWED_LOCATIONS = ('s3://<bucket>/<path>/', 's3://<bucket>/<path>/') [ STORAGE_BLOCKED_LOCATIONS = ('s3://<bucket>/<path>/', 's3://<bucket>/<path>/') ] Where: <integration_name> is the name of the new integration. <iam_role is> the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role you just created. <bucket> is the name of an S3 bucket that stores your data files. <path> is an optional path that can be used to provide granular control over objects in the bucket. Step 3.4: Recover the AWS IAM User for your Snowflake Account Execute the DESCRIBE INTEGRATION command to retrieve the ARN for the AWS IAM user that was created automatically for your Snowflake account:DESC INTEGRATION <integration_name>; Record the following values: Step 3.5: Grant the IAM User Permissions to Access Bucket Objects Log into the AWS Management Console and from the console dashboard, select IAM. Navigate to the left-hand navigation pane and select Roles and choose your IAM Role. Select Trust Relationships followed by Edit Trust Relationship. Modify the policy document with the IAM_USER_ARNand STORAGE_AWS_EXTERNAL_ID output values you recorded in the previous step. { "Version": "2012-10-17", "Statement": [ { "Sid": "", "Effect": "Allow", "Principal": { "AWS": "<IAM_USER_ARN>" }, "Action": "sts:AssumeRole", "Condition": { "StringEquals": { "sts:ExternalId": "<STORAGE_AWS_EXTERNAL_ID>" } } } ] } Click the Update Trust Policy button to save the changes. Step 3.6: Create an External Stage that references the storage integration you created grant create stage on schema public to role <IAM_ROLE>; grant usage on integration s3_int to role <IAM_ROLE>; use schema mydb.public; create stage my_s3_stage storage_integration = s3_int url = 's3://bucket1/path1' file_format = my_csv_format; Step 3.7: Execute COPY INTO <table> SQL command to load data from your staged files into the target table using the Snowflake client, SnowSQL. Seeing that we have already configured an AWS IAM role with the required policies and permissions to access your external S3 bucket, we have already created an S3 stage. Now that we have a stage built in Snowflake pulling this data into your tables will be extremely simple. copy into mytable from s3://mybucket credentials=(aws_key_id='$AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID' aws_secret_key='$AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY') file_format = (type = csv field_delimiter = '|' skip_header = 1); This SQL command loads data from all files in the S3 bucket to your Snowflake Warehouse. SQL Server to Snowflake: Limitations and Challenges of Using Custom Code Method The above method of connecting SQL Server to Snowflake comes along with the following limitations: This method is only intended for files that do not exceed 160GB. Anything above that will require you to use the Amazon S3 REST API. This method doesn’t support real-time data streaming from SQL Server into your Snowflake DW. If your organization has a use case for Change Data Capture (CDC), then you could create a data pipeline using Snowpipe. Also, although this is one of the most popular methods of connecting SQL Server to Snowflake, there are a lot of steps that you need to get right to achieve a seamless migration. Some of you might even go as far as to consider this approach to be cumbersome and error-prone. Method 2: Using Custom ETL Scripts Custom ETL scripts are programs that extract, transform, and load data from SQL Server to Snowflake. They require coding skills and knowledge of both databases. To use custom ETL scripts, you need to: 1. Install the Snowflake ODBC driver or a client library for your language (e.g., Python, Java, etc.). 2. Get the connection details for Snowflake (e.g., account name, username, password, warehouse, database, schema, etc.). 3. Choose a language and set up the libraries to interact with SQL Server and Snowflake. 4. Write a SQL query to extract the data you want from SQL Server. Use this query in your script to pull the data. Drawbacks of Utilizing ETL Scripts While employing custom ETL scripts to transfer data from SQL Server to Snowflake offers advantages, it also presents potential drawbacks: Complexity and Maintenance Burden: Custom scripts demand more resources for development, testing, and upkeep compared to user-friendly ETL tools, particularly as data sources or requirements evolve. Limited Scalability: Custom scripts may struggle to efficiently handle large data volumes or intricate transformations, potentially resulting in performance challenges unlike specialized ETL tools. Security Risks: Managing credentials and sensitive data within scripts requires meticulous attention to security. Storing passwords directly within scripts can pose significant security vulnerabilities if not adequately safeguarded. Minimal Monitoring and Logging Capabilities: Custom scripts may lack advanced monitoring and logging features, necessitating additional development effort to establish comprehensive tracking mechanisms. Extended Development Duration: Developing custom scripts often takes longer compared to configuring ETL processes within visual tools. Method 3: Using LIKE.TG Data to Connect SQL Server to Snowflake LIKE.TG is the only real-time ELT No-code Data Pipeline platform that cost-effectively automates flexible data pipelines to your needs. With integration with 150+ Data Sources (40+ free sources), we help you not only export data from sources load data to the destinations but also transform enrich your data, make it analysis-ready. The following steps are required to connect Microsoft SQL Server to Snowflake using LIKE.TG ’s Data Pipeline: Step 1: Connect to your Microsoft SQL Server source. ClickPIPELINESin theNavigation Bar. Click+ CREATEin thePipelines List View. Select SQL Server as your source. In theConfigure yourSQL ServerSourcepage, specify the following: You can read more about using SQL server as a source connector for LIKE.TG here. Step 2: Configure your Snowflake Data Warehouse as Destination ClickDESTINATIONSin theNavigation Bar. Click+ CREATEin theDestinations List View. In theAdd Destinationpage, selectSnowflakeas the Destination type. In theConfigure yourSnowflakeWarehousepage, specify the following: This is how simple it can be to load data from SQL Server to Snowflake using LIKE.TG . Method 4: SQL Server to Snowflake Using Snowpipe Snowpipe is a feature of Snowflake that allows you to load data from external sources into Snowflake tables automatically and continuously. Here are the steps involved in this method: 1. Create an external stage in Snowflake that points to an S3 bucket where you will store the CSV file. 2. Create an external stage in Snowflake that points to an S3 bucket where you will store the CSV file. 3. Create a pipe in Snowflake that copies data from the external stage to the table. Enable auto-ingest and specify the file format as CSV. 4. Enable Snowpipe with the below command ALTER ACCOUNT SET PIPE_EXECUTION_PAUSED = FALSE; 5. Install the Snowpipe JDBC driver on your local machine and create a batch file to export data from SQL Server to CSV File. 6. Schedule the batch file to run regularly using a tool like Windows Task Scheduler or Cron. Check out this documentation for more details. Drawbacks of Snowpipe Method Here are some key limitations of using Snowpipe for data migration from SQL Server to Snowflake: File Size Restrictions: Snowflake imposes a per-file size limit for direct ingestion (around 160GB). Files exceeding this necessitate additional steps like splitting them or using the S3 REST API, adding complexity. Real-Time/CDC Challenges: Snowpipe is ideal for micro-batches and near real-time ingestion. But, it isn’t built for true real-time continuous data capture (CDC) of every single change happening in your SQL Server. Error Handling: Error handling for failed file loads through Snowpipe can become a bit nuanced. You need to configure options like ON_ERROR = CONTINUE in your COPY INTO statements to prevent individual file failures from stopping the entire load process. Transformation Limitations: Snowpipe primarily handles loading data into Snowflake. For complex transformations during the migration process, you may need a separate ETL/ELT tool to work with the Snowpipe-loaded data within Snowflake. Why migrate data from MS SQL Server to Snowflake? Enhanced Scalability and Elasticity: MSSQL Server, while scalable, often requires manual infrastructure provisioning for scaling compute resources. Snowflake’s cloud-based architecture offers elastic scaling, allowing you to easily adjust compute power up or down based on workload demands. You only pay for the resources you use, leading to potentially significant cost savings. Reduced Operational Burden: Managing and maintaining on-premises infrastructure associated with MSSQL Server can be resource-intensive. Snowflake handles all infrastructure management, freeing up your IT team to focus on core data initiatives. Performance and Concurrency: Snowflake’s architecture is designed to handle high concurrency and provide fast query performance, making it suitable for demanding analytical workloads and large-scale data processing. Additional Resources on SQL Server to Snowflake Explore more about Loading Data to Snowflake Conclusion The article introduced you to how to migrate data from SQL server to Snowflake. It also provided a step-by-step guide of 4 methods using which you can connect your Microsoft SQL Server to Snowflake easily. The article also talked about the limitations and benefits associated with these methods. The manual method using SnowSQL works fine when it comes to transferring data from Microsoft SQL Server to Snowflake, but there are still numerous limitations to it. FAQ on SQL Server to Snowflake Can you connect SQL Server to Snowflake? Connecting the SQL server to Snowflake is a straightforward process. You can do this using ODBC drivers or through automated platforms like LIKE.TG , making the task more manageable. How to migrate data from SQL to Snowflake? To migrate your data from SQL to Snowflake using the following methods:Method 1: Using SnowSQL to connect the SQL server to SnowflakeMethod 2: Using Custom ETL Scripts to connect SQL Server to SnowflakeMethod 3: Using LIKE.TG Data to connect Microsoft SQL Server to SnowflakeMethod 4: SQL Server to Snowflake Using Snowpipe Why move from SQL Server to Snowflake? We need to move from SQL Server to Snowflake because it provides:1. Enhanced scalability and elasticity.2. Reduced operational burden.3. High concurrency and fast query performance. Can SQL be used for snowflakes? Yes, snowflake provides a variant called Snowflake SQL which is ANSI SQL-compliant. What are your thoughts about the different approaches to moving data from Microsoft SQL Server to Snowflake? Let us know in the comments.
 DynamoDB to BigQuery ETL: 3 Easy Steps to Move Data
DynamoDB to BigQuery ETL: 3 Easy Steps to Move Data
If you wish to move your data from DynamoDB to BigQuery, then you are on the right page. This post aims to help you understand the methods to move data from DynamoDB to BigQuery. But, before we get there, it is important to briefly understand the features of DynamoDB and BigQuery.Introduction to DynamoDB and Google BigQuery DynamoDB and BigQuery are popular, fully managed cloud databases provided by the two biggest names in Tech. Having launched for business in 2012 and 2010 respectively, these come as part of a host of services offered by their respective suite of services. This makes the typical user wanting to stick to just one, a decision that solidifies as one looks into the cumbersome process of setting up and maximizing the potential of having both these up and running parallelly. That being said, businesses still end up doing this for a variety of reasons, and therein lies the relevance of discussing this topic. Moving data from DynamoDB to BigQuery As mentioned before, because these services are offered by two different companies that want everything to be done within their tool suite, it is a non-trivial task to move data seamlessly from one to the other. Here are thetwo ways to move data from DynamoDB to BigQuery: 1) UsingLIKE.TG Data: An easy-to-use integration platform that gets the job done with minimal effort. 2) Using Custom Scripts: You can custom build your ETL pipeline by hand-coding scripts. This article aims to guide the ones that have opted to move data on their own from DynamoDB to BigQuery. The blog would be able to guide you with a step-by-step process, make you aware of the pitfalls and provide suggestions to overcome them. Steps to Move Data from DynamoDB to Bigquery using Custom Code Method Below are the broad steps that you would need to take to migrate your data from DynamoDB to BigQuery. Each of these steps is further detailed in the rest of the article. Step 1: Export the DynamoDB Data onto Amazon S3 Step 2: Setting Up Google Cloud Storage and Copy Data from Amazon S3 Step 3: Import the Google Cloud Storage File into the BigQuery Table Step 1: Export the DynamoDB Data onto Amazon S3 The very first step is to transfer the source DynamoDB data to Amazon S3. Both S3 and GCS(Google Cloud Storage) support CSV as well as JSON files but for demonstration purposes, let’s take the CSV example. The actual export from DynamoDB to S3 can be done using the Command Line or via the AWS Console. Method 1The command-line method is a two-step process. First, you export the table data into a CSV file: $aws dynamodb scan --table-name LIKE.TG _dynamo --output > LIKE.TG .txt The above would produce a tab-separated output file which can then be easily converted to a CSV file. This CSV file (LIKE.TG .csv, let’s say) could then be uploaded to an S3 bucket using the following command: $aws s3 cp LIKE.TG .csv s3://LIKE.TG bucket/LIKE.TG .csv Method 2If you prefer to use the console, sign in to your Amazon Console here. The steps to be followed on the console are mentioned in detail in the AWS documentation here. Step 2: Setting Up Google Cloud Storage and Copy Data from Amazon S3 The next step is to move the S3 data file onto Google Cloud Storage. As before, there is a command-line path as well as the GUI method to get this done. Let’s go through the former first. Using gsutilgsutil is a command-line service to access and do a number of things on Google Cloud; primarily it is used to work with the GCS buckets. To create a new bucket the following command could be used: $gsutil mb gs://LIKE.TG _gc/LIKE.TG You could mention a bunch of parameters in the above command to specify the cloud location, retention, etc. (full list here under ‘Options’) per your requirements. An interesting thing about BigQuery is that it generally loads uncompressed CSV files faster than compressed ones. Hence, unless you are sure of what you are doing, you probably shouldn’t run a compression utility like gzip on the CSV file for the next step. Another thing to keep in mind with GCS and your buckets is setting up access control. Here are all the details you will need on that. The next step is to copy the S3 file onto this newly created GCS bucket. The following copy command gets that job done: $gsutil cp s3://LIKE.TG _s3/LIKE.TG .csv/ gs://LIKE.TG _gc/LIKE.TG .csv BigQuery Data Transfer Service This is a relatively new and faster way to get the same thing done. Both CSV and JSON files are supported by this service however there are limitations that could be found here and here. Further documentation and the detailed steps on how to go about this can be found here. Step 3: Import the Google Cloud Storage File into the BigQuery Table Every BigQuery table lies in a specific data set of a specific project. Hence, the following steps are to be executed in the same order: Create a new project. Create a data set. Run the bq load command to load the data into a table. The first step is to create a project. Sign in on the BigQuery Web UI. Click on the hamburger button ( ) and select APIs Services. Click Create Project and provide a project name (Let’s say ‘LIKE.TG _project’). Now you need to enable BigQuery for which search for the same and click on Enable. Your project is now created with BigQuery enabled. The next step is to create a data set. This can be quickly done using the bq command-line tool and the command is called mk. Create a new data set using the following command: $bq mk LIKE.TG _dataset At this point, you are ready to import the GCS file into a table in this data set. The load command of bq lets you do the same. It’s slightly more complicated than the mk command so let’s go through the basic syntax first. Bq load command syntax - $bq load project:dataset.table --autodetect --source_format autodetect is a parameter used to automatically detect the schema from the source file and is generally recommended. Hence, the following command should do the job for you: $bq load LIKE.TG _project:LIKE.TG _dataset.LIKE.TG _table --autodetect --source_format=CSV gs://LIKE.TG _gc/LIKE.TG .csv The GCS file gets loaded into the table LIKE.TG _table. If no table exists under the name ‘LIKE.TG _table’ the above load command creates a new table. If LIKE.TG _table is an existing table there are two types of load available to bring the source data into this table – Overwrite or Table Append. Here’s the command to overwrite or replace: $bq load LIKE.TG _project:LIKE.TG _dataset.LIKE.TG _table --autodetect --replace --source_format=CSV gs://LIKE.TG _gc/LIKE.TG .csv Here’s the command to append data: $bq load LIKE.TG _project:LIKE.TG _dataset.LIKE.TG _table --autodetect --noreplace --source_format=CSV gs://LIKE.TG _gc/LIKE.TG .csv You should be careful with the append in terms of unique key constraints as BigQuery doesn’t enforce it on its tables. Incremental load – Type 1/ Upsert In this type of incremental load, a new record from the source is either inserted as a new record in the target table or replaces an existing record in the target table. Let’s say the source (LIKE.TG .csv) looks like this: And the target table (LIKE.TG _table) looks like this: Post incremental load, LIKE.TG _table will look like this: The way to do this would be to load the LIKE.TG .csv into a separate table (staging table) first, let’s call it, LIKE.TG _intermediate. This staging table is then compared with the target table to perform the upsert as follows: INSERT LIKE.TG _dataset.LIKE.TG _table (id, name, salary, date) SELECT id, name, salary, date FROM LIKE.TG _dataset.LIKE.TG _intermediate WHERE NOT id IN (SELECT id FROM LIKE.TG _dataset.LIKE.TG _intermediate); UPDATE LIKE.TG _dataset.LIKE.TG _table h SET h.name = i.name, h.salary = i.salary, h.date = i.date FROM LIKE.TG _dataset.LIKE.TG _intermediate i WHERE h.id = i.id; Incremental load – Type 2/ Append Only In this type of incremental load, a new record from the source is always inserted into the target table if at least one of the fields has a different value from the target. This is quite useful to understand the history of data changes for a particular field and helps drive business decisions. Let’s take the same example as before. The target table in this scenario would look like the following: To write the code for this scenario, you first insert all the records from the source to the target table as below: INSERT LIKE.TG _dataset.LIKE.TG _table (id, name, salary, date) SELECT id, name, salary, date FROM LIKE.TG _dataset.LIKE.TG _intermediate; Next, you delete theduplicate records (all fields have the same value) using the window function like this: DELETE FROM (SELECT id, name, salary, date, ROW_NUMBER() OVER(PARTITION BY id, name, salary, date) rn FROM LIKE.TG _dataset.LIKE.TG _table) WHERE rn <> 1; Hurray! You have successfully migrated your data from DynamoDB to BigQuery. Limitations of Moving Data from DynamoDB to BigQuery using Custom Code Method As you have seen now, Data Replication from DynamoDB to BigQuery is a lengthy and time-consuming process. Furthermore, you have to take care of the following situations: The example discussed in this article is to demonstrate copying over a single file from DynamoDB to BigQuery. In reality, hundreds of tables would have to be synced periodically or close to real-time; to manage that and not be vulnerable to data loss and data inconsistencies is quite the task. There are sometimes subtle, characteristic variations between services, especially when the vendors are different. It could happen in file Size Limits, Encoding, Date Format, etc. These things may go unnoticed while setting up the process and if not taken care of before kicking off Data Migration, it could lead to loss of data. So, to overcome these limitations to migrate your data from DynamoDB to BigQuery, let’s discuss an easier alternative – LIKE.TG . An easier approach to move data from DynamoDB to BigQuery using LIKE.TG The tedious task of setting this up as well as the points of concern mentioned above does not make the ‘custom method’ endeavor a suggestible one. You can save a lot of time and effort by implementing an integration service like LIKE.TG and focus more on looking at the data and generating insights from it.Here is how you can migrate your data from DynamoDB to BigQuery using LIKE.TG : Connect and configure your DynamoDB Data Source. Select the Replication mode: (i) Full dump (ii) Incremental load for append-only data (iii) Incremental load for mutable data. Configure your Google BigQuery Data Warehouse where you want to move data. SIGN UP HERE FOR A 14-DAY FREE TRIAL! Conclusion In this article, you got a detailed understanding of how to export DynamoDB to BigQuery using Custom code. You also learned some of the limitations associated with this method. Hence, you were introduced to an easier alternative- LIKE.TG to migrate your data from DynamoDB to BigQuery seamlessly. With LIKE.TG , you can move data in real-time from DynamoDb to BigQuery in a reliable, secure, and hassle-free fashion. In addition to this, LIKE.TG has 150+ native data source integrations that work out of the box. You could explore the integrations here. VISIT OUR WEBSITE TO EXPLORE LIKE.TG Before you go ahead and take a call on the right approach to move data from DynamoDB to BigQuery, you should try LIKE.TG for once. SIGN UP to experience LIKE.TG ’s hassle-free Data Pipeline platform. Share your experience of moving data from DynamoDB to BigQuery in the comments section below!
 Amazon S3 to BigQuery: 2 Easy Methods
Amazon S3 to BigQuery: 2 Easy Methods
With the advent of modern-day cloud infrastructure, many business-critical applications like databases, ERPs, and Marketing applications have all moved to the cloud. With this, most of the business-critical data now resides in the cloud. Now that all the business data resides on the cloud, companies need a data warehouse that can seamlessly store the data from all the different cloud-based applications. This is where Cloud Data Warehouse comes into the picture.This post aims to help you understand what a cloud data warehouse is, its evolution, and its need. Here are the key things that this post covers: What is a Cloud Data Warehouse? A data warehouse is a repository of the current and historical information that has been collected. The data warehouse is an information system that forms the core of an organization’s business intelligence infrastructure. It is a Relational Database Management System (RDBMS) that allows for SQL-like queries to be run on the information it contains. Unlike a database, a data warehouse is optimized to run analytical queries on large data sets. A database is more often used as a transaction processing system. You can read more about the need for a data warehouse here. A Cloud Data Warehouse is a database that is delivered as a managed service in the public cloud and is optimized for analytics, scale, and usability. Cloud-based data warehouses allow businesses to focus on running their businesses rather than managing a server room, and they enable business intelligence teams to deliver faster and better insights due to improved access, scalability, and performance. Key features of Cloud Data Warehouse Some of the key features of a Data Warehouse in the Cloud are as follows: Massive Parallel Processing (MPP): MPP architectures are used in cloud-based data warehouses that support big data projects to provide high-performance queries on large data volumes. MPP architectures are made up of multiple servers that run in parallel to distribute processing and input/output (I/O) loads. Columnar data stores: MPP data warehouses are typically columnar stores, which are the most adaptable and cost-effective for analytics. Columnar databases store and process data in columns rather than rows, allowing aggregate queries, which are commonly used for reporting, to run much faster. Simplify Data Analysis with LIKE.TG ’s No-code Data Pipeline LIKE.TG Data, a No-code Data Pipeline helps to Load Data from any data source such as Databases, SaaS applications, Cloud Storage, SDKs, and Streaming Services and simplifies the ETL process. LIKE.TG supports 150+ data sources and is a 3-step process by just selecting the data source, providing valid credentials, and choosing the destination. LIKE.TG loads the data onto the desired Data Warehouse, enriches the data, and transforms it into an analysis-ready form without writing a single line of code. Its completely automated pipeline offers data to be delivered in real-time without any loss from source to destination. Its fault-tolerant and scalable architecture ensure that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss and supports different forms of data. The solutions provided are consistent and work with different Business Intelligence (BI) tools as well. Get Started with LIKE.TG for free Check out why LIKE.TG is the Best: Secure: LIKE.TG has a fault-tolerant architecture that ensures that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss. Schema Management: LIKE.TG takes away the tedious task of schema management automatically detects the schema of incoming data and maps it to the destination schema. Minimal Learning: LIKE.TG , with its simple and interactive UI, is extremely simple for new customers to work on and perform operations. LIKE.TG Is Built To Scale: As the number of sources and the volume of your data grows, LIKE.TG scales horizontally, handling millions of records per minute with very little latency. Incremental Data Load: LIKE.TG allows the transfer of data that has been modified in real-time. This ensures efficient utilization of bandwidth on both ends. Live Support: The LIKE.TG team is available round the clock to extend exceptional support to its customers through chat, email, and support calls. Live Monitoring: LIKE.TG allows you to monitor the data flow and check where your data is at a particular point in time. Sign up here for a 14-day Free Trial! What are the capabilities of the Cloud Data Warehouse? For all the Cloud based Data Warehouse services, the cloud vendor or data warehouse provider provides the following “out-of-the-box” capabilities. Data storage and management: data is stored in a file system hosted in the cloud (i.e. S3). Automatic Upgrades: There is no such thing as a “version” or a software upgrade. Capacity management: Youcan easily expand (or contract) your data footprint. Traditional Data Warehouse vs. Cloud Data Warehouse Traditional Data Warehouse is also an on-premise Data Warehouse that is located or installed at the company’s office. Companies need to purchase hardware such as servers by themselves. The installation requires human resources and much time. The organization requires a separate staff to manage and update the Traditional Data Warehouse. Scaling the Warehouse takes time as new hardware needs to be shipped to the destination and then installation. Cloud Data Warehouse, as the name suggests is the Data Warehouse solution available on the cloud. Companies don’t have to own hardware and maintain it. All the updates, maintenance, and scalability of hardware are managed by 3rd party Cloud Data Warehouse Service providers such as Google BigQuery, Snowflake, etc. Because of the availability of data on the cloud, companies can easily integrate Cloud Data Warehouses with other SaaS (Software as a Service) platforms and tools for Business Analytics. What are the Benefits of a Cloud Data Warehouse? Previously, if an organization needed data warehousing capabilities then that would require, firstly, either building and configuring an on-site server or renting servers off-site and, secondly, configuring the connections between relevant assets. Either option requires a significant capital outlay. Cloud-based data warehouses minimize these issues.Cloud-based Data Warehousing services are offered at varying price points that are a fraction of what the previous options would cost in terms of capital, time, and stress. Apart from ease of implementation, cloud-based data warehouse solutions also offered scalability. Previous iterations would require building capacity that took possible future growth into consideration. With cloud-based data warehouses, that question is now redundant as your package can be easily scaled to your needs, no matter how they fluctuate over time (as long as it’s within the service’s limits). What are the Top 5 Cloud Data Warehouse Services? There are many cloud data warehouse solutions. According to IT Central Station, the top 5 cloud data warehouse providers are: Google BigQuery Snowflake Amazon Redshift Microsoft Azure SQL Data Warehouse Oracle Autonomous Data Warehouse What are the Challenges of a Cloud Data Warehouse? Security is a concern for cloud-based data warehousing. This is specifically due to the fact that service providers have access to their customer’s data. While service agreements and public legislation around data privacy do exist, it must be borne in mind that it is possible that these entities could, accidentally or deliberately, alter or delete the data. Another major security concern is the penetration of cloud systems by hackers who are constantly searching for and exploiting vulnerabilities in these systems in order to gain access to users’ personal data and data belonging to large corporations. Providers take maximum precautions in protecting users’ data. To this end, users are also offered choices in how their data is stored, such as having it encrypted in order to prevent unauthorized access. Given the large variety of applications, businesses use today, loading all this data present in different formats into a data warehouse is a huge task for engineers. However, fully-managed data integration platforms like LIKE.TG Data (Features and 14-day free trial) help easily mitigate this problem by providing an easy, point-and-click platform to load data to the warehouse. How to Choose the Right Cloud Data Warehouse Making the right choice necessitates a deeper understanding of how these data warehouses operate based on features such as: Architecture: elasticity, support for technology, isolation, and security Scalability: scale efficiency, elastic scale, query, and user concurrency. Performance: Query, indexing, data type, and storage optimization Use Cases: Reporting, dashboards, ad hoc, operations, and customer-facing analytics Cost: Administration, vendor pricing, infrastructure resources You should also evaluate each cloud data warehouse in terms of the use cases it must support. Here are a few examples: Reporting by analysts against historical data. Analyst-created dashboards based on historical or real-time data. Ad hoc Analytics within dashboards or other tools for interactive analysis on the fly. High-performance analytics for very large or complex queries involving massive data sets. Using semi-structured or unstructured data for Big Data Analytics. Data processing is performed as part of a data pipeline in order to deliver data downstream. Leveraging the concept of Machine Learning to train models against data in data lakes or warehouses. Much larger groups of employees require operational analytics to help them make better, faster decisions on their own. Customer-facing analytics are delivered to customers as (paid) service-service analytics. Cloud Data Warehouse Automation – What you Need to Know To accelerate the availability of analytics-ready data, some modern data integration platforms automate the entire data warehouse lifecycle. A model-driven approach will also assist your data engineers in designing, deploying, managing, and cataloging purpose-built cloud data warehouses more quickly than traditional solutions. The 3 key productivity drivers of an agile data warehouse are as follows: Ingestion and updating of data in real-time: A simple and universal solution for continuously and in real-time ingesting your enterprise data into popular cloud-based data warehouses. Workflow automation: A model-driven approach to constantly improving data warehouse operations. Trusted, enterprise-ready data: To securely share your data marts, use a smart, enterprise-scale data catalog. FAQ about Cloud Data Warehouse 1) What is the Data Warehouse lifecycle? The Data Warehouse lifecycle encompasses all phases of developing and operating a data warehouse, including: Discovery: Understanding business requirements and the data sources required to meet those requirements. Design: Designing and testing the data warehouse model iteratively Development: Writing or generating the schema and code required to build and load the data warehouse. Deployment: Putting the data warehouse into production so that business analysts can access the information. Operation: Monitoring and managing the data warehouse’s operations and performance. Enhancement: Changes are made to support changing business and technology needs. 2) What is Data Warehouse automation? Historically, data warehouses were designed, developed, deployed, operated, and revised manually by teams of developers. The average data warehouse project, from requirements gathering to product availability, could take years to complete, with a high risk of failure. Data warehouse automation makes use of metadata, data warehousing methodologies, pattern detection, and other technologies to provide developers with templates and wizards that auto-generate designs and coding that was previously done by hand. Automation automates the data warehouse lifecycle’s repetitive, time-consuming, and manual design, development, deployment, and operational tasks. IT teams can deliver and manage more data warehouse projects than ever before, much faster, with less project risk, and at a lower cost by automating up to 80% of the lifecycle. Conclusion This article provided a comprehensive guide on a Cloud Data Warehouse. It also explained the benefits and needs of a Cloud Data Warehouse in detail. It also lists the top Cloud Data Warehouse Services in the market today. With the complexity involves in Manual Integration, businesses are leaning more towards Automated and Continuous Integration. This is not only hassle-free but also easy to operate and does not require any technical proficiency. In such a case, LIKE.TG Data is the right choice for you! It will help simplify your Data Analysis seamlessly. Visit our Website to Explore LIKE.TG Want to take LIKE.TG for a spin? Sign Up for a 14-day free trial and experience the feature-rich LIKE.TG suite firsthand. Share your experience of understanding Cloud Data Warehouses in the comments section below!
 Cloud Data Warehouse: A Comprehensive Guide
Cloud Data Warehouse: A Comprehensive Guide
With the advent of modern-day cloud infrastructure, many business-critical applications like databases, ERPs, and Marketing applications have all moved to the cloud. With this, most of the business-critical data now resides in the cloud. Now that all the business data resides on the cloud, companies need a data warehouse that can seamlessly store the data from all the different cloud-based applications. This is where Cloud Data Warehouse comes into the picture.This post aims to help you understand what a cloud data warehouse is, its evolution, and its need. Here are the key things that this post covers: What is a Cloud Data Warehouse? A data warehouse is a repository of the current and historical information that has been collected. The data warehouse is an information system that forms the core of an organization’s business intelligence infrastructure. It is a Relational Database Management System (RDBMS) that allows for SQL-like queries to be run on the information it contains. Unlike a database, a data warehouse is optimized to run analytical queries on large data sets. A database is more often used as a transaction processing system. You can read more about the need for a data warehouse here. A Cloud Data Warehouse is a database that is delivered as a managed service in the public cloud and is optimized for analytics, scale, and usability. Cloud-based data warehouses allow businesses to focus on running their businesses rather than managing a server room, and they enable business intelligence teams to deliver faster and better insights due to improved access, scalability, and performance. Key features of Cloud Data Warehouse Some of the key features of a Data Warehouse in the Cloud are as follows: Massive Parallel Processing (MPP): MPP architectures are used in cloud-based data warehouses that support big data projects to provide high-performance queries on large data volumes. MPP architectures are made up of multiple servers that run in parallel to distribute processing and input/output (I/O) loads. Columnar data stores: MPP data warehouses are typically columnar stores, which are the most adaptable and cost-effective for analytics. Columnar databases store and process data in columns rather than rows, allowing aggregate queries, which are commonly used for reporting, to run much faster. Simplify Data Analysis with LIKE.TG ’s No-code Data Pipeline LIKE.TG Data, a No-code Data Pipeline helps to Load Data from any data source such as Databases, SaaS applications, Cloud Storage, SDKs, and Streaming Services and simplifies the ETL process. LIKE.TG supports 150+ data sources and is a 3-step process by just selecting the data source, providing valid credentials, and choosing the destination. LIKE.TG loads the data onto the desired Data Warehouse, enriches the data, and transforms it into an analysis-ready form without writing a single line of code. Its completely automated pipeline offers data to be delivered in real-time without any loss from source to destination. Its fault-tolerant and scalable architecture ensure that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss and supports different forms of data. The solutions provided are consistent and work with different Business Intelligence (BI) tools as well. Get Started with LIKE.TG for free Check out why LIKE.TG is the Best: Secure: LIKE.TG has a fault-tolerant architecture that ensures that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss. Schema Management: LIKE.TG takes away the tedious task of schema management automatically detects the schema of incoming data and maps it to the destination schema. Minimal Learning: LIKE.TG , with its simple and interactive UI, is extremely simple for new customers to work on and perform operations. LIKE.TG Is Built To Scale: As the number of sources and the volume of your data grows, LIKE.TG scales horizontally, handling millions of records per minute with very little latency. Incremental Data Load: LIKE.TG allows the transfer of data that has been modified in real-time. This ensures efficient utilization of bandwidth on both ends. Live Support: The LIKE.TG team is available round the clock to extend exceptional support to its customers through chat, email, and support calls. Live Monitoring: LIKE.TG allows you to monitor the data flow and check where your data is at a particular point in time. Sign up here for a 14-day Free Trial! What are the capabilities of the Cloud Data Warehouse? For all the Cloud based Data Warehouse services, the cloud vendor or data warehouse provider provides the following “out-of-the-box” capabilities. Data storage and management: data is stored in a file system hosted in the cloud (i.e. S3). Automatic Upgrades: There is no such thing as a “version” or a software upgrade. Capacity management: Youcan easily expand (or contract) your data footprint. Traditional Data Warehouse vs. Cloud Data Warehouse Traditional Data Warehouse is also an on-premise Data Warehouse that is located or installed at the company’s office. Companies need to purchase hardware such as servers by themselves. The installation requires human resources and much time. The organization requires a separate staff to manage and update the Traditional Data Warehouse. Scaling the Warehouse takes time as new hardware needs to be shipped to the destination and then installation. Cloud Data Warehouse, as the name suggests is the Data Warehouse solution available on the cloud. Companies don’t have to own hardware and maintain it. All the updates, maintenance, and scalability of hardware are managed by 3rd party Cloud Data Warehouse Service providers such as Google BigQuery, Snowflake, etc. Because of the availability of data on the cloud, companies can easily integrate Cloud Data Warehouses with other SaaS (Software as a Service) platforms and tools for Business Analytics. What are the Benefits of a Cloud Data Warehouse? Previously, if an organization needed data warehousing capabilities then that would require, firstly, either building and configuring an on-site server or renting servers off-site and, secondly, configuring the connections between relevant assets. Either option requires a significant capital outlay. Cloud-based data warehouses minimize these issues.Cloud-based Data Warehousing services are offered at varying price points that are a fraction of what the previous options would cost in terms of capital, time, and stress. Apart from ease of implementation, cloud-based data warehouse solutions also offered scalability. Previous iterations would require building capacity that took possible future growth into consideration. With cloud-based data warehouses, that question is now redundant as your package can be easily scaled to your needs, no matter how they fluctuate over time (as long as it’s within the service’s limits). What are the Top 5 Cloud Data Warehouse Services? There are many cloud data warehouse solutions. According to IT Central Station, the top 5 cloud data warehouse providers are: Google BigQuery Snowflake Amazon Redshift Microsoft Azure SQL Data Warehouse Oracle Autonomous Data Warehouse What are the Challenges of a Cloud Data Warehouse? Security is a concern for cloud-based data warehousing. This is specifically due to the fact that service providers have access to their customer’s data. While service agreements and public legislation around data privacy do exist, it must be borne in mind that it is possible that these entities could, accidentally or deliberately, alter or delete the data. Another major security concern is the penetration of cloud systems by hackers who are constantly searching for and exploiting vulnerabilities in these systems in order to gain access to users’ personal data and data belonging to large corporations. Providers take maximum precautions in protecting users’ data. To this end, users are also offered choices in how their data is stored, such as having it encrypted in order to prevent unauthorized access. Given the large variety of applications, businesses use today, loading all this data present in different formats into a data warehouse is a huge task for engineers. However, fully-managed data integration platforms like LIKE.TG Data (Features and 14-day free trial) help easily mitigate this problem by providing an easy, point-and-click platform to load data to the warehouse. How to Choose the Right Cloud Data Warehouse Making the right choice necessitates a deeper understanding of how these data warehouses operate based on features such as: Architecture: elasticity, support for technology, isolation, and security Scalability: scale efficiency, elastic scale, query, and user concurrency. Performance: Query, indexing, data type, and storage optimization Use Cases: Reporting, dashboards, ad hoc, operations, and customer-facing analytics Cost: Administration, vendor pricing, infrastructure resources You should also evaluate each cloud data warehouse in terms of the use cases it must support. Here are a few examples: Reporting by analysts against historical data. Analyst-created dashboards based on historical or real-time data. Ad hoc Analytics within dashboards or other tools for interactive analysis on the fly. High-performance analytics for very large or complex queries involving massive data sets. Using semi-structured or unstructured data for Big Data Analytics. Data processing is performed as part of a data pipeline in order to deliver data downstream. Leveraging the concept of Machine Learning to train models against data in data lakes or warehouses. Much larger groups of employees require operational analytics to help them make better, faster decisions on their own. Customer-facing analytics are delivered to customers as (paid) service-service analytics. Cloud Data Warehouse Automation – What you Need to Know To accelerate the availability of analytics-ready data, some modern data integration platforms automate the entire data warehouse lifecycle. A model-driven approach will also assist your data engineers in designing, deploying, managing, and cataloging purpose-built cloud data warehouses more quickly than traditional solutions. The 3 key productivity drivers of an agile data warehouse are as follows: Ingestion and updating of data in real-time: A simple and universal solution for continuously and in real-time ingesting your enterprise data into popular cloud-based data warehouses. Workflow automation: A model-driven approach to constantly improving data warehouse operations. Trusted, enterprise-ready data: To securely share your data marts, use a smart, enterprise-scale data catalog. FAQ about Cloud Data Warehouse 1) What is the Data Warehouse lifecycle? The Data Warehouse lifecycle encompasses all phases of developing and operating a data warehouse, including: Discovery: Understanding business requirements and the data sources required to meet those requirements. Design: Designing and testing the data warehouse model iteratively Development: Writing or generating the schema and code required to build and load the data warehouse. Deployment: Putting the data warehouse into production so that business analysts can access the information. Operation: Monitoring and managing the data warehouse’s operations and performance. Enhancement: Changes are made to support changing business and technology needs. 2) What is Data Warehouse automation? Historically, data warehouses were designed, developed, deployed, operated, and revised manually by teams of developers. The average data warehouse project, from requirements gathering to product availability, could take years to complete, with a high risk of failure. Data warehouse automation makes use of metadata, data warehousing methodologies, pattern detection, and other technologies to provide developers with templates and wizards that auto-generate designs and coding that was previously done by hand. Automation automates the data warehouse lifecycle’s repetitive, time-consuming, and manual design, development, deployment, and operational tasks. IT teams can deliver and manage more data warehouse projects than ever before, much faster, with less project risk, and at a lower cost by automating up to 80% of the lifecycle. Conclusion This article provided a comprehensive guide on a Cloud Data Warehouse. It also explained the benefits and needs of a Cloud Data Warehouse in detail. It also lists the top Cloud Data Warehouse Services in the market today. With the complexity involves in Manual Integration, businesses are leaning more towards Automated and Continuous Integration. This is not only hassle-free but also easy to operate and does not require any technical proficiency. In such a case, LIKE.TG Data is the right choice for you! It will help simplify your Data Analysis seamlessly. Visit our Website to Explore LIKE.TG Want to take LIKE.TG for a spin? Sign Up for a 14-day free trial and experience the feature-rich LIKE.TG suite firsthand. Share your experience of understanding Cloud Data Warehouses in the comments section below!
 Google Analytics to BigQuery ETL: 3 Easy Methods
Google Analytics to BigQuery ETL: 3 Easy Methods
Do you rely heavily on GA4 data for analyzing the metrics of your website engagement? If yes, then you would face problems while collecting all the GA4 data and performing advanced analytics on it. If you want to gain business-critical insights from your GA4 data, then you can’t simply manipulate it. You need to have access to all your marketing and website data in a centralized repository This article throws light on two methods for implementing GA4 BigQuery Integration. However, to increase your time to value you can definitely go through the simple two-step process for replicating data from GA4 to BigQuery. What is BigQuery? Google Cloud Platform provides BigQuery, Google’s enterprise data warehouse that makes large-scale data analysis accessible to everyone. It is a platform-as-a-service (PaaS) that supports querying using ANSI SQL. It’s a fully managed and serverless data warehouse that empowers you to focus on analytics instead of managing infrastructure. Advantages of Connecting Google Analytics 4 to BigQuery 1. Raw, Unsampled Data for Better Analysis Exporting data to BigQuery allows you to access raw, unsampled data and perform more precise and detailed analysis than the aggregated data available directly in GA4. 2. Extended Retention Period With bigQuery, you can store your GA4 data for as long as you need, beyond the default retention periods in GA4. This extended retention allows you to conduct historical analysis and identify long-term trends, providing security and ease with your data storage. 3. Joins with Other Data Sources In BigQuery, you can join GA4 data with data from other sources, such as your CRM, sales databases, or third-party APIs. This capability facilitates comprehensive, cross-platform analysis, giving you a more insightful and knowledgeable view of your business performance. 4. Advanced Visualization BigQuery integrates seamlessly with visualization tools like Google Data Studio, Tableau, and Looker. These tools allow you to create sophisticated dashboards and reports, enabling more profound insights and informed decision-making. 5. GA4 BigQuery Export is free Google offers free exports of GA4 data to BigQuery, making it an economical choice for businesses to leverage advanced analytics capabilities without incurring additional costs. Integrate Google Analytics to BigQueryGet a DemoTry itIntegrate Google Ads to RedshiftGet a DemoTry itIntegrate Salesforce to PostgreSQLGet a DemoTry it Methods to connect Google Analytics 4 to BigQuery? Using LIKE.TG Data to Set up GA4 BigQuery Integration LIKE.TG Datahelps you directly transfer data from GA4 and150+ other sourcesto a Data Warehouse such as Google BigQuery, or a destination of your choice in a completely hassle-free automated manner. LIKE.TG is fully managed and completely automates the process of not only loading data from your desired source but also enriching the data and transforming it into an analysis-ready form without having to write a single line of code. Using Google Cloud Platform API to Implement GA4 BigQuery Integration The APIs will allow you to do the integration of data by configuring a connection between GA4 and your other data system. It allows data streaming in real-time. But, as the process is highly complex and time consuming, it consumes a lot of bandwidth. Using CSV files This method uses the native capability of GA4 to export file into CSV and then move to BigQuery. For one time migration, and small data volume which doesn’t require any modification, this is a highly recommended method. Watch our latest on-demand webinar for a hands-on to the Google Analytics 4 + BigQuery export. LIKE.TG plateform can help how to use querie from basic to complex, explore new event tables and updated schema, and Explore ways to discover and extract the metrics necessary for driving your business forward. How to Set up GA4 BigQuery Integration Using Three Methods? Method 1: Using LIKE.TG Data to Set up GA4 BigQuery Integration Method 2: Using Google Cloud Platform to Implement GA4 BigQuery Integration Method 3: Using CSV files Method 1: Using LIKE.TG Data to Set up GA4 BigQuery Integration LIKE.TG takes care of all your data preprocessing to set up GA4 BigQuery Integration and lets you focus on key business activities and draw a much more powerful insight on how to generate more leads, retain customers, and take your business to new heights of profitability. It provides a consistent reliable solution to manage data in real-time and always has analysis-ready data in your desired destination. LIKE.TG Data focuses on two simple steps to connect GA4 BigQuery Integration: Step 1: Configure Google Analytics 4 as a Source Step 2: Integrate Data into Google BigQuery Step 1: Configure GA4 as a Source ClickPIPELINESin theNavigation Bar. Click+ CREATEin thePipelines List View. In theSelect Source Typepage, selectGoogle Analytics 4as the Source. In theConfigure your Google Analytics 4 Accountpage, do one of the following: Select a previously configured account and clickCONTINUE. Click+ ADD GOOGLE ANALYTICS 4 ACCOUNTand perform the following steps to configure an account: Select your linked Google account. ClickAllowto grant LIKE.TG access to your analytics data. In theConfigure your Google Analytics 4 Sourcepage, specify the following: Step 2: Integrate Data into Google BigQuery ClickDESTINATIONSin theNavigation Bar. Click+ CREATEin theDestinations List View. InAdd Destinationpage selectGoogleBigQueryas the Destination type. In theConfigure your GoogleBigQuery Warehousepage, specify the following details: As can be seen, you are simply required to enter the corresponding credentials to implement this fully automated data pipeline without using any code. Method 2: Using Google Cloud Platform to Implement GA4 BigQuery Integration The steps to set up GA4 Bigquery Integration are as follows: Step 1: Create a Project in Google BigQuery Step 2: Enable GA4 BigQuery Linking Step 3: Enable Google Cloud API Step 4: Add a Service account Step 5: Use Google BigQuery with GA4 data Step 1: Create a Project in Google BigQuery Log in to your Google BigQuery account. On the menu bar, click on the arrow beside the name of the project getting displayed. A pop-up window will appear with a list of existing BigQuery projects. In the top-left section of the pop-up window, click on the “New Project” option. The New Project window appears. Now, you can set the name and the location of the project. Then click on the “Create” button and the project will be created. Step 2: Enable GA4 BigQuery Linking Log in to your Google Analytics account. For further information about Google Analytics. Click on Google Analytics 4 Admin option, found in the bottom-left corner of the window. Now, after going to the GA4 Admin panel, click on “BigQuery Linking”. BigQuery Linking window appears. Now, click on the “Link” button beside the search bar. “Create a link with BigQuery” window appears. Now, click on the learn more link. In the next window, scroll down and copy the Service Account Id of the service account given in point 5 of step 1 ([email protected]). Now, go back to the “Create a link with BigQuery” window. Then click on the “Choose a BigQuery project” option. Then select the name of the BigQuery project that you want to link with Google Analytics 4. Now, select the Data Location from the drop-down menu. Click on the “Next” button. Now, select the type of Data streams. If you have a mobile app and want to export the user ids to Google BigQuery, you may additionally choose “Include advertising Identifiers for mobile app streams.” Select the frequency of data movement accordingly i.e, either Daily (once a day) or Streaming (continuous export). Now, click on the “Next” button and then review your choices and click on the “Submit” button. Now, the link for the GA4 BigQuery is created. Until now, just the GA4 BigQuery linking is accomplished. But they are still not connected. So, you need to create an API. Step 3: Enable Google Cloud API Go to the Google Cloud Console. Then in the left navigation pane, go to API Services and select “Library”. The API Library page appears. Now, if you have not selected the project, then click on the current project name at the top. A separate window with the list of projects appears. Select the project you want to link. Now, in the search bar, search for BigQuery API and click on it. Now, make sure the BigQuery API is enabled and click on the “Manage” button. Step 4: Add a Service Account From the sidebar menu, select “Credentials”. Go to “Create Credentials” and then select the “Service account” option. In the Service account name, type [email protected], i.e., the Id already copied in step 2. Then in the Service account ID, write the ID where you want to give access to that account and click on “Create”. Now, grant the editor access to the Service account. And then click on “Continue” and select “Done”. Step 5: Use Google BigQuery with GA4 Data After all the procedures, wait for 24 hours for the data set to export to your BigQuery project. You’ll find 2 tables with each dataset. One for continuous export of raw events throughout the day and another for full daily export of events. Now, you can run SQL queries on the tables according to your requirements. Reasons for linking failures Linking to BigQuery can fail for either of the following two reasons: Your organization’s policy prohibits export to the United States. Choose a different location if you’ve chosen the United States as the location of your data. Modify your organization’s policy if your organization policy prohibits service accounts from the domain you want to export data from. Reasons for export failures There are several reasons due to which your GA4 BigQuery Schema Export may fail, such as: Method 3: Using CSV Files This method for integration is useful for one time migrations. Suppose, you have your 100 customer’s data in a google sheet. You don’t have to build data pipelines to move that to BigQuery. CSV is the best option there. The steps to connect are: Log in to your report in Google Analytics, and load the report you want to move to BigQuery. Click on the Share button at the top-right corner of the screen. Select download file and choose CSV as the file format. After downloading the file, you can import or Loading CSV data from Cloud Storage the file into BigQuery using one of the available methods. Types of GA4 BigQuery exports Streaming Export This export refers to ingesting real-time data to BigQuery for analysis within a few minutes. This is a viable option for businesses that rely on real-time data analysis for their business decisions or require up-to-the-minute data, such as real-time reporting, monitoring user behavior as it happens, and quickly identifying and responding to emerging trends. Daily Export This export refers to exporting a complete data set and transferring it to BigQuery in 24-hour cycles. This method is cost-effective and sufficient for most reporting and analysis needs that do not require real-time data. It allows for comprehensive daily analysis without the higher costs associated with continuous data transfer. GA4 BigQuery Export Schema BigQuery provides a schema format for all the data exported from GA4 to BigQuery. When the data is exported from GA4 to BigQuery, a dataset prefixed by ‘analytics_’ is automatically created in BigQuery. Each day, a new table containing the previous day’s data is created within this dataset. These tables are named events_YYYYMMDD, followed by the date they represent. For example, the table for October 15th 2023, would be named events_20231015. Those who have activated the Streaming export feature will notice an additional table labeled events_intraday _YYYYMMDD. This table is updated in near real-time and replaced daily with a new one. In the BigQuery interface, these individual tables are displayed collectively under a single name, simplifying the visual representation. Which of these methods allows you to load GA4 historical data to BigQuery? You can use LIKE.TG ’s automated data pipeline platform or Google Analytics API to connect to BigQuery. You can get into the user level detail with GA API. But, it requires more steps to extract and load the data. As LIKE.TG ’s pipelines are automated, the effort and time will be much lesser. It also gives you the flexibility to decide the period of historic load based on your use case. And, moving the historical data is free of cost. Which Google Analytics properties data can you export to BigQuery? A property in Google Analytics implies a website, blog, or application having a distinct tracking ID. In your GA account. You can decide the number of properties based on your use case.. Using the above methods, you can export the details of these properties to your BigQuery. While configuring your source using LIKE.TG Data, you will have the option to select your property. After you’ve exported Google Analytics data to BigQuery, what can you achieve with the data? By migrating your data from GA4 to BigQuery, you will be able to help your business stakeholders find the answers to these questions: Which Demographic contributes to the highest fraction of users of a particular Product Feature? How are Paid Sessions and Goal Conversion Rate varying with Marketing Spend and Cash in-flow? How to identify your most valuable customer segments? Why should you enable the BigQuery linking for GA4? There are several reasons to allow BigQuery linking for GA4, such as: To store your data in BigQuery (Google Cloud) and/or send it to your data warehouse in other clouds like Azure or Snowflake To join and enrich your data with other marketing or contextual data To visualize your data in tools like Tableau or PowerBI To perform advanced analysis To use your data as input for (machine learning) models Additional Resources on GA4 to Bigquery Explore more on Bigquery to Bigquery Migration Export Google Analytics Data Key Takeaways This article has discussed 3 methods for setting up GA4 BigQuery Integration. If you can take all the responsibility for implementing this integration, you can continue with the manual method. However, if you want a more seamless integration that is fully automated and completely managed, you should definitely give LIKE.TG a try. FAQ on Integrate Data from GA4 to BigQuery Is BigQuery free with GA4? Everyone who owns a GA4 property i.e. Premium or Standard has access to BigQuery. So, unlike earlier versions of Google Analytics, with GA4, users don’t need to pay an extra fee to connect their GA4 property to their BigQuery project. How to query GA4 data in BigQuery? 1. After setting up GA4 BigQuery integration, you can easily query your raw events data in BigQuery. You need to go to Google Data Studio and select BigQuery.2. You can see the list of all the Google Cloud Projects to which you have access. From there you can navigate to the tables and columns.3. For queries, click on SQL Workspace, and type your queries to filter and display the GA4 data according to your requirements. What is the export limit for GA4 BigQuery? 1. GA4 BigQuery supports a free tier and a paid tier plan for its users, and the export limit for each of them varies based on the type of export the user performs. For example, if the user has selected a free tier plan, his export limit for daily export data would be 1 million daily events.2. If the user belongs to the paid tier plan, then he will not have any export limit on his data. However, charges would be applied based on storage and query usage. The streaming export feature is available only in the paid tier plan. How to backfill data from GA4 to BigQuery? 1. Set up GA4 and BigQuery Integration2. Export Historical data3. Use GA4 API and export the data to a CSV or JSON file.4. Import data to BigQuery.
 Oracle to BigQuery: 2 Easy Methods
Oracle to BigQuery: 2 Easy Methods
var source_destination_email_banner = 'true'; In a time where data is being termed the new oil, businesses need to have a data management system that suits their needs perfectly and positions them to be able to take full advantage of the benefits of being data-driven. Data is being generated at rapid rates and businesses need database systems that can scale up and scale down effortlessly without any extra computational cost. Enterprises are exhausting a huge chunk of their data budgets in just maintaining their present physical database systems instead of directing the said budget towards gaining tangible insights from their data. This scenario is far from ideal and is the reason why moving your Oracle data to a cloud-based Data Warehouse like Google BigQuery is no longer a want but a need. This post provides a step-by-step walkthrough on how to migrate data from Oracle to BigQuery. Introduction to Oracle Oracle database is a relational database system that helps businesses store and retrieve data. Oracle DB(as it’s fondly called) provides a perfect combination of high-level technology and integrated business solutions which is a non-negotiable requisite for businesses that store and access huge amounts of data. This makes it one of the world’s trusted database management systems. Introduction to Google BigQuery Google BigQuery is a cloud-based serverless Data Warehouse for processing a large amount of data at a rapid rate. It is called serverless as it automatically scales when running, depending on the data volume and query complexity. Hence, there is no need to spend a huge part of your database budget on in-site infrastructure and database administrators. BigQuery is a standout performer when it comes to analysis and data warehousing. It provides its customers with the freedom and flexibility to create a plan of action that epitomizes their entire business structure. Performing ETL from Oracle to BigQuery There are majorly two ways of migrating data from Oracle to BigQuery. The two ways are: Method 1: Using Custom ETL Scripts to Connect Oracle to BigQuery This method involves a 5-step process of utilizing Custom ETL Scripts to establish a connection from Oracle to BigQuery in a seamless fashion. There are considerable upsides to this method and a few limitations as well. Method 2: Using LIKE.TG to Connect Oracle to BigQuery LIKE.TG streamlines the process of connecting Oracle to BigQuery, enabling seamless data transfer and transformation between the two platforms. This ensures efficient data migration, accurate analytics, and comprehensive insights by leveraging BigQuery’s advanced analytics capabilities. Get Started with LIKE.TG for Free In this post, we will cover the second method (Custom Code) in detail. Toward the end of the post, you can also find a quick comparison of both data migration methods so that you can evaluate your requirements and choose wisely. Methods to Connect Oracle to BigQuery Here are the methods you can use to set up Oracle to BigQuery migration in a seamless fashion: Method 1: Using Custom ETL Scripts to Connect Oracle to BigQuery The steps involved in migrating data from Oracle DB to BigQuery are as follows: Step 1: Export Data from Oracle DB to CSV Format Step 2: Extract Data from Oracle DB Step 3: Upload to Google Cloud Storage Step 4: Upload to BigQuery from GCS Step 5: Update the Target Table in BigQuery Let’s take a step-by-step look at each of the steps mentioned above. Step 1: Export Data from Oracle DB to CSV Format BigQuery does not support the binary format produced by Oracle DB. Hence we will have to export our data to a CSV(comma-separated value) file. Oracle SQL Developer is the preferred tool to carry out this task. It is a free, integrated development environment. This tool makes it exceptionally simple to develop and manage Oracle databases both on-premise and on the cloud. It is a migration tool for moving your database to and from Oracle. Oracle SQL Developer can be downloaded for free from here. Open the Oracle SQL Developer tool, and right-click the table name in the object tree view. Click on Export. Select CSV, and the export data window will pop up. Select the format tab and select the format as CSV. Enter the preferred file name and location. Select the columns tab and verify the columns you wish to export. Select the Where tab and add any criteria you wish to use to filter the data. Click on apply. Step 2: Extract Data from Oracle DB The COPY_FILE procedure in the DBMS_FILE_TRANSFER package is used to copy a file to a local file system. The following example copies a CSV file named client.csv from the /usr/admin/source directory to the /usr/admin/destination directory as client_copy.csv on a local file system. The SQL command CREATE DIRECTORY is used to create a directory object for the object you want to create the CSV file. For instance, if you want to create a directory object called source for the /usr/admin/source directory on your computer system, execute the following code block CREATE DIRECTORY source AS '/usr/admin/source'; Use the SQL command CREATE DIRECTORY to create a directory object for the directory into which you want to copy the CSV file. An illustration is given below CREATE DIRECTORY dest_dir AS '/usr/admin/destination'; Where dest_dir is the destination directory Grant required access to the user who is going to run the COPY_FILE procedure. An illustration is given below: GRANT EXECUTE ON DBMS_FILE_TRANSFER TO admin; GRANT READ ON DIRECTORY source TO admin; GRANT WRITE ON DIRECTORY client TO admin; Connect as an admin user and provide the required password when required: CONNECT admin Execute the COPY_FILE procedure to copy the file: BEGIN DBMS_FILE_TRANSFER.COPY_FILE( source_directory_object => 'source', source_file_name => 'client.csv', destination_directory_object => 'dest_dir', destination_file_name => 'client_copy.csv'); END; Step 3: Upload to Google Cloud Storage Once the data has been extracted from Oracle DB the next step is to upload it to GCS. There are multiple ways this can be achieved. The various methods are explained below. Using Gsutil GCP has built Gsutil to assist in handling objects and buckets in GCS. It provides an easy and unique way to load a file from your local machine to GCS. To copy a file to GCS: gsutil cp client_copy.csv gs://my-bucket/path/to/folder/ To copy an entire folder to GCS: gsutil dest_dir -r dir gs://my-bucket/path/to/parent/ Using Web console An alternative means to upload the data from your local machine to GCS is using the web console. To use the web console alternative follow the steps laid out below. Login to the GCP using the link. You ought to have a working Google account to make use of GCP. Click on the hamburger menu which produces a drop-down menu. Hit on storage and navigate to the browser on the left tab. Create a new bucket to which you will migrate your data. Make sure the name you choose is globally unique. Click on the bucket you created and select Upload files. This action takes you to your local directory where you choose the file you want to upload. The data upload process starts immediately and a progress bar is shown. Wait for completion, after completion the file will be seen in the bucket. Step 4: Upload to BigQuery from GCS To upload to BigQuery you make use of either the web console UI or the command line. Let us look at a brief on both methods. First, let’s let look into uploading the data using the web console UI. The first step is to go to the BigQuery console under the hamburger menu. Create a dataset and fill out the drop-down form. Click and select the data set created by you. An icon showing ‘create table’ will appear below the query editor. Select it. Fill in the drop-down list and create the table. To finish uploading the table, the schema has to be specified. This will be done using the command-line tool. When using the command line interacting with GCS is a lot easier and straightforward. To access the command line, when on the GCS home page click on the Activate cloud shell icon shown below. The syntax of the bq command line is shown below: bq --location=[LOCATION] load --source_format=[FORMAT] [DATASET].[TABLE] [PATH_TO_SOURCE] [SCHEMA] [LOCATION] is an optional parameter that represents your Location. [FORMAT] is to be set to CSV. [DATASET] represents an existing dataset. [TABLE] is the table name into which you're loading data. [PATH_TO_SOURCE] is a fully-qualified Cloud Storage URI. [SCHEMA] is a valid schema. The schema must be a local JSON file or inline. Note: Instead of using supplying a schema definition, there is an autodetect flag that can be used. You can specify your scheme using the bq command line. An illustration is shown below using a JSON file bq --location=US load --source_format=CSV your_dataset.your_table gs://your_bucket/your_data.csv ./your_schema.json The schema can also be auto-detected. An example is shown below: bq --location=US load --autodetect --source_format=CSV your_dataset.your_table gs://mybucket/data.csv BigQuery command-line interface offers us 3 options to write to an existing table. This method will be used to copy data to the table we created above. The options are: a) Overwrite the table bq --location=US load --autodetect --replace --source_format=CSV your_dataset_name.your_table_name gs://bucket_name/path/to/file/file_name.csv b) Append the table bq --location=US load --autodetect --noreplace --source_format=CSV your_dataset_name.your_table_name gs://bucket_name/path/to/file/file_name.csv ./schema_file.json c) Add a new field to the target table. In this code, the schema will be given an extra field. bq --location=asia-northeast1 load --noreplace --schema_update_option=ALLOW_FIELD_ADDITION --source_format=CSV your_dataset.your_table gs://mybucket/your_data.csv ./your_schema.json Step 5: Update the Target Table in BigQuery The data that was joined in the steps above have not been fully updated to the target table. The data is stored in an intermediate data table, this is because GCS is a staging area for BigQuery upload. Hence, the data is stored in an intermediate table before being uploaded to BigQuery: There are two ways of updating the final table as explained below. Update the rows in the final table and insert new rows from the intermediate table. UPDATE final_table t SET t.value = s.value FROM intermediate_data_table s WHERE t.id = s.id; INSERT final_table (id, value) SELECT id, value FROM intermediate_data_table WHERE NOT id IN (SELECT id FROM final_table); Delete all the rows from the final table which are in the intermediate table. DELETE final_table f WHERE f.id IN (SELECT id from intermediate_data_table); INSERT data_setname.final_table(id, value) SELECT id, value FROM data_set_name.intermediate_data_table; Download the Cheatsheet on How to Set Up High-performance ETL to BigQuery Learn the best practices and considerations for setting up high-performance ETL to BigQuery Limitations of Using Custom ETL Scripts to Connect Oracle to BigQuery Writing custom code would add value only if you are looking to move data once from Oracle to BigQuery. When a use case that needs data to be synced on an ongoing basis or in real-time from Oracle into BigQuery arises, you would have to move it in an incremental format. This process is called Change Data Capture. The custom code method mentioned above fails here. You would have to write additional lines of code to achieve this. When you build custom SQL scripts to extract a subset of the data set in Oracle DB, there is a chance that the script breaks as the source schema keeps changing or evolving. Often, there arises a need to transform the data (Eg: hide Personally Identifiable Information) before loading it into BigQuery. Achieving this would need you to add additional time and resources to the process. In a nutshell, ETL scripts are fragile with a high propensity to break. This makes the entire process error-prone and becomes a huge hindrance in the path of making accurate, reliable data available in BigQuery. Method 2: Using LIKE.TG to Connect Oracle to BigQuery Integrate your Data Seamlessly [email protected]"> No credit card required Using a fully managed No-Code Data Pipeline platform likeLIKE.TG can help you replicate data from Oracle to BigQuery in minutes. LIKE.TG completely automates the process of not only loading data from Oracle but also enriching the data and transforming it into an analysis-ready form without having to write a single line of code. Its fault-tolerant architecture ensures that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss. Here are the steps to replicate data from Oracle to BigQuery using LIKE.TG : Step 1: Connect to your Oracle database by providing the Pipeline Name, Database Host, Database Port, Database User, Database Password, and Service Name. Step 2: Configure Oracle to BigQuery Warehouse migration by providing the Destination Name, Project ID, GCS Bucket, Dataset ID, Enabling Stream Inserts, and Sanitize Table/Column Names. Migrate data from Oracle to BigQueryGet a DemoTry itMigrate data from Oracle to SnowflakeGet a DemoTry itMigrate data from Amazon S3 to BigQueryGet a DemoTry it Here are more reasons to love LIKE.TG : Secure: LIKE.TG has a fault-tolerant architecture that ensures that the data is handled in a secure, consistent manner with zero data loss. Auto Schema Mapping: LIKE.TG takes away the tedious task of schema management automatically detects the schema of incoming data and maps it to the destination schema. Minimal Learning: LIKE.TG , with its simple and interactive UI, is extremely simple for new customers to work on and perform operations. LIKE.TG is Built to Scale: As the number of sources and the volume of your data grows, LIKE.TG scales horizontally, handling millions of records per minute with very little latency. Incremental Data Load: LIKE.TG allows the transfer of data that has been modified in real-time. This ensures efficient utilization of bandwidth on both ends. Live Support: The LIKE.TG team is available round the clock to extend exceptional support to its customers through chat, email, and support call Live Monitoring: LIKE.TG allows you to monitor the data flow and check where your data is at a particular point in time. Conclusion This blog talks about the two methods you can use to connect Oracle to BigQuery in a seamless fashion. If you rarely need to transfer your data from Oracle to BigQuery, then the first manual Method will work fine. Whereas, if you require Real-Time Data Replication and looking for an Automated Data Pipeline Solution, then LIKE.TG is the right choice for you! Connect Oracle to Bigquery without writing any code With LIKE.TG , you can achieve simple and efficient data migration from Oracle to BigQuery in minutes. LIKE.TG can help you replicate Data from Oracle and 150+ data sources(including 50+ Free Sources) to BigQuery or a destination of your choice and visualize it in a BI tool. This makes LIKE.TG the right partner to be by your side as your business scales. Want to take LIKE.TG for a spin? Sign up for a 14-day free trial and experience the feature-rich LIKE.TG suite firsthand.
 Connecting DynamoDB to S3 Using AWS Glue: 2 Easy Steps
Connecting DynamoDB to S3 Using AWS Glue: 2 Easy Steps
Are you trying to derive deeper insights from your Amazon DynamoDB by moving the data into a larger Database like Amazon S3? Well, you have landed on the right article. Now, it has become easier to replicate data from DynamoDB to S3 using AWS Glue.Connecting DynamoDB with S3 allows you to export NoSQL data for analysis, archival, and more. In just two easy steps, you can configure an AWS Glue crawler to populate metadata about your DynamoDB tables and then create an AWS Glue job to efficiently transfer data between DynamoDB and S3 on a scheduled basis. This article will tell you how you can connect your DynamoDB to S3 using AWS Glue along with their advantages and disadvantages in the further sections. Read along to seamlessly connect DynamoDB to S3. Prerequisites You will have a much easier time understanding the steps to connect DynamoDB to S3 using AWS Glue if you have: An active AWS account. Working knowledge of Databases. A clear idea regarding the type of data to be transferred. Steps to Connect DynamoDB to S3 using AWS Glue This section details the steps to move data from DynamoDB to S3 using AWS Glue. This method would need you to deploy precious engineering resources to invest time and effort to understand both S3 and DynamoDB. They would then need to piece the infrastructure together bit by bit. This is a fairly time-consuming process. Now, let us export data from DynamoDB to S3 using AWS glue. It is done in two major steps: Step 1: Creating a Crawler Step 2: Exporting Data from DynamoDB to S3 using AWS Glue. Step 1: Create a Crawler The first step in connecting DynamoDB to S3 using AWS Glue is to create a crawler. You can follow the below-mentioned steps to create a crawler. Create a Database DynamoDB. Pick a table from the Table drop-down list. Let the table info get created through the crawler. Set up crawler details in the window below. Provide a crawler name, such asdynamodb_crawler. Add database name and DynamoDB table name. Provide the necessary IAM role to the crawler such that it can access the DynamoDB table. Here, the created IAM role is AWSGlueServiceRole-DynamoDB. You can schedule the crawler. For this illustration, it is running on-demand as the activity is one-time. Review the crawler information. Run the crawler. Check the catalog details once the crawler is executed successfully. Step 2: Exporting Data from DynamoDB to S3 using AWS Glue Since the crawler is generated, let us create a job to copy data from the DynamoDB table to S3. Here the job name given is dynamodb_s3_gluejob.In AWS Glue, you can use either Python or Scala as an ETL language. For the scope of this article, let us use Python Pick your data source. Pick your data target. Once completed, Glue will create a readymade mapping for you. Once you review your mapping, it will automatically generate python code/job for you. Execute the Python job. Once the job completes successfully, it will generate logs for you to review. Go and check the files in the bucket. Download the files. Review the contents of the file. Load Data From DynamoDB and S3 to a Data Warehouse With LIKE.TG ’s No Code Data Pipeline LIKE.TG is the only real-time ELT No-code Data Pipeline platform that cost-effectively automates data pipelines that are flexible to your needs. With integration with 150+ Data Sources (40+ free sources), we help you not only export data from sources load data to the destinations but also transform enrich your data, make it analysis-ready. Start for free now! Get Started with LIKE.TG for Free Advantages of Connecting DynamoDB to S3 using AWS Glue Some of the advantages of connecting DynamoDB to S3 using AWS Glue include: This approach is fully serverless and you do not have to worry about provisioning and maintaining your resources You can run your customized Python and Scala code to run the ETL You can push your event notification to Cloudwatch You can trigger the Lambda function for success or failure notification You can manage your job dependencies using AWS Glue AWS Glue is the perfect choice if you want to create a data catalog and push your data to the Redshift spectrum Disadvantages of Connecting DynamoDB to S3 using AWS Glue Some of the disadvantages of connecting DynamoDB to S3 using AWS Glue include: AWS Glue is batch-oriented and does not support streaming data. In case your DynamoDB table is populated at a higher rate. AWS Glue may not be the right option AWS Glue service is still in an early stage and not mature enough for complex logic AWS Glue still has a lot of limitations on the number of crawlers, number of jobs, etc. Refer to AWS documentation to know more about the limitations. LIKE.TG Data, on the other hand, comes with a flawless architecture and top-class features that help in moving data from multiple sources to a Data Warehouse of your choice without writing a single line of code. It offers excellent Data Ingestion and Data Replication services.Compared to AWS Glue‘s support for limited sources. LIKE.TG supports 150+ ready-to-use integrations across databases, SaaS Applications, cloud storage, SDKs, and streaming services with a flexible and transparentpricing plan. With just a five-minute setup, you can replicate data from any of your Sources to a database or data warehouse Destination of your choice. Conclusion AWS Glue can be used for data integration when you do not want to worry about your resources and do not need to take control over your resources i.e., EC2 instances, EMR cluster, etc.Thus, connecting DynamoDB to S3 using AWS Glue can help you to replicate data with ease. Now, the manual approach of connecting DynamoDB to S3 using AWS Glue will add complex overheads in terms of time, and resources. Such a solution will require skilled engineers and regular data updates. Furthermore, you will have to build an in-house solution from scratch if you wish to transfer your data from DynamoDB or S3 to a Data Warehouse for analysis. LIKE.TG Data provides an Automated No-code Data Pipeline that empowers you to overcome the above-mentioned limitations. LIKE.TG caters to 150+ Sources BI tools (including 40+ free sources) and can seamlessly transfer your S3 and DynamoDB data to the Data Warehouse of your choice in real-time. LIKE.TG ’s Data Pipeline enriches your data and manages the transfer process in a fully automated and secure manner without having to write any code. It will make your life easier and make data migration hassle-free. Learn more about LIKE.TG Want to take LIKE.TG for a spin? Sign up for a 14-day free trial and experience the feature-rich LIKE.TG suite firsthand. Share your experience of setting up DynamoDB to S3 Integration in the comments section below!
 LIKE.TG Data and Kipi.bi Partner to Deliver Improved Data Maturity to Customers
LIKE.TG Data and Kipi.bi Partner to Deliver Improved Data Maturity to Customers
Kipi.bi and LIKE.TG Data have been bringing increased efficiency and maturity into enterprise organizations’ data stacks for years, and both teams are thrilled to formalize their partnership! Both organizations share a keen dedication to enabling data-driven decision-making by allowing businesses to leverage the power of modern data solutions.In this data-driven era, businesses are relentlessly striving to harness the power of data for better decision-making, insights, and growth. The partnership between Kipi.bi and LIKE.TG Data aims to empower organizations to seamlessly build and manage their data stack, unlocking new possibilities in data analytics and business intelligence. Why Kipi.bi and LIKE.TG Data? As Snowflake’s 2023 America Systems Integrator Partner of the Year, Kipi.bi brings a wealth of experience in architecting and optimizing data solutions within Snowflake. Their team of seasoned professionals understands the intricacies of Snowflake’s cloud-based data platform, enabling them to tailor solutions that align with the unique needs of each client. LIKE.TG Data, on the other hand, is a leading no-code, zero-maintenance ETL platform. As a Snowflake Premier Partner, the platform is uniquely built to be able to integrate into the Snowflake data warehouse with ease. With LIKE.TG Data, businesses can set up their data ingestion into Snowflake or any other data warehouse, reduce time-to-insight, and make data accessible across the organization. The combination of Kipi.bi and LIKE.TG Data allows data-driven organizations to leverage the power of a real-time, flexible and cost-effective ELT platform along with the knowledge of a forward-thinking team of experts within the Snowflake and analytics industry. The two organizations with be working closely together to deliver a seamless experience to joint customers to leverage their data to the fullest extent. Kipi.bi has been able to utilize the powerful combination of LIKE.TG Data and Snowflake to build robust and scalable data stacks for a number of organizations, like RNDC and Clinical Ink, and they are looking forward to bringing on many more such joint customers! This is the beginning of the partner enablement series that will be conducted between kipi.bi and LIKE.TG Data, as they are committed to ensuring that their clients derive maximum value from this collaboration. Both Kipi.bi and LIKE.TG Data are excited about the possibilities that lie ahead and look forward to helping deliver transformative data solutions across the community! About kipi.bi: kipi.bi helps businesses overcome data gaps and deliver rapid insights at scale. With Snowflake at their core, they believe good data has the power to enable innovation without limits.Kipi earned Snowflake’s Americas System Integrator Growth Partner of the Year Award at the 2023 Snowflake Summit and holds 7 industry competency badges. Kipi is committed to pioneering world-class data solutions for Snowflake customers including 50+ Accelerators, Enablers, Solutions, and Native Apps to boost performance within Snowflake. Let kipi.bi become your trusted partner for data and analytics and we’ll empower your teams to access data-driven insights and unlock new revenue streams at scale. About LIKE.TG Data: LIKE.TG Data is an intuitive data pipeline platform that modern data analytics teams across 40+ countries rely on to fuel timely analytics and data-driven decisions. LIKE.TG Data helps them reliably and effortlessly sync data from 150+ SaaS apps and other data sources to any cloud warehouse or data lake and turn it analytics-ready through intuitive models and workflows.
 ELT as a Foundational Block for Advanced Data Science
ELT as a Foundational Block for Advanced Data Science
This blog was written based on a collaborative webinar conducted by LIKE.TG Data and Danu Consulting- “Data Bytes and Insights: Building a Modern Data Stack from the Ground Up”, furthering LIKE.TG ’s partnership with Danu consulting. The webinar explored how to build a robust modern data stack that will act as a foundation towards more advanced data science applications like AI and ML. If you are interested in knowing more, visit our YouTube channel now! The Foundation for Good Data Science The general scope of data science is very broad. The hot topics in data science today are all related to ML and AI. However, this is only the tip of the iceberg- the aspirational state of data science. There is a lot that needs to go on in the background for ML and AI within an organization to be successful. What do we need to have first? We need to have a solid foundation to build up to AI capabilities within an organization. Some key questions to be answered to evaluate this foundation could be- Do we have access to the data we need? How is the required data accessed? Do we have good data governance? Do we have the infrastructure in place to implement all our required projects? Can we view and understand data easily? How can an ML/AI model go into production? 1. Digitalization, Access, and Control The first thing to understand is how data is captured within your system. This may be done through a variety of methods, from manual entry into spreadsheets to complex database systems. It’s important to consider which method will allow easiest and clearest access to data within the data stack. Next, you need to find out who has the ultimate source of truth. Formation of data silos can be a huge issue within organizations, with data from different teams displaying completely different numbers, making it very complicated to make data-driven decisions. It’s important to have a centralized source of truth that will act as the foundation for all data activities within the organization. Finally, it is important to consider how the data can be accessed. Even if the data is all captured and centralized in a common format, it is of no use unless it can be accessed easily by the necessary stakeholders. A complex and inaccessible database is of no use to the organization – data is most valuable when it is actively used to make decisions. 2. Data Governance Data governance is an iterative process between workflows, technologies and people. It is not achieved in one go but is a continuous process that needs to be continually improved. It involves a lot of change management and involves a lot of people. But with the right balance can become one of the biggest assets for the company. Understanding by all involved stakeholders on the owner of data, the processes to be followed, the technology to be used and the control measures in place can ensure that data is safe, secure and traceable. The Benefits of Having a Cloud Infrastructure There are a number of reasons why having a cloud infrastructure could prove to be beneficial for an organization’s data stack. With a good cloud analytics process, the benefits are multifold- far beyond just cost savings on the server! These include: Being process focused: A cloud infrastructure would allow an organization to focus on the processes rather than the infrastructure. Having an updated system: Being on the cloud means that an organization can always use the latest versions of tools and would not need to invest in purchasing their own infrastructure to keep up to date. Integrating data: cloud systems allow organizations to integrate their data from different sources. Enjoying Shorter time-to-market: with a cloud database, it is much easier to create endpoints for applications. Having a better user experience: generally, cloud environments have a much better UX/CX which leads to a better user experience for all involved stakeholders. Using a “sandbox” environment: cloud infrastructures often allow for the flexibility to experiment with queries, new analytics processes, products, etc. in a “sandbox” environment that can help the business hone in on what works best for them. Lowering costs: The cost of cloud infrastructure for basic functions is often quite accessible, and can be easily scaled according to the growth and requirements of the organization. Increased efficiency: Using serverless data warehouses would mean much faster queries and much more effective reporting. ELT: The Roads of the Cloud Data Infrastructure Organizations often have a multitude of data sources like on-premise and cloud databases, social media platforms, digital platforms, excel files, and others. On the other hand, the data stack on the cloud would include a cloud data lake or data warehouse, from which dashboards, reports, and ML models can be created. How can these two separate aspects be integrated to bridge the disconnect and give a holistic data science process? The answer is through cloud ELT tools like LIKE.TG Data. Using ELT (Extract, Load, Transform) we can extract data from data sources, load it into the data infrastructure, and then transform it in the way that is required. ELT tools act as the strong bridge between data sources and destinations, allowing seamless flow and control of data to enable advanced data science applications like AI, BI or ML. It allows data engineers to focus on the intricacies of these projects rather than the mundane building and maintenance activities involved with building data pipelines. Cloud ELT providers allow you to have a lean analytics model (Lean Analytics, Yoskovitz and Kroll), treating analytics like a process, allowing iterations on ideas, as they allow businesses to scale according to their data volumes. Dashboards demos can be built and validated by the stakeholders. Then gaps can be identified, and the dashboards can be launched into production using new ingested data. Advancements happen within days instead of months, allowing an amazing speed of execution. Hence, the value of such tools increases as an organization grows. These tools also help with access, governance and control, solving many of the basic blocks required for advanced data analytics and enabling accelerated success. Details About Partners About LIKE.TG Data: LIKE.TG Data is an intuitive data pipeline platform that modern data analytics teams across 40+ countries rely on to fuel timely analytics and data-driven decisions. LIKE.TG Data helps them reliably and effortlessly sync data from 150+ SaaS apps and other data sources to any cloud warehouse or data lake and turn it analytics-ready through intuitive models and workflows. Learn more about LIKE.TG Data here: www.like.tg. About Danu Consulting: Danu Consulting is a consulting firm specializing in big data and analytics strategies to support the growth and profitability of companies. Its solutions include data migration to the cloud, creation of BI dashboards, development of machine learning and AI algorithms, all adapted to the unique needs of each client. With over 15 clients and 50+ projects, Danu Consulting has the solution your company needs. Lear more about Danu Consulting at www.danucg.com
7 Tips on How to Manage Remote Workers
7 Tips on How to Manage Remote Workers
Remote work is already a haven for employees and freelancers. As a manager, you’ll also see the flexibility of working from home and outsourcing their business to anywhere from one to a large group of remote workers. So, when you have a remote team of workers, you must manage them in ways that make production consistent and effective, without being afflicted with missed deadlines and miscommunication. Here’s our guide to manage remote workers, with seven ways to effectively manage your remote workforce, with the tools to manage remote employees, so that your business can still thrive on these terms. 1. Encourage Company Culture “Working remotely doesn’t mean that there can’t be any company culture,” says Joseph Rouse, an HR at Paperfellows and Australianhelp. “Your workplace culture should have values, at the very least. Having company pride in how you do business and how you communicate allow you to have a good experience with your remote workers. And with that said, your workers should value those same values, and stay in touch with their community as often as possible.” Of course, when remote team members are working across time zones, employees feel isolated easily, and company culture becomes a difficult thing to encourage. But with regular team meetings via video conferencing, you’ll find you can easily build trust and employee engagement with your remote workforce. 2. Give Workers The Right Tools To get production going, your workers need the right tools to do the work: access to files, tasks, information, etc. So, make sure that they have access, and that they’re up to date on news, updates, and deadlines, so that they can all get work done at a decent pace. You will need to make sure your employees have access to all the software needed to do their work—word processing software, team scheduling and productivity software, and conference call software, especially important for making remote workers feel part of the rest of the team. If this software is free, you mainly only need to provide a download and installation guide for your remote team members. But if the software has a paid license or needs a company login, be aware that your remote workforce may find it more difficult to set this up than people working in-house, especially if they cannot easily get in contact with the IT department, or do not have access to the company IP address and portal. 3. Utilize Video Chat One of the best tools to manage remote employees, for managing remote workers training or otherwise, there are other ways to communicate with your workers, rather than just texting them. Communication via video chat is a fantastic way to break out of the monotony of standard team meetings, and helps people working from home feel like they are part of the rest of the team during team meetings. If you are sure to schedule your conference call well in advance, paying attention to your remote workforce’s varying time zones, chat services like Skype, Google Hangouts, and Zoom allow you to communicate with your workforce whenever you’d like. And if connectivity should fail, you ought to fix it right away. Or if your employees experience downtime, see if you can help cover the cost for better Internet or more bandwidth for them, or work with them to see where they can take calls without any issues. 4. Communicate And Set Goals It’s imperative to communicate clearly with your employees. Do not leave a thing to chance. Enquire and query with your employees to get the discussion going. Also, allow your workers to ask you their requests and queries of their own. In addition, make sure that you’re stating your expectations to them as clearly as possible. Have goals and timelines that you want to see get accomplished, and hold people accountable for the work that they’re doing. As above, accountability and measuring productivity are easier when you have the tools and software in place to aid them. But you should agree with your employees whether they are getting paid by the hour, for example, or another way of measuring it. And you should check in with your remote workforce now and then, especially in the middle of a larger project, to see how things are coming along, what stage your employees are at, and see if this corroborates with the goal. This communication will help build trust. 5. Longer One-On-Ones This is something found in any managing remote employees book. One of the most important tools to manage remote employees, as you allow more communication into the workflow, when you manage remote workers, make sure you have time to have one-on-ones with anyone who needs it. You can update your availability for your “open-door policy” on services like Skype, Slack, etc., so that your employees will know when you’re available and when you’re not. And, when you do have one-on-one time with your employees, give them a full hour every week to discuss anything that needs to be discussed. Here are some good questions to ask, when doing these one-on-ones: What’s your favorite part about working remotely? How would you describe your daily routine for when you work? Do you believe that you are making a difference in our team? Why do you or don’t you believe this? Are the tools that you use functioning effectively for you? If not, how can our software and equipment be improved? You visit the office a certain number of times a year. Is the visit amount extortionate, inadequate, or perfect? How can I better support you on this remote venture? 6. Respect Your Workers “When it comes to how to manage remote employees successfully, a lot of companies take them for granted,” says Xavier Samuels, a project manager at Bigassignments and Boomessays. But one of his best tips for managing remote workers is, “In fact, it can be hard to keep remote workers, if you work them too hard, or don’t express your appreciation for them. So, if you’re lucky enough to find remote workers who do their job well all the time, then it’s fair to treat them with respect and pay them fairly for their work. Like regular employees, remote workers appreciate the positive feedback.” Throughout the contract, if you communicate effectively with people working remotely, like using instant messaging for shorter, more casual messages, and respect your remote employees’ time zones when you do, but stick to sending longer messages and briefs through email, people working remotely will look forward to working with you in the future. 7. Get Together In-Person At Least Annually What is there to dislike about a face to face team meeting every once in a while? Whether you host a luncheon or a managing remote employees seminar, it’s fun to see your workers in person rather than through video conferencing, and connect with them on a social level. Employees feel more connected. As you have these social outings annually (if not a few times a year), you can all talk about the company or team’s future together. When it comes to how to manage remote employees successfully, this is imperative. It will build employee engagement and trust among all team members, not just the group who works from home. Conclusion By following these simple steps, you’ll create a remote team that not only works with you, but is also appreciative of what you have to offer them. About author: Molly Crockett is a marketing and business expert for Ukwritings and Essayroo. She gives managers tips on how to better optimize their business practices. She’s also a writing teacher at Academized, where she teaches young people how to develop their writing and research skills.
8 Simple Steps For Awesome Remote Onboarding
8 Simple Steps For Awesome Remote Onboarding
It can be tough to onboard new employees, particularly if they’re remote. They can't just pop into the office for a meeting, and you can't always quickly bring them up to speed on all the company's goings-on. But with a little effort, you can make the process smooth for both the employee and your team. Several tools and technologies can help make the onboarding process easier for you and your new employee. For example, video conferencing software like Skype or Zoom can be used for virtual training and tours. And there are many online tools, such as Google Drive, that can be used for collaboration and sharing documents. In addition to taking advantage of these tools, you can make the onboarding process smoother and more efficient with the following guide, designed to help you get started. 1. Have a remote work policy If you're going to be onboarding remote employees regularly, it's important to have a remote work policy in place. This should outline your expectations for how employees will conduct themselves while working remotely and what you expect from them regarding communication and collaboration. Having a clear policy will help make the onboarding process smoother and ensure everyone is on the same page from the start. And it starts in the hiring process: In your application, ask candidates what aspects of remote work appeal to them. Ask them to describe their preferred working style, communication style, and technical skills. If a candidate responds that they do not enjoy the isolation of remote work, you may want to move on. 2. Send equipment and a welcome package beforehand Few things will frustrate both you and your new employee more than having them spend the first few working days ironing out technical difficulties. So, ahead of time, order all necessary hardware they’ll need and have it delivered to their home. Here are some items to consider, depending on the requirements of the position: Laptop or desktop computer Monitor Keyboard and mouse Headset or earphones Webcam Printer/scanner External hard drive or USB drives Phone or VOIP equipment Charging accessories and power strips When it comes to software, if what employees need isn’t cloud-based, ensure it's pre-installed on their device. Include passwords, usernames, and any other security information needed so remote hires can easily get up and running. Suppose you are working on many different online marketing tools. In that case, putting together a list of recommended tools for your new employee may be helpful. Or if you’re working with a project management tool, ensure that their accounts are already set up in advance, and they’ll have access from day one. Additionally, making remote employees feel welcome can help embed them into your organization and feel like they’re part of the team. One idea is to send a welcome package with things like: Welcome letter from the CEO or team leader Company swag such as T-shirts, mugs, notebooks, or pens Employee handbook Snack box with an assortment of treats and snacks to enjoy while working Tech accessories like USB flash drive, ergonomic mouse pads, or laptop stands Gift cards for coffee or online retailers Virtual event pass to an upcoming online workshop or team-building event Desk plant to brighten up their home office space 3. Be prepared with virtual onboarding materials Gather all your onboarding materials and make digital copies as part of your remote onboarding program. You may also want to mail them a physical copy along with their welcome package. Here’s a list of things you’ll want to include: For all employees: Mission, vision, and values Organizational charts Employee directories Communication procedures (how and when to use email, video calls, and chat) Tutorials for commonly used tools Security standards Templates for standard documents (presentations, email invitations, sales follow-up emails, etc.) For marketing: Lead qualification criteria Content style guide Blog and SEO best practices For sales: CRM contact information standards How to order business cards Travel and expense procedures For software developers: How to set up a development environment Codebase Development processes Architecture standards You can help employees track their progress by making videos of everything that they need to learn in modules. Or you can set up a video call so that they’re able to ask questions on anything they don’t understand and managers can easily answer them on the spot. Creating these learning modules might be a bit difficult, but you can contract a Professional Employer Organization (PEO) to create learning modules for any job position. 4. Leverage existing technology and tools Use video conferencing or online team meetings to ensure a smooth transition. Companies onboarding remote employees can greatly benefit from leveraging technology and platforms such as Zoom for virtual meetings, Slack for communication, Asana for project management, LIKE.TG for HR software, and Microsoft Teams for collaboration and document sharing. For example, you can use Microsoft Teams to welcome your new team member, outline their responsibilities, and offer support. And some apps, such as Donut, allow employees to chat with a company representative through the internet. Onboarded employees can also receive useful information about company resources, such as knowledge bases, training software portals, and cheat sheets 5. Let new hires know what to expect Working from home can be a brand new experience to most. Ensure everyone understands what's expected of them during the remote onboarding process. What information do they need? Whom will they be meeting with? What tools do they need to be successful? You can avoid confusion and frustration later on by getting everyone on the same page from the start. This is also a good time to set expectations for communication. Will you use email, Slack, video conferencing, or a combination of all three? Let your new employee know how you prefer to communicate and the best way to reach you. 6. Set up a dedicated onboarding space If possible, set up a dedicated space for their remote onboarding process. This gives them a place to go where they can find all the information they need in one spot. It can be as simple as a folder in your company's shared drive or an intranet page with links to all the relevant documents. Having a dedicated space also makes it easy for you to keep track of your new employee's progress. You can quickly see what they've read and what still needs to be covered. As your business grows, it might be a good idea to consider tools to help during this process. LIKE.TG’s employee Onboard platform can help to automate a lot of the repetitive tasks that build up as you get the hang of remote onboarding. Download Our Free New Employee Orientation Checklist! Download Now 7. Use self-onboarding checklists Self-onboarding checklists are an effective tool for streamlining the onboarding process of remote employees, ensuring they complete all necessary steps. These checklists should include tasks like setting up company email accounts, completing required paperwork, reviewing company policies and procedures, and accessing necessary software and tools. Additionally, the checklist can guide new hires through introductory training modules, schedule their first team meetings, and prompt them to set up virtual meet-and-greets with key team members. 8. Introduce them to the team members One of the challenges of remote work is feeling like you're part of the team. So take some time to introduce your new employee to everyone on the team, even if it's just through a quick email or video call. If possible, set up regular virtual coffee chats or happy hours so they can get to know their colleagues in a more informal setting. You can also give them the company’s organization chart so that they do not have a hard time trying to remember who is who. 9. Give them a virtual tour If your company has a physical office, give your new employee a virtual tour so they can see where their team members work and what the space looks like. If you don't have an office, you can still give them a tour of your company's website, intranet, or social media channels. Make them feel like they're part of the team by showing them around and introducing them to everyone they'll be working with, even if it's just virtually. Always make an effort to have your camera on to create a warm face to face feeling when giving the tour. Click Trough an Onboarding Process Click through our interactive demo to see how LIKE.TG makes onboarding easy. Try It Now 10. Assign a buddy One way to help your new employee feel welcome is to assign them a buddy. This should be someone who's been with the company for a while and knows the ropes. They can answer your new employee's questions and help them feel comfortable in their new role. A workplace mentor can provide initial guidance and help eliminate the anxiety many new remote employees experience. Moreover, use video coffee chats and other ice-breaker activities to break the ice. 11. Provide training and resources As part of the onboarding program, provide your new employee with all the training sessions and resources they need to be successful in their role. An onboarding training session should entail a thorough introduction to the company culture, key policies, and job-specific skills, along with interactive elements like QA sessions, practical exercises, and opportunities to meet and engage with team members and key department leads. The goal is to set them up for success by providing everything they need to hit the ground running and make sure you’re both on the same page once their onboarding plan is complete. 12. Encourage communication and feedback Working remotely makes it easy to feel like you're out of sight and out of mind. To avoid this, schedule regular check-ins with your new employee. This gives you a chance to see how they're doing, answer any questions they may have, and give feedback on their progress. You should also be open to getting feedback from your employees. This helps you figure out problems and come up with solutions. Feedback will show you places where your new employees have problems. There are different ways in which you can collect feedback from your new employees. You can use surveys, meetings, or performance tracking software. Check-ins also allow your new employee to bring up any concerns or issues they may be having. By addressing these early on, you can help them feel more comfortable in their role and prevent any potential problems down the road. You can also ask them to turn on their video during conference meetings to make them settle in properly so you become aware of their onboarding experience. Since employees are not able to meet face to face, online meetings and daily communication are essential in team building and creating healthy remote team relationships. 13. Give them room to grow Finally, remember that your new employee is still learning and growing into their role. They may make some mistakes along the way, but that's okay. What's important is that you give them the space to learn and grow.Encourage them to ask questions, try new things, and take risks. This will help them become even more successful in their role and feel like they're truly part of the team. “As soon as we saw LIKE.TG’s Onboard demo, we knew this was the perfect solution for us. We loved that it was extremely simple and powerful out of the box, but that we could customize it with advanced capabilities to make it work in our company setting.” Elisa Garn Vice President, HR and Talent Christopherson Business Travel Learn More About Author: This article is written by our marketing team at LIKE.TG. LIKE.TG is dedicated to providing powerful solutions for your HR teams and creating an exceptional employee experience. Our aim is to help your company improve employee engagement, onboarding, and to save you valuable time!
A Closer Look at LIKE.TG-ADP Integrations
A Closer Look at LIKE.TG-ADP Integrations
Months into the Coronavirus pandemic, organizations are continuing to feel the need for learning additional, seamless integrations with other systems related to hiring/onboarding, performance management, and employee communications, engagement and rewards. Our integration with ADP and the inclusion of our Onboard and Workmates solutions in the ADP Marketplace is proof of this power of integration. If you’re not aware, the ADP Marketplace gives HR teams secure, turnkey apps and technology to develop innovative new approaches to workforce management. LIKE.TG’s integration with ADP now means that any HR user can log in to Onboard or Workmates with their ADP credentials or choose to import all of their workforce data with one, easy click. Additionally, the ADP Marketplace lets any company (or HR department) put its workforce data to use well beyond typical use with ADP’s payroll, taxes or other functionality. For example, software developers can now create innovative new apps to make even better use of workforce data. That’s why LIKE.TG has always prioritized integration with ADP applications, specifically our Onboard and Workmates solutions. For example, as the Coronavirus pandemic continues to complicate the workplace with issues related to hiring to team collaboration and performance management, LIKE.TG clients are able to see the benefits of automation and communication that comes from ADP integration. Michael HawkinsFranchise Owner of Interim HealthCare SLC “Interim Healthcare SLC needed HR technology, and we’re pleased with the results we’ve gained from LIKE.TG’s solutions for recruiting, onboarding, and employee engagement. Yet it’s an opportunity for all Interim franchises. It would be so great if each franchise owner could implement similar solutions to replace legacy systems that might not work as well as they should.” Let’s take a closer look at the HR-Cloud-ADP integrations and the many benefits they can provide. Seamless remote onboarding The hiring and onboarding process involves multiple groups and has strict legal requirements. Our seamless integration with ADP ensures a reliable data flow to and from LIKE.TG, including employee profile information, direct deposit and more. Forms can be built automatically using an intuitive drag-and-drop interface, which means many onboarding processes can be updated and automated “on the fly,” to support remote workers and HR teams. Exceptional employee experiences Convenience has always been key to attracting and retaining top talent, and the pandemic hasn’t changed that. In fact, new employees will appreciate HR organizations that demonstrate a commitment to employee needs at this time and have worked to modernize the experience. Starting a new job during this time is likely to be stressful, and being able to offer an efficient and even appealing onboarding experience matters a great deal. Integration with ADP ensures that an employee’s first experience is stress-free with fewer headaches and process snafus. Improved HR efficiency Integration between Onboard and ADP improves HR efficiency in two important ways: Employee self-service puts the impetus for workforce acclimation into the hands of your new hires and makes them confident contributors on day one. It also gives your HR team the tools to create curated task workflows that guide employees through a compliant automated process that you define and manage effectively via an online dashboard. Effective employee communication With Workmates, organizations can create a digital town square of sorts, where ideas and needs are communicated between HR, employees, and management. Workmates enable you to implement new company initiatives across a remote workforce simultaneously and even receive immediate feedback. Workmates also increase overall engagement, as new hires will find themselves comfortably absorbed into workplace conversation by using Workmates and the accompanying org chart as functional company directories. What’s more, the integration with ADP ensures that valuable employee details such as anniversaries and birthdays are readily available to HR and managers, putting them in a position to recognize employee dedication remotely. LIKE.TG-ADP integration lets you do more Like many organizations, you may be preparing to make a long-term commitment to remote workforce management. Knowing the challenges that may already exist with IT support and integration planning, there is value in having a partner that has already addressed these challenges. With LIKE.TG and ADP, you can be certain that onboarding and workplace efficiency are challenges that are already addressed from day one.
5 Key Factors That Keep Your Employees From Leaving
5 Key Factors That Keep Your Employees From Leaving
People come, and they go—especially at work! Sometimes it’s due to involuntary turnover like layoffs, while some employees resign or take another job. But it’s much better if the people you hire stay for the long term. Why? Because it costs an organization 6 to 9 months of an employee’s salary to replace them. For example, it will cost you $30,000 to $45,000 to hire and train a replacement for a $60,000 salary employee. Curious how much it will cost you? Try our employee turnover calculator. High employee retention also helps foster trust and engagement between employees and employers, which is very important for maintaining a motivated and engaged workforce with a strong sense of loyalty. Simply put, businesses can't afford not to care about the happiness of their employees. First, you need to understand the factors that significantly affect it. Then, if you find any gaps in your processes, improve them now rather than regret inaction later. Below we've listed actionable strategies to address the factors influencing employee retention. 1. Competitive Wages and Benefits Everyone wants a job that pays them well and offers them great benefits. And employees feel like a company cares about them when they receive competitive benefits. So make sure that your employees are fairly compensated for their work. This can include offering a competitive base salary, bonuses, and other incentives such as paid vacation, technology reimbursement, health insurance, 401K plans, assistance with educational expenses through programs like Pell Grants, tuition reimbursement, etc. Offering these benefits will not only make your job roles more attractive but will also help you create a productive workforce. It will also help you attract and retain top talents in your company. As a result, your business outcomes will improve, and your conversions will see a major boost. Consider offering benefits that grow in value over time or get better with tenure to help prevent employees from leaving for greener pastures. That way, they don't have to start from scratch elsewhere. What You Can Do: Now’s the best time to review and assess the current benefits you offer to your employees. If you currently don’t have benefits designed to improve over time, some examples are: Bonus structures that increase with tenure Granting more paid time off for employees with greater lengths of service Stock options with vesting periods 401(k) matching contributions with vesting periods For newer employees, you can look into enhancing your current health benefits. Alternatively, you can even offer unique benefits such as continuing education, discounts on products or services, laundry services, and free food. 2. Onboarding and Training Do your employees leave within the first six months? Are they taking on lateral responsibilities at other businesses? If you are having problems with onboarding new hires, then you have short-term retention problems that you need to address ASAP. So, have you reviewed or upgraded your recruitment processes recently? The way you recruit, onboard, and train employees has an impact on employee turnover. Failing to address retention at this stage might result in losing the best employees immediately. What You Can Do: Most onboarding concerns come from inaccurate job depictions during the interview stage. Employees are less likely to stick around if you aren't clear. To address this, be honest. Give them the obligations that come with the role they are applying for. Make sure that all candidates are clear on expectations from the start. This will increase the likelihood that they will stay with your organization. 3. People and Culture Humans are social creatures. Above all things, we want to create an emotional connection with the people around us. That's why there's an increasing average number of employees who want to be in workplaces where they feel like they belong. Creating a favorable work environment will work wonders for you and your employees! An enhanced company culture will reduce time spent worrying about productivity, employee engagement, motivation, and retention. What You Can Do: Part of human resources’s responsibilities is to carefully examine the company's values and consider how you can convey them to your staff in a tangible way. If your organization emphasizes creativity and flexibility, engage with your team members to create flexible working arrangements that meet the demands of both the individual and the company. Here are some ways to go about this: If you value transparency, make it easy for employees to access relevant documentation and approach dispute resolution with empathy and honesty. If respect is a corporate value, offer diversity and inclusion training programs to tackle unconscious biases. You can also demonstrate that you care by asking for and acting on employee feedback. 4. Work Schedules The pandemic has forced a lot of companies to transition into a permanent work-from-home structure. And employees love the fact that they don’t necessarily need to be present in the office and can work on flexible schedules. It helps them save time and money from the daily commute and gives them the ability to utilize their time more productively. By offering a flexible work schedule, you allow your employees to have more control over their time. This is a great way to offer them a better work-life balance. It also shows your employees that you trust them and value their time and well-being. This, again, is very important for creating a strong work culture. What You Can Do: You can offer flexible work schedules in a variety of ways. For example, you can allow them to choose their start and end times, offer compressed work weeks, or give them the option to work permanently from home. Remote working software could help you manage your remote employees quite easily. 5. Recognition No one appreciates feeling unappreciated. Employee turnover can be influenced by a lack of recognition, which can reflect a poor management style. It will inevitably lead to employees seeking the attention they deserve elsewhere. And while a lack of acknowledgment may not cost you your best employees immediately, failing to address it will result in low morale and decreased productivity. Create a company culture where employees’ hard work is recognized and appreciated. This makes working for the company enjoyable and rewarding. Encourage employees to participate in team-building activities and celebrate successes. You should also acknowledge and reward them for their accomplishments and hard work. This can be done through bonuses, awards, or public recognition. Sometimes even a simple “thank you” or “well done” can go a long way in motivating employees and making them feel appreciated. What You Can Do: Find ways for employees to feel heard and recognized. Everyone loves receiving positive feedback, and employee retention is heavily influenced by leadership's active listening and recognition of employee successes. In practice, this will look something like: Implementing a reward system to recognize small and big wins Providing yearly performance evaluation Training management personnel to provide positive reinforcement Scheduling one-on-one sessions between employees and their supervisors regularly Making sure that they are paid on a salary that is equal to the role they perform 6. Work-Life Balance Employees want to have time with their families, hobbies, and other activities outside of work. More and more employees want flexible work schedules that allow them to care for their professional and personal lives. So, make sure that there is no room for employee burnout in your workplace. Burnout happens when individuals feel out of control or under a lot of daily stress. Not only will this decrease their productivity, but it will also affect their mental and physical health. What You Can Do: To improve your employees’ work-life balance, every now and then, ask yourself the following questions: Do you regularly demand or expect employees to work after hours or on weekends? Is a 50-hour workweek really “normal”? Do you offer employees the tools, resources, and technologies they need to succeed? Let your employees have time for themselves and their families. Rather than the traditional 9-to-5 model, consider offering remote working options. You can also implement flexible working arrangements. This will allow employees the flexibility to manage their working hours. Plus, they can work from home if they need to! Encourage employees to set limits and use vacation time. But, if late nights can’t be avoided, consider compensating them with more time off. 7. Communication Employees appreciate workplaces where they can freely voice their opinions, thoughts, ideas, and concerns without judgment or fear of retribution. So always encourage your employees to communicate with you openly. Let them know that their opinions, ideas, thoughts, etc., are important to you and that you value them thoroughly. Organizations that encourage open communication have a better work environment and have employees that are better engaged. They are also capable of fostering trust and respect between management and employees. What You Can Do: There are various ways to encourage open communication in your organization. For example, you can establish regular channels for employee feedback, such as surveys, focus groups, or one-on-one meetings. You can also conduct open forums to discuss challenges, successes, and failures. You should also have an open-door policy where employees feel comfortable approaching the management with their questions and concerns. 8. Career Development Your employees may sense a lack of growth opportunities within the company. Nobody enjoys completing the same monotonous tasks every day, especially when the scope of the work isn't expanding. Employees feel insecure about their jobs when there is little room for advancement. This is when they begin seeking other opportunities. Give your employees the opportunity to learn and grow. The idea is to create a ladder of career advancement where your employees can truly experience growth. This is very important to keep your workforce motivated and improve their efficiency as well. Investing in your people shows that you care about their professional development and potential for advancement to more senior roles within the organization. This creates a good cycle of belonging, motivation, productivity, and retention. What You Can Do: Does your company have an employee retention program yet? If not, your employees are likely to look elsewhere. They’ll search for companies that recognize their contributions more quickly and offer prospects for growth. Try offering on-the-job training, giving them access to learning resources, offering education programs, mentorship programs, etc. Sometimes it can be a good idea to encourage your employees to attend industry conferences and seminars as part of their learning process. Another way to make that happen is to create job rotation and internal promotion opportunities. It is your responsibility to lay down a clear-cut career path for your employees. For their continuous growth, you can provide top performers with training programs, seminars, and conferences, or in-company apprenticeships or mentoring. Alternatively, you can also connect them to online courses. Happy Employees Stay Longer Regularly review, reassess, and reinvent your employee retention strategy. Ensure that you meet your employees' needs. Remember, retention will come easy if you boost employee happiness in every process you implement throughout the workplace. Try Workmates Interactive Demo Click through it yourself withinteractive demo. Try It Now About Author: This article is written by our marketing team atLIKE.TG. LIKE.TG is dedicated to providing powerful solutions for your HR teams and creating an exceptional employee experience. Our aim is to help your company improve employee engagement, onboarding, and to save you valuable time!
6 HR Challenges to Managing Remote Teams—and How to Avoid Them
6 HR Challenges to Managing Remote Teams—and How to Avoid Them
6 Remote Work Challenges for HR This blog article focuses on 6 challenges HR faces in managing remote teams. To learn even more, please download the LIKE.TG eBook, “A Better Way to Communicate, Engage, and Recognize and Reward Remote Teams” today. Even before the coronavirus and its work-at-home mandate, remote work was an accepted best practice. Research showed that approximately 60% of employees were working remotely and a full 30% were fully remote. The COVID-19 crisis has pushed these numbers even higher and not just for the short term: early feedback shows that many employees hope to keep working from home in the “new normal.” Yet many companies continue to use traditional management methods—those designed for office and on-site workers—that are not as effective as they should be for a remote workforce. Such an approach leaves employees feeling disconnected, creates HR inefficiencies, and can even have an adverse effect on the business itself. Let’s take a closer look at six challenges most HR teams face when attempting to manage remote teams. #1: Interviewing, hiring, and onboarding Recruiters and HR teams have always had a hard time making the “perfect hire,” even when they were able to conduct face-to-face interviews. Yet the challenge becomes even more difficult for HR teams attempting to find, interview, and hire candidates from a distance. Where telephone calls are good, video conferences are better—helpful to see and “meet” the candidate and observe important non-verbal cues. Yet even when candidates are hired, remote onboarding can be a real challenge for HR departments, especially since it may be a new concept for many HR professionals. To help, here’s a quick checklist to improve remote onboarding processes: Create an individual onboarding plan with check ins at the right time frames (e.g., 30, 60, or 90 days). These should clearly communicate objectives and give the opportunity for questions. Digitize all documentation including forms, documents, guidelines, tax documents, and company-specific information, such as employee handbooks, employee directories, and more. LIKE.TG’s Onboard solution lets users create personalized portals so new hires can review, complete, and send all of this information before they even start. Make sure new hires are set up with the right applications, systems access, badges, equipment, and other tools they might need. This can be done by creating a customized checklist that includes the right company personnel. For example, letting facilities know the new employee needs a new badge before they start, helps make sure nothing slips through the cracks. Schedule and conduct remote orientation sessions for new hires. This can serve as a differentiator—imagine how many other companies skip this step—and can go a long way to engaging employees, starting on day one. Introduce remote team members using a video call, a virtual coffee break, or other event. This will help all team members “put a name to a face” and encourage collaboration. Make sure new employees have all the other information they might need, including training, employee profiles, employee directories, contact information, and more. #2: Focus on employee engagement We all know employee engagement is important, both for the worker and the business itself. For example, research has shown that the teams with a high level of engagement demonstrated 21% higher profitability than those with lower levels for employee engagement. However, a drop in remote employees’ engagement (along with morale, productivity, and even retention) may occur if HR teams don’t focus on it. Engaging all workers--no matter where they work--is important to make them feel informed, valued, and part of the larger team. Related resource: To learn even more about managing remote teams and keeping employees working at home highly engaged, download our eBook, “A Better Way to Communicate, Engage, Recognize and Reward Remote Teams” now. HR solutions, such as employee communications platforms, can be an effective way to help HR teams connect with remote teams. For example, these solutions can: Give them fast, easy access to critical information Use mobile apps to give them the same information using their mobile device Enable remote teams to communicate using email, chat, calling, or video calls Let users post pictures, videos, GIFs, and more to make collaboration fun Let any worker recognize a peer’s hard work or efforts, and earn points for gifts #3: Improve remote workforce communications According to Forbes, employees spend approximately 2.5 hours a day reading, writing, and responding to emails--not ideal use of their time. Additionally, research has shown that poor communication now costs companies a total of $37 billion each and every year. The situation--and the challenge--only become worse when attempting to communicate with remote teams. Modern HR solutions now offer a better way to communicate with remote teams, all in one platform. For example, our Workmates platform gives each employee a centralized, personalized newsfeed and group channels, so they will always receive the information they need. Or, if they have any questions, they can instantly connect to a manager or team member using chat, email, text, or call. You could also engage in remote team-building games. #4. Training and development Did you know that 67% of remote employees wish they had more access to work-related training? Unfortunately, the COVID-19 crisis has only made this situation worse. Sharing information and improving the skills of remote workers not only helps them do their jobs well but it also contributes to personal and professional development. HR teams can provide remote employees with access to training articles, videos, online courses, mentoring opportunities, and more. This can all be delivered as part of a performance management solution, or with an integration to a learning management tool. #5: Transform your culture Sometimes it’s hard to connect with remote employees and make them understand, and feel like they’re part of, your company culture. Today, effective employee communication and engagement platforms can give all employees access to all the information they need. For example, these solutions include content management systems (CMS), employee advocacy information, and even recognition and rewards capabilities. All of this helps any company weave remote workers into their culture, and even better, transform it into culture focused on excellence. #6: Provide access to information Research shows that remote workers spend 19% more time searching for information they need or otherwise attempting to navigate access issues. Again, this is not ideal use of their time. One way to overcome this challenge is through the use of a mobile app. The benefit is to give remote workers fast, easy access to all the information they need, yet deliver it in a mobile app that is identical to what they would expect to find using desktop-based software. This way, employees working from home can access the CMS, their own customized content channels, HR records, employee directories, and more. Implement a winning strategy to manage remote teams Managing remote teams is now the new normal, even beyond the COVID-19 crisis. However, HR teams may still face a number of challenges as they attempt to hire, onboard, attract, and retain remote employees. Today, innovative HR teams are embracing HR software, especially remote onboarding and employee engagement platforms to improve the way they connect, communicate, and collaborate with remote teams. To learn more, download our eBook “A Better Way to Communicate, Engage, Recognize and Reward Remote Teams” today! About author: Alexey Kutsenko is the Head of the Marketing and Employer Brand department of DDI Development company. He is passionate about HR processes in the company as far as they are cornerstones of the company’s general success.
6 Signs That the Future of Work Is Here Today
6 Signs That the Future of Work Is Here Today
“A great overview by Gigster CEO Chris Keene on how the gig economy is transforming work in the enterprise by making it more customer-centric and high performance. Don’t miss the stories of companies actually doing this.” Dion Hintchcliffe, Vice President and Principal Analyst, Constellation Research As software continues to eat the world, companies must find ways to build more innovative teams. For these companies, The Future of Work is here today. How companies reshape the way they engage digital talent will have a huge impact on their ability to innovate. Here are six ways digital leaders are creating The Future of Work now. 1. Remote workers and work from home teams are the new normal The best talent is not always located where you are. Even within a company, silos can prevent the right people from working on the most critical innovation projects. Making it possible for team members to work remotely is the only way to liberate talent across the company. This is also the only way to source critical skill gaps that are not available inside the company, like AI/ML engineers. Supporting distributed teams calls for adopting a common set of processes and collaboration tools, including Slack, Github and Jira. 2. Hybrid teams beat monoculture teams Innovation requires a diverse mix of talent. The most innovative teams blend in-house employees who have industry context with expert global talent who have advanced technical skills. This is the opposite of the traditional systems integration model that outsources innovation. Hybrid teams also have the value of helping companies build in-house skills by working side by side with expert freelance talent. 3. Elastic Staffing beats fixed staffing Many companies adopt agile team processes but staff teams inefficiently — they follow a fixed staffing model that allocates each role as a full-time position for the duration of a project. This is only half agile. Because it makes experimentation too expensive to try, and reduces employee mobility and satisfaction. Compare this to Elastic Staffing, which allocates resources based on the workload for each project phase. For example, developers can join a project after the detailed design is complete, and technical architects may only be needed part time. Elastic Staffing can reduce the total hours to deliver innovative products by over 50%. 4. Employees want to be treated more like freelancers Top employees want the freedom and flexibility to choose how they work and what they work on. This doesn’t have to require radical organizational changes. For example, applying the Google 20% rule, where workers can choose their own projects 20% of the time, can boost morale and build skills. This lets more senior employees peer review deliverables from other projects to reduce risk. It also helps more junior employees grow by being exposed to new business and technology challenges. 5. Freelancers want to be treated more like employees Top freelancers want stability and work benefits without sacrificing their flexibility. Companies that learn how to work effectively with freelancers will have their pick of the best global talent. This includes setting up projects for success with distributed teams, incorporating advanced technologies, and providing predictability for freelancers that helps them plan effectively. In California, laws like AB5 are beginning to mandate providing more benefits for freelance workers, and putting them more on par with the benefits that full-time employees receive. 6. Automated team and talent assessments are here Technology will ultimately reshape jobs, but today, technology is reshaping talent ratings. Every collaborative tool – from Slack, to Jira, to Github – has open APIs that can automatically collect data about the productivity and quality of work being produced by people and teams. Tools like Pinpoint can collect this data. Applying analytics to this data enables the creation of “karma scores” by person and by team, to provide objective and trusted evaluation of skills. Examples of The Future of Work today A global telco created hybrid teams that mix in-house staff with top global experts to accelerate their machine learning and predictive analytics initiatives. They manage these distributed teams following Silicon Valley best practices and have been able to deliver new applications that leverage AI up to twice as fast as traditional in-house development teams. One of the world’s largest digital agencies created an entirely new digital transformation business unit using hybrid teams that blend employees and global freelance talent. This approach enabled them to onboard over 100 engineers in less than six months, with minimal recruiting costs. Summary The Future of Work describes a cultural shift that companies must adopt to grow their innovation capacity. The pace of those changes is accelerating as more companies adopt new work from home rules that support remote workers. Companies that embrace a Silicon Valley-style culture of innovation can become more customer-centered, more able to tap new talent pools, and to dramatically reduce risk. About the author: Chris Keene: As CEO, Chris drives Gigster’s vision to de-risk digital innovation. Chris was previously VP Cloud for VMware, where he led the $400 million Pivotal spinout. Chris also founded and took public Persistence Software (NASDAQ:PRSW) This article is originally posted on Gigster.com
3 Tips to Make Your Next Employee Meeting Meaningful and Memorable
3 Tips to Make Your Next Employee Meeting Meaningful and Memorable
Managing people—especially in an organization — requires a level of social, emotional, and cognitive fortitude and intelligence that not everyone can boast. This is why people-focused roles, like being a business owner or working in a company's HR department can be overwhelming. Every step you take has to be intentional and has to work towards the good of the company. But in the same breath, you have to also keep the peace among staff members while fostering harmony and cooperation. When engaging with a member of staff one-on-one, it's relatively easy to achieve this. But what happens during employee meetings when every member of staff is there at the same time? With all the different ideas and personality types in the room, keeping the peace or even achieving any serious objective can prove futile. Does this mean that organizing productive staff meetings is a pipe dream? Thankfully, the answer is no. You can hold employee meetings that your staff will look forward to. We've outlined a few simple tips to help make your next employee meeting both meaningful and memorable — in a right way. Whether you're holding the meeting in a physical room or via teleconferencing, you can take these staff meeting best practices to the bank, regardless of the business or industry you work in. 1. Keep The Discussions Within the Meeting's Scope One of the most apparent traits of productive staff meetings is that all discussions stay focused. No one wants a meeting where the convener just rambles on about anything and everything concerning the company. Every meeting should have a plan that should be strictly adhered to. This is not the time to address a dispute between two employees, openly rebuke an employee's shortcomings, or talk about the misuse of office equipment. Do this, and all you'll be achieving is a lower staff loyalty score. A neat hack would be to prepare the agenda a few days before the meeting and hand it out to your employees. This way, your staff knows what the meeting is going to be about and have a few days to prepare themselves for it. This makes for a more agreeable audience when the day comes around. All your employees have got work to do to help grow your company, so keep the meetings short and focused so everyone can return to work. 2. Encourage Employee Input People tend to learn better when they talk less and listen more, an approach that should be taken by every business owner and manager when dealing with employees. The people that work in your establishment are much more than the roles they fulfill. Some of them have vast personal or professional experiences from their life before and outside your company. You may be the one at the helm of affairs, and you may know the objectives of the company more than anyone else. However, having more experienced heads to brainstorm with never hurt anyone. When you let your employees give their two cents, it opens you up to a world of possibilities as to how to deal with the current problem. It may be a novel idea or a reminder of something you've heard before. Either way, it helps the problem-solving process. Not to mention that it is suitable for the workplace atmosphere when employees know that their boss is willing to listen to their problems and their ideas and act on them. It gives them a sense of belonging and worth and increases the company's loyalty score. This approach to problem-solving during meetings significantly reduces the possibility of the leaders coming to a one-sided and subjective decision that does not work for everybody. 3. Keep Your Focus Only On The Stuff That Matters The best way to deal with the wrongness of a situation is not to expound on how wrong it is, but to focus on how to make it right. This is, unfortunately, a mistake many business leaders still make when something goes wrong in the company. Say a deal goes bad, they call for a staff meeting and dive into an investigation to find out how things went so wrong. They spend all the time berating the employees and attacking all the decisions they made leading up to the bad deal. Most of the time, this achieves nothing but dampens the spirits of everyone in the meeting. A better approach to have an effective staff meeting would be to focus on how to salvage the deal, perhaps even to make a better offer for the other party to consider—no attacks on each other, no tearing down of other people's opinions, and no finger-pointing. Focus on moving forward and delivering optimal performance. And while on the quest to solve a problem, remember to involve all staff members that have an idea, including those who may have made poor decisions that led to the problem. Sure, not everyone's idea will be brilliant, but typically, ideas given in this context are not all wrong either. Put every idea on the table, pick the elements that make sense, and merge them. By the time you implement this, the issue will disappear. Conclusion As stated earlier, handling employees in any company can be a terrifying scenario, or it could be an enjoyable experience. It all depends on the strategies you apply to get them all moving happily towards the company's ultimate goal. These three tips work not only in a meeting set up but also for individual and collective relationships between employees and the company leadership. Now go out and have a productive meeting. About Author Frank Hamiltonhas been working asan editor atreview serviceOnline Writers Rating.He isa professional writing expert in such topics as blogging, digitalmarketingand self-education.He also loves traveling and speaks Spanish, French, German and English.
Four Tips that Can Help Improve Your Staff’s Productivity
Four Tips that Can Help Improve Your Staff’s Productivity
The key to any successful business is a hard-working team. Without a dedicated staff pushing the buttons behind the scenes, businesses would grind to a halt. However, keeping teams motivated can be a struggle, especially in the midst of high-pressure environments that are filled with deadlines, problem-solving, and stress. As motivation drops, so does productivity, so how can you ensure your staff is working at full capacity? Here are four tips on how to improve the productivity of your team. 1. Take advantage of efficiencies ‘Busy work’ is the bane of many employees’ lives. This kind of work is defined as tasks that have hours spent on them when a quicker alternative is available which could save a lot of time and energy. Take your Point of Sale proposition, for example, identifying what products are selling well and which need a push is one of the most key pieces of data when deciding to restock or not. Cutting out manual stock checks and implementing a modern POS system not only saves time but will ensure that human error never leaves you sold out of a bestselling product accidentally. Less busy work, fewer headaches, and more efficiency. 2. Improve workplace conditions Your place of work can be a major contributor to productivity if it allows your employees to feel comfortable whilst they’re working. Temperature can be a major factor in this, and maintaining a pleasant working temperature, while tricky, will ensure employees keep their minds focused on the job at hand rather than wondering why they didn’t pack an extra sweater. Creating ‘chill out’ zones for employees to enjoy on their breaks - or just to get away from the screen for a few minutes - are also invaluable. While it might seem counter-intuitive to create an area where employees are encouraged to down tools and take a period of relaxation, it’s been proven that these periods of respite more than make up for it in terms of the productivity levels they provide. 3. Provide opportunities for growth Delegation is a tricky topic for many managers, especially if they’re one of the founders of a business. Letting go and giving employees increased responsibility will not only help spread the workload but will also give employees much needed growth opportunities. While there is an element of risk involved in the delegation, these can be negated to ensure tasks are given to well respected and proven employees. Handing out these opportunities will not only save you time they will also give employees a chance to prove themselves and help them to step out of their comfort zones and grow professionally. 4. Keep your employees happy Probably the most important point of all. A happy workforce is a productive workforce and keeping spirits and morale high is proven to have a positive impact on performance. Happiness levels are also likely to lead to fewer sick days, fewer internal disputes, and create a less stressful atmosphere. Tackling the above issues will help employees feel valued, looked after, and challenged which are three crucial components of workforce happiness.
5 Strategies for Transitioning Back Into the Workplace After Quarantine
5 Strategies for Transitioning Back Into the Workplace After Quarantine
It’s hard to believe, but we’re now going on nearly six months of some type of self-quarantined work from home (along with our spouses, kids, roommates, and even pets). It may have taken some time to adapt, but for the most part, we succeeded in working remotely. Yet now the tides are changing again, both as schools and businesses all consider various reopening strategies. This situation may lead to more questions than answers. For example, does your company have a plan to accommodate the “new normal?” If so have you shared it with the workforce, or similarly, held discussions with employees to let them know what to expect? If you don’t know the answers to these questions, here are five strategies to help transition back into a traditional workplace as well as ways you can fully support your staff. 1. Prepare employees for your reopening strategy While reopening may not be as abrupt as the initial transition to remote work was, chances are good that things will still move quickly as more state governors, school districts, and local officials give their approval. Your company will have to decide how to move forward. If you don’t have a reopening strategy, take the time to formulate one now. Here are some questions to ask yourself: Do you plan to continue a remote-work model? Will you need to use a hybrid model, with some tasks being done onsite and others remotely? Is your workplace equipped to bring everyone back with safe distancing modifications? Once you have a strategy in place that seems feasible, let your employees know what the plan is, so they can assess their individual situations, such as child care requirements, transportation, or other details. Whatever workplace model you choose, you’ll need to simultaneously protect your business and support your employees. 2. Determine any staffing cuts and communicate them The global economic fallout from the COVID-19 pandemic is an ugly story yet to be fully told. While experts are making some dire projections, no one is really sure how it will develop, but rough roads may lie ahead for businesses and individuals alike. If the company is going to have to cut personnel or salaries to stay afloat, it’s important to communicate this to your employees so they can plan appropriately. Many will want to launch job searches, cut home expenses, examine their credit scores to see if they have access to borrowing funds with favorable terms, or make other financial arrangements. Give them the greatest opportunity possible to take care of themselves and their families. Additionally, if employees’ roles will be changing as the result of cuts or realignments, be sure you communicate this to your employees and give them the support they’ll need during any transitions. To learn even more about managing remote teams and keeping employees working at home highly engaged, download our ebook now. Download now 3. Plan for necessary infrastructure and policy changes You may need to revamp your physical workspace to meet your state’s or municipality’s requirements for reopening. This might include reconfiguration, physical restructuring, or installing floor markers or plexiglass barriers. Don’t wait until the last minute to start making these changes; the transition may take longer than you think to achieve compliance. Establish and communicate health-oriented policies (i.e., taking temperatures or cleaning procedures) to employees and customers alike. Outline the new responsibilities and expectations for both your company and its employees. Remember to order enough personal protective equipment for your employees’ use: include a stock of masks, disinfectant wipes, spray disinfectants, hand sanitizer, and soap. Be sure employees are equipped to enforce any directives that customers will have to follow to keep your business compliant, such as waiting outside your facility to limit customer numbers inside, maintaining social distancing and mask-wearing while inside, etc. For everyone to remain safe and healthy, it’ll be a team effort. 4. Offer employees tips and perks Many workers who had to go on unemployment have been using up their savings during the pandemic and could use financial assistance or at least resources and information to help them get by. Recognize employees for all their hard work and what they’ve endured while working at home. Reward them with points that they can redeem for gift cards, corporate items, or other “thank you” gifts. Evaluate life insurance plans and see if you can identify a discounted group plan to help employees feel more secure about their families’ futures. Many schools may start with distance learning in the fall, which means many employees will need help with child care. Explore on-site options, offer financial assistance for child care, or allow flexible work schedules to support your employees. After spending 24/7 at home for three months, many of your employees’ homes likely experienced a lot more wear and tear than they would have under normal circumstances. Suggest a good home warranty program to make sure they’re covered for problems not included in their homeowners’ insurance. Offer training or education opportunities to help employees feel more confident about being able to maintain their marketability in an economic downturn. Offering your employees a variety of perks or helpful ideas will go a long way toward boosting morale and confidence in a time where many feel frustrated by the ripple effects of the coronavirus pandemic. Michael HawkinsFranchise Owner of Interim HealthCare SLC “Interim Healthcare SLC needed HR technology, and we’re pleased with the results we’ve gained from LIKE.TG’s solutions for recruiting, onboarding, and employee engagement. Yet it’s an opportunity for all Interim franchises. It would be so great if each franchise owner could implement similar solutions to replace legacy systems that might not work as well as they should.” 5. Remember your customers Your customers are your company’s lifeblood, and you’ll want to keep this foremost in your mind (as well as your employees’ minds) as you formulate your reopening plans. Remember that many people are struggling financially, so it won’t pay to be too aggressive in your sales approach. Some customers will be actively looking to purchase, while others might regard your offerings more as “wish list” items at this time. But no matter what stage you’re approaching in the sales funnel, it’s always important to keep up consistent communication with your community. Send thoughtful emails, handwritten notes, or useful promotional gifts to maintain strong relationships with clients (these will prove to be well worth the investment). If you’re good to your customers — even when they’re not buying — they’ll return the favor when they’re financially able. Moving into a post-COVID-19 era will almost certainly be unlike anything we’ve experienced before. The better prepared you are to transition to the “new normal,” the more successful you’ll be when it happens. Additional Resources: Protect you business with Cerity - Workers' Comp InsuranceLearn how to start your own start-up Christopher BaggottChief Executive Officerator of Medlinks Cost Containment, Inc. and Medlinks Staffing, LLC. “Our staff has praised the increased communications level Workmates delivers. We use it to communicate important project matters and give staff specific ‘kudos’ or even recognize their birthdays. More importantly, we use Workmates to clarify important project details that needed rapid dissemination among the entire team.” Workmates For even more information on employee communication, collaboration, and engagement, we invite you to learn more about our Workmates employee experience platform. Sign up for a free, no-obligation demo to see how Workmates is changing employee management, in the new normal and beyond. About Author: This article is written by a marketing team member at LIKE.TG. LIKE.TG is a leading provider of proven HR solutions, including recruiting, onboarding, employee communications engagement, and rewards recognition. Our user-friendly softwareincreases employee productivity, delivers time and cost savings, and minimizes compliance risk.
Five Ways to Boost Morale in a Distributed Team
Five Ways to Boost Morale in a Distributed Team
As we head into fall and the uncertainty of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, it’s likely that your team is still working remotely. Employees may have even moved into different states to live with family members, or they may simply be working from the comfort of their own living room. Whatever the case may be, it can be difficult to get all employees on the same page when you’re suddenly faced with the challenges of managing a widely distributed workforce. Engaging all employees and making sure they’re highly motivated and as productive as possible is vital to your overall success. Distance should never be something that stops your company from achieving your most critical goals, pandemic or not. To help you stay on track, here are five, simple, straightforward, yet actionable ways you can boost morale (and productivity) in any distributed team. #1: Communicate! When you’re in an office and have a quick question, it is easy to lean over and quickly ask a neighbor or other team member for their insight. At least it used to be. Yet now, working from home makes that type of quick information exchange difficult, if not impossible. Most of the time, these types of questions don’t even require a formal meeting, email exchange, or even a phone call. At first glance, this may make it seem that, without the in-person connections, you could lose the valuable back-and-forth that employees need to remain productive. This doesn’t have to be the case at all, especially with the right employee experience (EX) software. For example, modern EX platforms now include powerful messaging apps that make natural communication fast, easy, and effective. These apps make it much easier to communicate quickly and consistently, and any employee can quickly create a group chat, or even a specific channel dedicated to a certain topic. Shirley GarciaAuditing and Operations Administrator of Medlinks Cost Containment, Inc. and Medlinks Staffing, LLC. “I can’t say this enough: Without LIKE.TG, we could not have communicated important project information or demonstrated that we could take on an increased workload. We now provide real-time workforce statistics and productivity reports that have helped us win more projects.” The benefit of these apps over email is clear: Email can be clunky and may lose the valuable, real-time insights if one employee is offline or just doesn’t answer in time. Additionally, email threads with multiple participants can quickly get off track or make it hard for employees to find the answers to a specific question. A simple chat (either one on one or with a group) eliminates all of these issues and provides the ideal way to share important information. #2. Schedule weekly team meetings Weekly team meetings are another indispensable part of working with a distributed team. In the past, in office-based environments, you probably held regular in-person meetings that kept everyone up-to-speed on the last updates related to projects, company details, or even employees’ personal development. Yet now, remote team members may lose this connection and could begin to feel isolated. It may be hard for them to hear company announcements, learn how they’re performing, or how they may be able to help with a specific project or task. Holding regularly scheduled team meetings, ideally as often once once a week, lets your employees know what’s happening, any COVID-19-related changes, and even how they’re doing. Tip: Not everyone has access to high speed internet or the right hardware, so be sure to take stock of everyone’s household amenities so you know whether anyone will have any roadblocks to completing work and attending meetings in the regular schedule. #3. Keep the team’s eye on the prize Another benefit of working in an office (and that can be difficult to replicate in remote-working models) is an overall sense of purpose. Whether employees are focused on hitting a quarterly revenue target, finishing a huge website relaunch, or just staying on top of their own goals, instilling a sense of community will help the entire team keep their eye on the prize. Knowing what they’re working toward, and how they are helping make a difference can be inspiring—and could give them the extra motivation they need while boosting team morale. Be sure to send out weekly or biweekly updates on the status of the larger project, so your team knows exactly where they stand and how they can keep improving the bigger picture. Here are a few more ways you can give your team a bird's-eye view: Develop or subscribe to a workflow dashboard that tracks your team’s progress in real time, showing when specific tasks are completed and how that affects the whole project. During your weekly meetings, be sure to bring up the state of recent projects, and let team members know what they can do to help keep workflow efficient and optimal. Make a work-wide calendar that shows general due dates and deadlines that must be met in order for your project to roll out on time. This can help visual learners stay on top of their personal priorities, #4. Reward hard workers Once you’ve got a project rolling and your team onboard, it’s time to assess everyone’s personal progress. Back at the office, you may have had an employee of the month award, or you may have given bonuses to workers who completed their work above and beyond expectations. It may not feel as important when you’re working remotely, but you should definitely keep these traditions going — or start them, if you didn’t have them before. Team members want to know that they will be rewarded for successfully taking on projects and showing leadership qualities. This will give them the morale they need to increase quality and output, too; it’s basically a win-win. If it’s in the budget, offer prizes or bonuses to employees who really stand out. #5: Don’t forget the fun stuff Finally, don’t forget to have fun with your team. Work isn’t always just about work — sometimes, letting off a little steam through a bonding event can be exactly what your team needs to feel more confident in themselves and in the company as a whole. Bonding while remote can seem like a challenge, but there are great options: Video chat bar trivia or poll to unleash everyone’s inner nerd Online multiplayer party games (paired with a video chat) The simple, classic video chat happy hour A watch party where everyone can tune in to see a streaming movie Really, the options are endless once you get creative. Empower remote teams Don’t let morale sink just because everyone is working from home. With the right strategies, innovative techniques, and fun bonding events, you can boost your team’s spirits and get everyone in the right mindset to complete their work happily and efficiently. The perfect platform for managing a remote workforce For even more information on employee communication, collaboration, and engagement, we invite you to learn more about our Workmates employee experience platform. Sign up for a free, no-obligation demo to see how Workmates is changing employee management, in the new normal and beyond. To learn more about giving access to vital HR and work information — even when they're not in the office. Download our ebook now. Download now About Author: Samantha Rupp holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration and is the managing editor for 365businesstips.com. She lives in San Diego, California and enjoys spending time on the beach, reading up on current industry trends, and traveling.
The C.O.P.E. Approach: 4 Ways to Make Working from Home Easier for Your Employees
The C.O.P.E. Approach: 4 Ways to Make Working from Home Easier for Your Employees
The COVID-19 pandemic has made remote working the only way to keep many businesses running as companies across all sectors have been compelled to limit site-based activities in the interest of public health. A Gallup surveyhas revealed that the number of US employees who work remotely has doubled from 31% to 62% since the pandemic started. The COVID-19 pandemic has caused an upsurge in the number of employees who were working from home as authorities impose lockdown regulations to slow down the spread of the virus (Image Source). What’s interesting is that remote work could be the new normal even after the COVID-19 scare is over. For instance, Twitter CEO Jack Dorsey announced that “if our employees are in a role and situation that enables them to work from home and they want to continue to do so forever, we will make that happen.” This is echoed by a Gartner report, which found that 74% of businesses are planning to make at least 5% of their employees work remotely, permanently. The Challenges Newly Transitioned Remote Employees Face While workers who have recently switched to a remote work arrangement are enjoying many benefits such as eliminating their commute to and from the office, they are also facing a number of challenges. According to Buffer’s State of Remote Work 2020, the biggest challenges remote workers face include: Collaboration and communication issues Loneliness Not being able to unplug Distractions at home Staying motivated New remote workers may also struggle with the above challenges. Additionally, a separate survey by the messaging platform Slack shows that those who are new to working from home struggle more in the following 3 areas compared to their more experienced counterparts: Productivity Sense of belongingness Overall satisfaction with work arrangement O - Operationalize Daily Check-Ins Almost all successful remote teams have structured daily check-ins. The agenda may vary day-to-day. For instance, Mondays can be spent planning weekly project schedules, while Fridays can be dedicated to reviewing the accomplishments and the challenges of the week. You can also dedicate days for one-on-one check-ins. The key is for these daily check-ins to be regularly scheduled, predictable, and to have clear agendas. P - Practice Flexibility One of the unique aspects of remote work is that you need structure. However, at the same time, you need to allow room for flexibility. Businesses should take into consideration that blending home-life and work-life comes with interruptions and distractions that disrupt an employee’s normal work patterns. It’s important to be able to think beyond the traditional 9 to 5 mentality and embrace more flexible work arrangements. It may sound challenging at first, but remote teams that thrive embrace flexibility and agility. Here are a few of the things you need to consider: Master asynchronous communication Set certain hours wherein your team members’ work hours overlap Use shared calendars so you know when everyone is working and when things are getting done This is closely related to the first element of this approach, which is technology. The more strategically you use technology, the more flexible and agile your team can be. For instance, time monitoring tools allow you to ensure that employees are working when they’re supposed to, which allows them to determine their own pre-plotted schedules. E - Ease Stress and Anxiety These are extraordinary times. Tension is high and uncertainty is rampant. As explained by the Center for Workplace Mental Health, “Many are teleworking full-time for the first time, isolated from co-workers, friends, and family. Our daily living routines are disrupted causing added anxiety, stress, and strain—physically, mentally, and financially. It is completely natural for this disruption and uncertainty to lead to anxiety and stress.” One of the most important and yet overlooked steps to help employees adjust to remote work is easing their stress and anxiety. Left unaddressed, stress and anxiety create hurdles for employees and businesses to truly thrive in a work from home setup. So, what can you do? Communicate empathetically: Employers and managers need to consistently talk to their employees in a way that they feel supported and cared for. Show empathy. Acknowledge that any anxiety they’re feeling is valid and offer support where you can. Demonstrate transparency: This is not the time for closed-door, managers-only meetings. Be transparent about what’s going on in your organization and the steps you’re taking to ensure business continuity. Make your employees feel that all possible scenarios have been explored. Promote self-care: Encourage employees to spend time outside of work to take care of themselves. Recommend activities that they can do in the safety of their homes such as meditation, breathing exercises, and yoga. Create fun activities: Host virtual happy hours or online games—anything that will allow your employees to share light-hearted, non-work related moments with each other. Help Your New Remote Employees C.O.P.E. Remote work is here to stay for the foreseeable future. Whether you decide to have your employees permanently work from home, move to a hybrid setup, or just wait until the COVID-19 pandemic becomes more manageable, helping your newly transitioned work from home employees is pertinent so your business continues to function. Using the C.O.P.E. approach, which combines technology, regular check-ins, flexible scheduling, and mental health management, is a perfect jump-offpoint for you to help your employees not only survive but to thrive in this new normal. About author: Dean Mathews is the founder and CEO of OnTheClock, an employee time tracking app that helps over 9,000 companies all around the world track time. Dean has over 20 years of experience designing and developing business apps. He views software development as a form of art. If the artist creates a masterpiece, many people’s lives are touched and changed for the better. When he is not perfecting time tracking, Dean enjoys expanding his faith, spending time with family, friends and finding ways to make the world just a little better.
8 Tips to Help You Manage a High-Performing Virtual Team
8 Tips to Help You Manage a High-Performing Virtual Team
Every business is eager to build a group of high-performing professionals, but the task is much more challenging if you are running a remote team. After all, this type of work eliminates everyday face-to-face conversations and quick chats that help most managers solve minor issues and discuss major projects on the go. According to the report, 84% of respondents claim virtual communication is more difficult than in-person communication, while nearly 90% of online teams typically include at least two cultures. It means that the primary task of virtual team leaders is to enable uninterrupted and effortless communication. But that is only one aspect of the process, so let’s take it one step at a time and check out eight tips to help you manage a high-performing virtual team. 1. Give Your Employees the Right Equipment Online workers need high-quality and reliable equipment because it’s the only way to keep the workflow smooth and uninterrupted. As a business owner or manager, you cannot neglect this aspect and expect employees to obtain the best technology on their own. On the contrary, you have to provide employees with the latest software that is super-fast and safe to use. Each member of the virtual team should have at least a couple of devices that can be used interchangeably – laptops, desktop computers, tablets, smartphones. You also need to think about any additional programs, tools, and platforms relevant to your field of work. 2. Goal-Setting Is Fundamental The first tip is rather technical, but the second one is fundamental performance-wise. Namely, you need to think through your business goals carefully and determine the right objectives and deliverables for each member of the virtual team. The thing that really matters here is to be very clear about your demands and set measurable key performance indicators. For example, an online paper writer service will set goals for every author and determine parameters such as the word count and deadlines. 3. Delegate Tasks Properly Micromanagement does not work in the online environment, so you’ll need to learn to delegate tasks properly. Every member of the digital workforce should know his/her responsibilities and focus on a single project at a given moment. Here’s how you can delegate professional duties across your team: Divide larger projects into smaller segments of work and hand them out to your employees. That way, each worker will concentrate on a highly specific task and make progress quickly. Create a schedule of work that is neither too tight nor too loose. Your expectations should be ambitious but realistic. 4. Use Multiple Communication Channels Although it may seem counterintuitive, the experience taught us that multiple communication channels can contribute to the greater efficiency of virtual teams. How come? Well, it turns out that every communication platform serves a different purpose and represents a natural extension to some parts of the work. For instance, email is great for official communication with strictly determined messages and clear deliverables. On the other side, live chat software is much more convenient for everyday information exchanges, while video conferencing suits complex discussions that require thorough explanations and elaborations. 5. Organize Online Meetings Regularly The fact that you cannot meet colleagues in person does not mean you shouldn’t organize online meetings. This is the core of virtual work, so we encourage you to schedule meetings regularly and discuss the most important topics with your coworkers. The pace of communication depends on your team’s needs, but we can give you a practical example - essay writers meet every Monday morning to talk about their weekly plans, but they also meet on Friday afternoon to make a brief summary of weekly achievements. 6. Take Advantage of Project Management Tools Traditional means of online communication are always useful, but you can boost employee productivity with project management tools. If you are not using one already, we can point out a few options that proved to be valuable for virtual teams: Slack brings together multiple communication channels Trello gives you incredible flexibility in terms of communication, planning, and monitoring Jira makes project tracking easy and transparent Jira alternative Monday.com lets you shape workflows to fit the way your team collaborates 7. Recognize Achievements and Reward Top-Performers If you want the most talented individuals to stay with your team for a long time, you better recognize their achievements and reward top-performers. Unlike traditional business teams, virtual colleagues don’t have the chance to meet in person, exchange praises, and celebrate professional victories. To learn even more about managing remote teams and keeping employees working at home highly engaged, download our ebook now. Download now This is where managers need to step in and acknowledge employees’ business results. After all, we all want to feel appreciated for what we do, so it’s always a good idea to publicly praise the results of your best workers and perhaps even reward them in a way that corresponds to a given achievement. 8. Keep In Mind the Life-Work Balance You don’t have to be a top-level manager to understand that your virtual team needs some rest from time to time. A survey shows that unplugging after work hours is the biggest pain point for 40% of employees who work in a virtual environment. Your job is to make sure that every member of the virtual team gets enough time to recover from daily duties. Do not call them after work and do not expect them to open and answer late-night messages. It will keep them fresh and energized in the long run, so you won’t have to worry about their performance anytime soon. The Bottom Line Virtual teams are very specific because they rely on alternative channels of communication and cannot count on traditional face-to-face interactions. In such circumstances, managers have to be careful and plan out everything in a way that suits the new business model. In this post, we analyzed eight ways that could help you manage a high-performing virtual team. Don’t hesitate to use our tips, but you are also free to write a comment if you have other interesting tips – our readers would love to see it! About Author: Becky Holton is an essay writer UK who regularly contributes to the dissertation service. Becky is covering a broad scope of topics, including digital marketing, HR, business, finance, and brand building. She is the mother of a lovely toddler and a passionate yoga practitioner.
加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈
营销拓客

					10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
10 Benefits That Explain the Importance of CRM in Banking
The banking industry is undergoing a digital transformation, and customer relationship management (CRM) systems are at the forefront of this change. By providing a centralised platform for customer data, interactions, and analytics, CRMs empower banks to deliver personalised and efficient services, fostering customer loyalty and driving business growth. We’ll look closer at the significance of CRM in banking, exploring its numerous benefits, addressing challenges in adoption, and highlighting future trends and innovations. Additionally, we present a compelling case study showcasing a successful CRM implementation in the banking sector. 10 Questions to Ask When Choosing a CRM in Banking When selecting a top CRM platform for your banking institution, it is necessary to carefully evaluate potential solutions to ensure they align with your specific requirements and objectives. Here are 10 key questions to ask during the selection process: 1. Does the CRM integrate with your existing, financial and banking organisation and systems? A seamless integration between your CRM and existing banking systems is essential to avoid data silos and ensure a holistic view of customer interactions. Look for a CRM that can easily integrate with your core banking system, payment platforms, and other relevant applications. 2. Can the CRM provide a 360-degree view of your customers? A CRM should offer a unified platform that consolidates customer data from various touchpoints, including online banking, mobile banking, branches, and contact centres. This enables bank representatives to access a complete customer profile, including account information, transaction history, and past interactions, resulting in more personalised and efficient customer service. 3. Does the CRM offer robust reporting and analytics capabilities? Leverage the power of data by selecting a CRM that provides robust reporting and analytics capabilities. This will allow you to analyse customer behaviour, identify trends, and gain actionable insights into customer needs and preferences. Look for a CRM that offers customisable reports, dashboards, and data visualisation tools to empower your bank with data-driven decision-making. 4. Is the CRM user-friendly and easy to implement? A user-friendly interface is essential for ensuring that your bank’s employees can effectively utilise the CRM. Consider the technical expertise of your team and opt for a CRM with an intuitive design, clear navigation, and minimal training requirements. Additionally, evaluate the implementation process to ensure it can be completed within your desired timeframe and budget. What is a CRM in the Banking Industry? Customer relationship management (CRM) is a crucial technology for banks to optimise customer service, improve operational efficiency, and drive business growth. A CRM system acts as a centralised platform that empowers banks to manage customer interactions, track customer information, and analyse customer data. By leveraging CRM capabilities, banks can also gain deeper insights and a larger understanding of their customers’ needs, preferences, and behaviours, enabling them to deliver personalised and exceptional banking experiences. CRM in banking fosters stronger customer relationships by facilitating personalised interactions. With a CRM system, banks can capture and store customer data, including personal information, transaction history, and communication preferences. This data enables bank representatives to have informed conversations with customers, addressing their specific needs and providing tailored financial solutions. Personalised interactions enhance customer satisfaction, loyalty, and overall banking experience. CRM enhances operational efficiency and productivity within banks. By automating routine tasks such as data entry, customer service ticketing, and report generation, banking CRM software streamlines workflows and reduces manual labour. This automation allows bank employees to focus on higher-value activities, such as customer engagement and financial advisory services. Furthermore, CRM provides real-time access to customer information, enabling employees to quickly retrieve and update customer data, thereby enhancing operational efficiency. Additionally, CRM empowers banks to analyse customer data and derive valuable insights. With robust reporting and analytics capabilities, banks can identify customer segments, analyse customer behaviour, and measure campaign effectiveness. This data-driven approach enables banks to make informed decisions, optimise marketing strategies, and develop targeted products and services that cater to specific customer needs. CRM also plays a vital role in risk management and compliance within the banking industry. By integrating customer data with regulatory requirements, banks can effectively monitor transactions, detect suspicious activities, and mitigate fraud risks. This ensures compliance with industry regulations and safeguards customer information. In summary, CRM is a transformative technology that revolutionises banking operations. By fostering personalised customer experiences and interactions, enhancing operational efficiency, enabling data-driven decision-making, and ensuring risk management, CRM empowers banks to deliver superior customer service, drive business growth, and maintain a competitive edge. The 10 Business Benefits of Using a Banking CRM 1. Streamlined Customer Interactions: CRMs enable banks to centralise customer data, providing a holistic view of each customer’s interactions with the bank. This allows for streamlined and personalised customer service, improving customer satisfaction and reducing the time and effort required to resolve customer queries. 2. Enhanced Data Management and Analytics: CRMs provide powerful data management capabilities, enabling banks to collect, store, and analyse customer data from various sources. This data can be leveraged to gain valuable insights into customer behaviour, preferences, and buying patterns. Banks can then use these insights to optimise their products, services, and marketing strategies. 3. Increased Sales and Cross-Selling Opportunities: CRMs help banks identify cross-selling and upselling opportunities by analysing customer data and identifying customer needs and preferences. By leveraging this information, banks can proactively recommend relevant products and services, increasing sales and revenue. 4. Improved Customer Retention and Loyalty: CRMs help banks build stronger customer relationships by enabling personalised interactions and providing excellent customer service. By understanding customer needs and preferences, banks can proactively address issues and provide tailored solutions, fostering customer loyalty and reducing churn. 5. Enhanced Regulatory Compliance and Risk Management: CRMs assist banks in complying with industry regulations and managing risks effectively. By centralising customer data and tracking customer interactions, banks can easily generate reports and demonstrate compliance with regulatory requirements. CRMs and other banking software programs also help in identifying and managing potential risks associated with customer transactions. 6. Improved Operational Efficiency: CRMs streamline various banking processes, including customer onboarding, loan processing, and account management. By automating repetitive tasks and providing real-time access to customer information, CRMs help banks improve operational efficiency and reduce costs. 7. Increased Employee Productivity: CRMs provide banking employees with easy access to customer data and real-time updates, enabling them to handle customer inquiries more efficiently. This reduces the time spent on administrative tasks and allows employees to focus on providing exceptional customer service. 8. Improved Decision-Making: CRMs provide banks with data-driven insights into customer behaviour and market trends. This information supports informed decision-making, enabling banks to develop and implement effective strategies for customer acquisition, retention, and growth. 9. Enhanced Customer Experience: CRMs help banks deliver a superior customer experience by providing personalised interactions, proactive problem resolution, and quick response to customer inquiries. This results in increased customer satisfaction and positive brand perception.10. Increased Profitability: By leveraging the benefits of CRM systems, banks can optimise their operations, increase sales, and reduce costs, ultimately leading to increased profitability and long-term success for financial service customers. Case studies highlighting successful CRM implementations in banking Several financial institutions have successfully implemented CRM systems to enhance their operations and customer service. Here are a few notable case studies: DBS Bank: DBS Bank, a leading financial institution in Southeast Asia, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided a 360-degree view of customers, enabling the bank to tailor products and services to individual needs. As a result, DBS Bank increased customer retention by 15% and cross-selling opportunities by 20%. HDFC Bank: India’s largest private sector bank, HDFC Bank, implemented a CRM system to improve customer service and operational efficiency. The system integrated various customer touch points, such as branches, ATMs, and online banking, providing a seamless experience for customers. HDFC Bank achieved a 20% reduction in operating costs and a 15% increase in customer satisfaction. JPMorgan Chase: JPMorgan Chase, one of the largest banks in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve customer interactions and data management. The system provided a centralised platform to track customer interactions and data, allowing the bank to gain insights into customer behaviour and preferences. As a result, JPMorgan Chase increased customer interactions by 15% and improved data accuracy by 20%. Bank of America: Bank of America, the second-largest bank in the United States, implemented a CRM system to improve sales and cross-selling opportunities. The system provided sales teams with real-time customer data, across sales and marketing efforts enabling them to tailor their pitches and identify potential cross-selling opportunities. Bank of America achieved a 10% increase in sales and a 15% increase in cross-selling opportunities.These case studies demonstrate the tangible benefits of CRM in the banking industry. By implementing CRM systems, banks can improve customer retention, customer service, cross-selling opportunities, operating costs, and marketing campaigns. Overcoming challenges to CRM adoption in banking While CRM systems offer numerous benefits to banks, their adoption can be hindered by certain challenges. One of the primary obstacles is resistance from employees who may be reluctant to embrace new technology or fear job displacement. Overcoming this resistance requires effective change management strategies, such as involving employees in the selection and implementation process, providing all-encompassing training, and addressing their concerns. Another challenge is the lack of proper training and support for employees using the CRM system. Insufficient training can lead to low user adoption and suboptimal utilisation of the system’s features. To address this, banks should invest in robust training programs that equip employees with the knowledge and skills necessary to effectively use the CRM system. Training should cover not only the technical aspects of the system but also its benefits and how it aligns with the bank’s overall goals. Integration challenges can also hinder the successful adoption of CRM software in banking. Banks often have complex IT systems and integrating a new CRM system can be a complex and time-consuming process. To overcome these challenges, banks should carefully plan the integration process, ensuring compatibility between the CRM system and existing systems. This may involve working with the CRM vendor to ensure a smooth integration process and providing adequate technical support to address any issues that arise. Data security is a critical concern for banks, and the adoption of a CRM system must address potential security risks. Banks must ensure that the CRM system meets industry standards and regulations for data protection. This includes implementing robust security measures, such as encryption, access controls, and regular security audits, to safeguard sensitive customer information. Finally, the cost of implementing and maintaining a CRM system can be a challenge for banks. CRM systems require significant upfront investment in software, hardware, and training. Banks should carefully evaluate the costs and benefits of CRM adoption, ensuring that the potential returns justify the investment. Additionally, banks should consider the ongoing costs associated with maintaining and updating the CRM system, as well as the cost of providing ongoing training and support to users. Future trends and innovations in banking CRM Navigating Evolving Banking Trends and Innovations in CRM The banking industry stands at the precipice of transformative changes, driven by a surge of innovative technologies and evolving customer expectations. Open banking, artificial intelligence (AI), blockchain technology, the Internet of Things (IoT), and voice-activated interfaces are shaping the future of banking CRM. Open banking is revolutionising the financial sphere by enabling banks to securely share customer data with third-party providers, with the customer’s explicit consent. This fosters a broader financial ecosystem, offering customers access to a varied range of products and services, while fostering healthy competition and innovation within the banking sector. AI has become an indispensable tool for banking institutions, empowering them to deliver exceptional customer experiences. AI-driven chatbots and virtual assistants provide round-the-clock support, assisting customers with queries, processing transactions, and ensuring swift problem resolution. Additionally, AI plays a pivotal role in fraud detection and risk management, safeguarding customers’ financial well-being. Blockchain technology, with its decentralised and immutable nature, offers a secure platform for financial transactions. By maintaining an incorruptible ledger of records, blockchain ensures the integrity and transparency of financial data, building trust among customers and enhancing the overall banking experience. The Internet of Things (IoT) is transforming banking by connecting physical devices to the internet, enabling real-time data collection and exchange. IoT devices monitor customer behaviour, track equipment status, and manage inventory, empowering banks to optimise operations, reduce costs, and deliver personalised services. Voice-activated interfaces and chatbots are revolutionising customer interactions, providing convenient and intuitive access to banking services. Customers can utilise voice commands or text-based chat to manage accounts, make payments, and seek assistance, enhancing their overall banking experience. These transformative trends necessitate banks’ ability to adapt and innovate continuously. By embracing these technologies and aligning them with customer needs, banks can unlock new opportunities for growth, strengthen customer relationships, and remain at the forefront of the industry. How LIKE.TG Can Help LIKE.TG is a leading provider of CRM solutions that can help banks achieve the benefits of CRM. With LIKE.TG, banks can gain a complete view of their customers, track interactions, deliver personalised experiences, and more. LIKE.TG offers a comprehensive suite of CRM tools that can be customised to meet the specific needs of banks. These tools include customer relationship management (CRM), sales and marketing automation, customer service, and analytics. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. For example, one bank that implemented LIKE.TG saw a 20% increase in customer satisfaction, a 15% increase in revenue, and a 10% decrease in costs. Here are some specific examples of how LIKE.TG can help banks: Gain a complete view of customers: LIKE.TG provides a single, unified platform that allows banks to track all customer interactions, from initial contact to ongoing support. This information can be used to create a complete picture of each customer, which can help banks deliver more personalised and relevant experiences. Track interactions: LIKE.TG allows banks to track all interactions with customers, including phone calls, emails, chat conversations, and social media posts. This information can be used to identify trends and patterns, which can help banks improve their customer service and sales efforts. Deliver personalised experiences: LIKE.TG allows banks to create personalised experiences for each customer. This can be done by using customer data to tailor marketing campaigns, product recommendations, and customer service interactions. Increase revenue: LIKE.TG can help banks increase revenue by providing tools to track sales opportunities, manage leads, and forecast revenue. This information can be used to make informed decisions about which products and services to offer, and how to best target customers. Reduce costs: LIKE.TG can help banks reduce costs by automating tasks, streamlining processes, and improving efficiency. This can free up resources that can be used to focus on other areas of the business. Overall, LIKE.TG is a powerful CRM solution that can help banks improve customer satisfaction, increase revenue, and reduce costs. By leveraging LIKE.TG, banks can gain a competitive advantage in the rapidly changing financial services industry.

					10 Ecommerce Trends That Will Influence Online Shopping in 2024
10 Ecommerce Trends That Will Influence Online Shopping in 2024
Some ecommerce trends and technologies pass in hype cycles, but others are so powerful they change the entire course of the market. After all the innovations and emerging technologies that cropped up in 2023, business leaders are assessing how to move forward and which new trends to implement.Here are some of the biggest trends that will affect your business over the coming year. What you’ll learn: Artificial intelligence is boosting efficiency Businesses are prioritising data management and harmonisation Conversational commerce is getting more human Headless commerce is helping businesses keep up Brands are going big with resale Social commerce is evolving Vibrant video content is boosting sales Loyalty programs are getting more personalised User-generated content is influencing ecommerce sales Subscriptions are adding value across a range of industries Ecommerce trends FAQ 1. Artificial intelligence is boosting efficiency There’s no doubt about it: Artificial intelligence (AI) is changing the ecommerce game. Commerce teams have been using the technology for years to automate and personalise product recommendations, chatbot activity, and more. But now, generative and predictive AI trained on large language models (LLM) offer even more opportunities to increase efficiency and scale personalisation. AI is more than an ecommerce trend — it can make your teams more productive and your customers more satisfied. Do you have a large product catalog that needs to be updated frequently? AI can write and categorise individual descriptions, cutting down hours of work to mere minutes. Do you need to optimise product detail pages? AI can help with SEO by automatically generating meta titles and meta descriptions for every product. Need to build a landing page for a new promotion? Generative page designers let users of all skill levels create and design web pages in seconds with simple, conversational building tools. All this innovation will make it easier to keep up with other trends, meet customers’ high expectations, and stay flexible — no matter what comes next. 2. Businesses are prioritising data management and harmonisation Data is your most valuable business asset. It’s how you understand your customers, make informed decisions, and gauge success. So it’s critical to make sure your data is in order. The challenge? Businesses collect a lot of it, but they don’t always know how to manage it. That’s where data management and harmonisation come in. They bring together data from multiple sources — think your customer relationship management (CRM) and order management systems — to provide a holistic view of all your business activities. With harmonised data, you can uncover insights and act on them much faster to increase customer satisfaction and revenue. Harmonised data also makes it possible to implement AI (including generative AI), automation, and machine learning to help you market, serve, and sell more efficiently. That’s why data management and harmonisation are top priorities among business leaders: 68% predict an increase in data management investments. 32% say a lack of a complete view and understanding of their data is a hurdle. 45% plan to prioritise gaining a more holistic view of their customers. For businesses looking to take advantage of all the new AI capabilities in ecommerce, data management should be priority number one. 3. Conversational commerce is getting more human Remember when chatbot experiences felt robotic and awkward? Those days are over. Thanks to generative AI and LLMs, conversational commerce is getting a glow-up. Interacting with chatbots for service inquiries, product questions, and more via messaging apps and websites feels much more human and personalised. Chatbots can now elevate online shopping with conversational AI and first-party data, mirroring the best in-store interactions across all digital channels. Natural language, image-based, and data-driven interactions can simplify product searches, provide personalised responses, and streamline purchases for a smooth experience across all your digital channels. As technology advances, this trend will gain more traction. Intelligent AI chatbots offer customers better self-service experiences and make shopping more enjoyable. This is critical since 68% of customers say they wouldn’t use a company’s chatbot again if they had a bad experience. 4. Headless commerce is helping businesses keep up Headless commerce continues to gain steam. With this modular architecture, ecommerce teams can deliver new experiences faster because they don’t have to wait in the developer queue to change back-end systems. Instead, employees can update online interfaces using APIs, experience managers, and user-friendly tools. According to business leaders and commerce teams already using headless: 76% say it offers more flexibility and customisation. 72% say it increases agility and lets teams make storefront changes faster. 66% say it improves integration between systems. Customers reap the benefits of headless commerce, too. Shoppers get fresh experiences more frequently across all devices and touchpoints. Even better? Headless results in richer personalisation, better omni-channel experiences, and peak performance for ecommerce websites. 5. Brands are going big with resale Over the past few years, consumers have shifted their mindset about resale items. Secondhand purchases that were once viewed as stigma are now seen as status. In fact, more than half of consumers (52%) have purchased an item secondhand in the last year, and the resale market is expected to reach $70 billion by 2027. Simply put: Resale presents a huge opportunity for your business. As the circular economy grows in popularity, brands everywhere are opening their own resale stores and encouraging consumers to turn in used items, from old jeans to designer handbags to kitchen appliances. To claim your piece of the pie, be strategic as you enter the market. This means implementing robust inventory and order management systems with real-time visibility and reverse logistics capabilities. 6. Social commerce is evolving There are almost 5 billion monthly active users on platforms like Instagram, Facebook, Snapchat, and TikTok. More than two-thirds (67%) of global shoppers have made a purchase through social media this year. Social commerce instantly connects you with a vast global audience and opens up new opportunities to boost product discovery, reach new markets, and build meaningful connections with your customers. But it’s not enough to just be present on social channels. You need to be an active participant and create engaging, authentic experiences for shoppers. Thanks to new social commerce tools — like generative AI for content creation and integrations with social platforms — the shopping experience is getting better, faster, and more engaging. This trend is blurring the lines between shopping and entertainment, and customer expectations are rising as a result. 7. Vibrant video content is boosting sales Now that shoppers have become accustomed to the vibrant, attention-grabbing video content on social platforms, they expect the same from your brand’s ecommerce site. Video can offer customers a deeper understanding of your products, such as how they’re used, and what they look like from different angles. And video content isn’t just useful for ads or for increasing product discovery. Brands are having major success using video at every stage of the customer journey: in pre-purchase consultations, on product detail pages, and in post-purchase emails. A large majority (89%) of consumers say watching a video has convinced them to buy a product or service. 8. Loyalty programs are getting more personalised It’s important to attract new customers, but it’s also critical to retain your existing ones. That means you need to find ways to increase loyalty and build brand love. More and more, customers are seeking out brand loyalty programs — but they want meaningful rewards and experiences. So, what’s the key to a successful loyalty program? In a word: personalisation. Customers don’t want to exchange their data for a clunky, impersonal experience where they have to jump through hoops to redeem points. They want straightforward, exclusive offers. Curated experiences. Relevant rewards. Six out of 10 consumers want discounts in return for joining a loyalty program, and about one-third of consumers say they find exclusive or early access to products valuable. The brands that win customer loyalty will be those that use data-driven insights to create a program that keeps customers continually engaged and satisfied. 9. User-generated content is influencing ecommerce sales User-generated content (UGC) adds credibility, authenticity‌, and social proof to a brand’s marketing efforts — and can significantly boost sales and brand loyalty. In fact, one study found that shoppers who interact with UGC experience a 102.4% increase in conversions. Most shoppers expect to see feedback and reviews before making a purchase, and UGC provides value by showcasing the experiences and opinions of real customers. UGC also breaks away from generic item descriptions and professional product photography. It can show how to style a piece of clothing, for example, or how an item will fit across a range of body types. User-generated videos go a step further, highlighting the functions and features of more complex products, like consumer electronics or even automobiles. UGC is also a cost-effective way to generate content for social commerce without relying on agencies or large teams. By sourcing posts from hashtags, tagging, or concentrated campaigns, brands can share real-time, authentic, and organic social posts to a wider audience. UGC can be used on product pages and in ads, as well. And you can incorporate it into product development processes to gather valuable input from customers at scale. 10. Subscriptions are adding value across a range of industries From streaming platforms to food, clothing, and pet supplies, subscriptions have become a popular business model across industries. In 2023, subscriptions generated over $38 billion in revenue, doubling over the past four years. That’s because subscriptions are a win-win for shoppers and businesses: They offer freedom of choice for customers while creating a continuous revenue stream for sellers. Consider consumer goods brand KIND Snacks. KIND implemented a subscription service to supplement its B2B sales, giving customers a direct line to exclusive offers and flavours. This created a consistent revenue stream for KIND and helped it build a new level of brand loyalty with its customers. The subscription also lets KIND collect first-party data, so it can test new products and spot new trends. Ecommerce trends FAQ How do I know if an ecommerce trend is right for my business? If you’re trying to decide whether to adopt a new trend, the first step is to conduct a cost/benefit analysis. As you do, remember to prioritise customer experience and satisfaction. Look at customer data to evaluate the potential impact of the trend on your business. How costly will it be to implement the trend, and what will the payoff be one, two, and five years into the future? Analyse the numbers to assess whether the trend aligns with your customers’ preferences and behaviours. You can also take a cue from your competitors and their adoption of specific trends. While you shouldn’t mimic everything they do, being aware of their experiences can provide valuable insights and help gauge the viability of a trend for your business. Ultimately, customer-centric decision-making should guide your evaluation. Is ecommerce still on the rise? In a word: yes. In fact, ecommerce is a top priority for businesses across industries, from healthcare to manufacturing. Customers expect increasingly sophisticated digital shopping experiences, and digital channels continue to be a preferred purchasing method. Ecommerce sales are expected to reach $8.1 trillion by 2026. As digital channels and new technologies evolve, so will customer behaviours and expectations. Where should I start if I want to implement AI? Generative AI is revolutionising ecommerce by enhancing customer experiences and increasing productivity, conversions, and customer loyalty. But to reap the benefits, it’s critical to keep a few things in mind. First is customer trust. A majority of customers (68%) say advances in AI make it more important for companies to be trustworthy. This means businesses implementing AI should focus on transparency. Tell customers how you will use their data to improve shopping experiences. Develop ethical standards around your use of AI, and discuss them openly. You’ll need to answer tough questions like: How do you ensure sensitive data is anonymised? How will you monitor accuracy and audit for bias, toxicity, or hallucinations? These should all be considerations as you choose AI partners and develop your code of conduct and governance principles. At a time when only 13% of customers fully trust companies to use AI ethically, this should be top of mind for businesses delving into the fast-evolving technology. How can commerce teams measure success after adopting a new trend? Before implementing a new experience or ecommerce trend, set key performance indicators (KPIs) and decide how you’ll track relevant ecommerce metrics. This helps you make informed decisions and monitor the various moving parts of your business. From understanding inventory needs to gaining insights into customer behaviour to increasing loyalty, you’ll be in a better position to plan for future growth. The choice of metrics will depend on the needs of your business, but it’s crucial to establish a strategy that outlines metrics, sets KPIs, and measures them regularly. Your business will be more agile and better able to adapt to new ecommerce trends and understand customer buying patterns. Ecommerce metrics and KPIs are valuable tools for building a successful future and will set the tone for future ecommerce growth.

					10 Effective Sales Coaching Tips That Work
10 Effective Sales Coaching Tips That Work
A good sales coach unlocks serious revenue potential. Effective coaching can increase sales performance by 8%, according to a study by research firm Gartner.Many sales managers find coaching difficult to master, however — especially in environments where reps are remote and managers are asked to do more with less time and fewer resources.Understanding the sales coaching process is crucial in maximising sales rep performance, empowering reps, and positively impacting the sales organisation through structured, data-driven strategies.If you’re not getting the support you need to effectively coach your sales team, don’t despair. These 10 sales coaching tips are easy to implement with many of the tools already at your disposal, and are effective for both in-person and remote teams.1. Focus on rep wellbeingOne in three salespeople say mental health in sales has declined over the last two years, according to a recent LIKE.TG survey. One of the biggest reasons is the shift to remote work environments, which pushed sales reps to change routines while still hitting quotas. Add in the isolation inherent in virtual selling and you have a formula for serious mental and emotional strain.You can alleviate this in a couple of ways. First, create boundaries for your team. Set clear work hours and urge reps not to schedule sales or internal calls outside of these hours. Also, be clear about when reps should be checking internal messages and when they can sign off.Lori Richardson, founder of sales training company Score More Sales, advises managers to address this head-on by asking reps about their wellbeing during weekly one-on-ones. “I like to ask open-ended questions about the past week,” she said. “Questions like, ‘How did it go?’ and ‘What was it like?’ are good first steps. Then, you need to listen.”When the rep is done sharing their reflection, Richardson suggests restating the main points to ensure you’re on the same page. If necessary, ask for clarity so you fully understand what’s affecting their state of mind. Also, she urges: Don’t judge. The level of comfort required for sharing in these scenarios can only exist if you don’t jump to judgement.2. Build trust with authentic storiesFor sales coaching to work, sales managers must earn reps’ trust. This allows the individual to be open about performance challenges. The best way to start is by sharing personal and professional stories.These anecdotes should be authentic, revealing fault and weakness as much as success. There are two goals here: support reps with relatable stories so they know they’re not struggling alone, and let them know there are ways to address and overcome challenges.For example, a seasoned manager might share details about their first failed sales call as a cautionary tale – highlighting poor preparation, aggressive posturing, and lack of empathy during the conversation. This would be followed by steps the manager took to fix these mistakes, like call rehearsing and early-stage research into the prospect’s background, business, position, and pain points.3. Record and review sales callsSales coaching sessions, where recording and reviewing sales calls are key components aimed at improving sales call techniques, have become essential in today’s sales environment. Once upon a time, sales reps learned by shadowing tenured salespeople. While this is still done, it’s inefficient – and often untenable for virtual sales teams.To give sales reps the guidance and coaching they need to improve sales calls, deploy an intuitive conversation recording and analysis tool like Einstein Conversation Insights (ECI). You can analyse sales call conversations, track keywords to identify market trends, and share successful calls to help coach existing reps and accelerate onboarding for new reps. Curate both “best of” and “what not to do” examples so reps have a sense of where the guide rails are.4. Encourage self-evaluationWhen doing post-call debriefs or skill assessments – or just coaching during one-on-ones – it’s critical to have the salesperson self-evaluate. As a sales manager, you may only be with the rep one or two days a month. Given this disconnect, the goal is to encourage the sales rep to evaluate their own performance and build self-improvement goals around these observations.There are two important components to this. First, avoid jumping directly into feedback during your interactions. Relax and take a step back; let the sales rep self-evaluate.Second, be ready to prompt your reps with open-ended questions to help guide their self-evaluation. Consider questions like:What were your big wins over the last week/quarter?What were your biggest challenges and where did they come from?How did you address obstacles to sales closings?What have you learned about both your wins and losses?What happened during recent calls that didn’t go as well as you’d like? What would you do differently next time?Reps who can assess what they do well and where they can improve ultimately become more self-aware. Self-awareness is the gateway to self-confidence, which can help lead to more consistent sales.5. Let your reps set their own goalsThis falls in line with self-evaluation. Effective sales coaches don’t set focus areas for their salespeople; they let reps set this for themselves. During your one-on-ones, see if there’s an important area each rep wants to focus on and go with their suggestion (recommending adjustments as needed to ensure their goals align with those of the company). This creates a stronger desire to improve as it’s the rep who is making the commitment. Less effective managers will pick improvement goals for their reps, then wonder why they don’t get buy-in.For instance, a rep who identifies a tendency to be overly chatty in sales calls might set a goal to listen more. (Nine out of 10 salespeople say listening is more important than talking in sales today, according to a recent LIKE.TG survey.) To help, they could record their calls and review the listen-to-talk ratio. Based on industry benchmarks, they could set a clear goal metric and timeline – a 60/40 listen-to-talk ratio in four weeks, for example.Richardson does have one note of caution, however. “Reps don’t have all the answers. Each seller has strengths and gaps,” she said. “A strong manager can identify those strengths and gaps, and help reps fill in the missing pieces.”6. Focus on one improvement at a timeFor sales coaching to be effective, work with the rep to improve one area at a time instead of multiple areas simultaneously. With the former, you see acute focus and measurable progress. With the latter, you end up with frustrated, stalled-out reps pulled in too many directions.Here’s an example: Let’s say your rep is struggling with sales call openings. They let their nerves get the best of them and fumble through rehearsed intros. Over the course of a year, encourage them to practice different kinds of openings with other reps. Review their calls and offer insight. Ask them to regularly assess their comfort level with call openings during one-on-ones. Over time, you will see their focus pay off.7. Ask each rep to create an action planOpen questioning during one-on-ones creates an environment where a sales rep can surface methods to achieve their goals. To make this concrete, have the sales rep write out a plan of action that incorporates these methods. This plan should outline achievable steps to a desired goal with a clearly defined timeline. Be sure you upload it to your CRM as an attachment or use a tool like Quip to create a collaborative document editable by both the manager and the rep. Have reps create the plan after early-quarter one-on-ones and check in monthly to gauge progress (more on that in the next step).Here’s what a basic action plan might look like:Main goal: Complete 10 sales calls during the last week of the quarterSteps:Week 1: Identify 20-25 prospectsWeek 2: Make qualifying callsWeek 3: Conduct needs analysis (discovery) calls, prune list, and schedule sales calls with top prospectsWeek 4: Lead sales calls and close dealsThe power of putting pen to paper here is twofold. First, it forces the sales rep to think through their plan of action. Second, it crystallises their thinking and cements their commitment to action.8. Hold your rep accountableAs businessman Louis Gerstner, Jr. wrote in “Who Says Elephants Can’t Dance?”, “people respect what you inspect.” The effective manager understands that once the plan of action is in place, their role as coach is to hold the sales rep accountable for following through on their commitments. To support them, a manager should ask questions during one-on-ones such as:What measurable progress have you made this week/quarter?What challenges are you facing?How do you plan to overcome these challenges?You can also review rep activity in your CRM. This is especially easy if you have a platform that combines automatic activity logging, easy pipeline inspection, and task lists with reminders. If you need to follow up, don’t schedule another meeting. Instead, send your rep a quick note via email or a messaging tool like Slack to level-set.9. Offer professional development opportunitiesAccording to a study by LinkedIn, 94% of employees would stay at a company longer if it invested in their career. When companies make an effort to feed their employees’ growth, it’s a win-win. Productivity increases and employees are engaged in their work.Book clubs, seminars, internal training sessions, and courses are all great development opportunities. If tuition reimbursement or sponsorship is possible, articulate this up front so reps know about all available options.Richardson adds podcasts to the list. “Get all of your salespeople together to talk about a podcast episode that ties into sales,” she said. “Take notes, pull key takeaways and action items, and share a meeting summary the next day with the group. I love that kind of peer engagement. It’s so much better than watching a dull training video.”10. Set up time to share failures — and celebrationsAs Forbes Council member and sales vet Adam Mendler wrote of sales teams, successful reps and executives prize learning from failure. But as Richardson points out, a lot of coaches rescue their reps before they can learn from mistakes: “Instead of letting them fail, they try to save an opportunity,” she said. “But that’s not scalable and doesn’t build confidence in the rep.”Instead, give your reps the freedom to make mistakes and offer them guidance to grow through their failures. Set up a safe space where reps can share their mistakes and learnings with the larger team — then encourage each rep to toss those mistakes on a metaphorical bonfire so they can move on.By embracing failure as a learning opportunity, you also minimise the likelihood of repeating the same mistakes. Encourage your reps to document the circumstances that led to a missed opportunity or lost deal. Review calls to pinpoint where conversations go awry. Study failure, and you might be surprised by the insights that emerge.Also — and equally as important — make space for celebrating big wins. This cements best practices and offers positive reinforcement, which motivates reps to work harder to hit (or exceed) quota.Next steps for your sales coaching programA successful sales coach plays a pivotal role in enhancing sales rep performance and elevating the entire sales organisation. Successful sales coaching requires daily interaction with your team, ongoing training, and regular feedback, which optimises sales processes to improve overall sales performance. As Lindsey Boggs, global director of sales development at Quantum Metric, noted, it also requires intentional focus and a strategic approach to empower the sales team, significantly impacting the sales organisation.“Remove noise from your calendar so you can focus your day on what’s going to move the needle the most — coaching,” she said. Once that’s prioritised, follow the best practices above to help improve your sales reps’ performance, focusing on individual rep development as a key aspect of sales coaching. Remember: coaching is the key to driving sales performance.Steven Rosen, founder of sales management training company STAR Results, contributed to this article.
企业管理
100亿!申通获浦发银行融资支持;全国“最缺工”职业快递员排进前五;马士基下调全球集装箱需求增长预期
100亿!申通获浦发银行融资支持;全国“最缺工”职业快递员排进前五;马士基下调全球集装箱需求增长预期
发改委:三方面着力提升区域供应链韧性 11月2日消息,国家发改委副主任林念修在APEC加强供应链韧性促进经济复苏论坛上表示,当前新冠肺炎疫情和乌克兰危机影响相互交织,全球化进程遭遇逆流,供应链体系紊乱加剧。为进一步提升区域供应链韧性,林念修提出三点倡议:一是走开放创新之路,推进区域贸易自由化便利化;二是走合作发展之路,促进产业链供应链互联互通;三是走低碳转型之路,构建绿色可持续供应链体系。 申通获浦发银行100亿融资支持 11月1日,申通快递与上海浦东发展银行股份有限公司(简称“浦发银行”)在上海正式签订战略合作,协同推进“打造中国质效领先的经济型快递”目标加快实现和申通网络生态圈健康发展。 根据协议,双方将在企业融资、供应链金融、资产证券化、跨境贸易、绿色金融等领域展开长期合作。其中,企业融资方面,浦发银行为申通快递提供100亿元融资支持,助力申通全网在扩能、提质、增效等全方位持续进步。 “最缺工”100个职业快递员进入前五 11月2日,人力资源和社会保障部日前发布2022年三季度全国“最缺工”的100个职业排行。其中,营销员、车工、餐厅服务员、快递员、保洁员、保安员、商品营业员、家政服务员、客户服务管理员、焊工等职业位列前十。 据介绍,与2022年二季度相比,制造业缺工状况持续,技术工种岗位缺工较为突出。物流及运输行业缺工程度有所增加,邮政营业员、道路客运服务员新进排行,快件处理员、道路货运汽车驾驶员、装卸搬运工等职业缺工程度加大。 该排行是由中国就业培训技术指导中心组织102个定点监测城市公共就业服务机构,采集人力资源市场“招聘需求人数”和“求职人数”缺口排名前20的职业岗位信息,综合考量岗位缺口数量、填报城市数量等因素加工汇总整理形成。 海晨股份:新能源汽车是公司寻求业务增量的主要方向之一 11月2日消息,海晨股份发布投资者关系活动记录表,公司近日接受54家机构单位调研。海晨股份称,为应对消费电子出货量下滑,在收入端,公司积极拓展新能源汽车市场,提升市占率;同时也会凭借当年的竞争优势,不断开拓消费电子及其它行业,提升行业内的市场份额,对冲出货量下滑的影响。 新能源汽车业务方面,公司主要为整车生产企业提供从入厂物流、整车仓库到备品备件的管理。前三季度保持了很好的增速,该项业务收入占比不断提升。 海晨股份称,新能源汽车市场处于高速增长中,是公司未来寻求业务增量的一个主要方向。目前除了持续做好已有整车生产企业的服务外,也正努力为部分汽车零配件生产厂商提供服务。同时,公司已积极与多家目标整车生产企业进行商务沟通,寻求业务合作机会。 细分市场内部无创新 一般而言,创新是指在持续的量变中,改变行业的发展路径或者方式。前些年,加盟模式、整合平台等在持续的优化过程不断加速了零担行业的变革。如今,零担行业已经进入了创新模式下的平稳优化阶段,各个企业都在等待规模效益临界点的到来,然后进入下一次的大变革。 实际上,目前的零担行业是仍急速变化的。起码,上游的商流在快速变化,只不过物流提供的产品是相对简单的,只能在模式、运营管理方法、运作设备等方面进行创新。因此创新具有一定的延后性。 零担企业的产品服务基本能够满足客户的需求,这也导致了当下的创新是相当缓慢。快运虽然是发展最快的细分行业,头部高速发展,市场集中度快速提升,但在大创新方面却基本没有成绩。 目前,各个企业的经营模式、运营体系基本已经成熟,都追求的是货量的增长。下一波货量规模临界点到来之前,怕很难有组织、资源或者颠覆现有模式的创新。 快运基本无大创新是因为,其当下的体系能够满足现阶段商流的需求,并且生存条件并不差。而区域零担和专线则不同,全国区域零担企业数百家,专线企业10万家,市场竞争远比快运市场要更激烈。 所以,区域零担和专线的更有打破现状的创新需求,而实际上,区域零担和专线企业都经历了多种创新尝试。 京东发布双11战报:截至11月1日24时累计售出商品超5.5亿件 11月2日,京东发布双11战报,从10月31日晚8点至11月1日24时,京东累计售出商品超5.5亿件,成交额前20的品牌中,中国品牌占比达80%;中小企业和商家在京东11.11赢得增长契机,近5万中小品牌成交额同比增长超100%,近7万中小商家成交额同比增长超100%。高质量农产品-消费升级-农民增收的正循环加速运转,四到六线市场消费增速领先全国。 截至11月1日晚8点,全国超千万家庭已经收到京东11.11开门红第一单。通过智能物流基础设施的应用与升级,全国京东物流亚洲一号智能产业园大规模处理量较去年同期提升超过40%。 满帮大数据:双11预售阶段快递快运类订单环比增长13.7% 满帮大数据显示,2022年10月20日至10月31日,快递快运类订单环比增长13.7%,平均运距为930.87公里。仅预售阶段,货运量就呈现出了较高的涨幅。 预售期,快递类订单收货量最多的省份分别为广东、江苏、浙江、山东、四川。细观城市数据,成都是快递类收货量最多的城市,超越上海,成为购买力最强的新一线城市。增速方面,海南、云南、黑龙江、广东、福建成为快递类收货量增速最快的五个省份。 发货量方面,浙江、江苏、广州、山东、河南是预售阶段全国快递类发货量排名前五的省份,上海则超越苏州,稳坐发货城市头把交椅。 纵观整个预售阶段,快递类货物的热门运输线路也悄悄发生着变化。满帮大数据显示,2022年10月20日-10月31日,快递类订单量最大的线路除了上海、苏州、杭州以外,广州-南宁、杭州-沈阳和昆明-西双版纳也成功跻身前十名。华南、东北部地区的经济联动逐步加深,国内经济内循环也在持续渗透。 马士基下调2022年全球集装箱需求增长预期 11月2日,马士基官微消息,A.P.穆勒-马士基发布2022年第三季度财报。数据显示,第三季度营收增至228亿美元,息税折旧及摊销前利润(EBITDA)增至109亿美元,息税前利润(EBIT)增至95亿美元。第三季度利润为89亿美元,前九个月利润共计242亿美元。过去12个月投资资本回报率(ROIC)为66.6%。 马士基预计,2022年全年实际息税折旧及摊销前利润(EBITDA)为370亿美元,实际息税前利润(underlying EBIT)为310亿美元,自由现金流将超过240亿美元。 鉴于经济放缓的趋势预计会持续至2023年,马士基已将2022年全球集装箱需求增长的预期下调至-2/-4%,而此前预期为+1/-1%。2022-2023年资本支出预期保持不变,为90亿至100亿美元。 鄂州花湖机场正式开启客机腹舱带货功能 11月1日上午11:10时,飞往北京的南航CZ8908航班从花湖机场准时起飞。与以往不同,本次航班上除了前往北京的90名旅客外,还有装载在飞机腹舱的来自顺丰一批222公斤快件货物。这也标志着鄂州花湖机场正式开通腹舱货运业务,朝着建设国际一流航空货运枢纽目标又迈出关键一步。据介绍,鄂州花湖机场后续还将和东航、厦航等航空公司一起开展腹舱带货业务。 圆通国际正式更名为“圆通国际快递供应链科技” 11月1日,圆通速递国际发布公告称,“圆通速递(国际)控股有限公司”改为“圆通国际快递供应链科技有限公司”。 此前9月29日,圆通速递国际公布,董事会建议将公司英文名称由“YTO Express (International) Holdings Limited”更改为“YTO International Express and Supply Chain Technology Limited”及采纳公司中文双重外国名称,由现有的双重外国名称“圆通速递(国际)控股有限公司”改为“圆通国际快递供应链科技有限公司”。 董事会认为,建议更改公司名称符合本集团对未来发展及重塑品牌的战略业务计划,并相信,建议更改公司名称将为本集团提供全新的企业形象,有利于本集团之未来业务发展。 怡亚通:拟10.6亿元投建“怡亚通新经济供应链创新中心” 11月2日,怡亚通公告,全资子公司深圳怡亚通产城创新发展有限公司,与佛山市崇茂企业管理有限公司共同以现金出资方式,出资设立“佛山怡亚通产业创新有限公司”,注册资本为1.5亿元。公司设立上述项目公司用于在佛山地区投资建设“怡亚通新经济供应链创新中心”项目,从事地块建设开发,引领佛山地区产业转型升级。该项目规划总建筑面积约为10万平方米,投资总额不超过10.6亿元。
12大全球供应链新趋势!
12大全球供应链新趋势!
供应链是当今大多数制造业和商业企业的命脉,尤其在全球政治不稳定,劳动力短缺,全球化趋势变化,或者大型流行病期间,以下和大家分享一些最新全球供应链技术和管理趋势。 一、循环供应链 线性供应链很快将被循环供应链所取代,在循环供应链中,制造商翻新废弃产品进行转售。为了应对原材料成本的上涨及其波动性,许多公司选择将其产品分解,重新修复,取舍材料,处理和包装,然后上市销售。 供应链循环可以帮助降低成本,有了循环供应链,公司可以减少在原材料上的消耗,可以降低价格波动的风险。此外,循环供应链可以减少浪费,帮助企业减少对环境的总体影响。政府对回收和废物处理的严格规定也促使企业考虑采用循环供应链。具有可持续做法的企业也可能获得激励,不仅来自政府,也来自消费者,年轻一代更喜欢环保产品。 ALSCO 苏州提供的可循环包装解决方案,将包装材料循环应用,是循环供应链典型案例。 二、绿色供应链 世界各类环保组织和消费者一直在努力为环境负责,推动供应链对环境的危害减小。电力和运输对全球的温室气体排放有着巨大的贡献,因此绿色物流在当今许多公司中迅速受到青睐。例如,环保型仓库具有先进的能源管理系统,该系统使用计时器和仪表来监控所有设施的电力、热量、水和天然气的使用情况。这些系统有助于防止过度浪费资源。电动和太阳能汽车在供应链中的应用也越来越多;这些车辆有助于减少供应链的整体碳足迹。 同样,气候变化带来的环境变化影响了材料和资源的可用性,对供应链造成了潜在的破坏。公司将不得不考虑这些因素,并在必要时寻找其他资源。 采取可持续供应链的企业也将在利润和客户忠诚度方面获得更多收益(尼尔森,2018)。调查显示,超过60%的客户不介意为可持续产品支付溢价。随着绿色消费的兴起,预计未来几年会有更多的公司实施环保供应链流程。 三、整合供应链 未来几年,随着公司寻求与第三方建立合作伙伴关系,供应链将出现更多整合。与第三方服务合作可以帮助公司在提高客户服务质量并降低成本。 例如,更多的企业将整合并开始提供内陆服务,降低整体货运成本,简化供应链。对于经常使用海陆运输相结合的产品的托运人来说,集成尤其有用。通过集成服务,交付时间更短,客户服务也得到改善。亚马逊效应也促使企业尽可能优化其供应链。因此,更多的供应链管理者将与第三方物流供应商(3PL)和科技公司合作。第三方物流供应商提供进出境货运管理,并且拥有更多供应链资源。同样,基于第三方物流的技术允许供应链管理者通过API集成多个管理系统,并将其连接到云。这些集成将使供应链管理者能够克服内部技术解决方案的局限性。Deep Insights洞隐科技整合云计算,AI,IOT等自动化技术,以及云端TMS和WMS等,提供云服务的端到端可视化解决方案,是供应链整合解决方案的优秀应用。 四、劳动力全球化与挑战 一项研究最初预测,到2020年,80%的制造商将在多国开展业务,尽管,随着疫情的爆发,这一增长可能受到了影响,可能推迟了几年。 对更多知识工人的需求等因素影响了劳动力全球化的需求。知识工人——那些能够处理分析、数据,自动化和人工智能等复杂流程的人——将是供应链的劳动力组成部分。 越来越多的公司试图通过将这些工作外包并将业务扩展到美国以外的国家来填补这一缺口。先进的IT系统、协作软件使公司更容易实现全球化。 五、SCaaS 现在还有许多公司都在内部处理其供应链活动。尽管如此,未来我们可能会看到更多的企业采用“供应链即服务”或SCaaS商业模式,并外包制造、物流和库存管理等活动。公司的供应链管理团队将很快发展成为一小群专注于做出战略决策的高端人士。 随着内部供应链团队的规模越来越小,控制塔将变得越来越普遍。这些先进的数字控制塔为供应链管理者提供了供应链的端到端视图。云技术允许供应链管理人员随时随地访问所需的数据。同样,技术创新一日千里,供应链技术将很快“随时可用”。这种方法最初出现在SaaS软件中,它允许公司通过避免基础设施、升级和维护方面的固定成本来减少管理费用。 六、短生命周期产品供应链 随着产品生命周期的缩短,供应链必须发展得更快、更高效。如今,许多公司对所有产品使用单一的供应链,尽管这些产品的生命周期存在差异。未来,公司将不得不开发不同的供应链,以适应这些不同的生命周期并保持盈利。更短的产品生命周期要求公司重新思考其供应链并简化流程,以确保能够跟上对新产品的常规需求。令人担忧的是,截至2017年,43%的小企业仍在进行手动库存跟踪。 七、弹性供应链 供应链仅仅拥有精益流程是不够的;供应链也需要灵活应对市场波动。因此,越来越多的企业正在采用灵活的物流方式。弹性物流使供应链能够根据当前市场需求轻松扩张或收缩。人工智能等技术允许供应链在最小干扰的情况下根据需要进行调整。 弹性物流为供应链中的变量提供了灵活性,包括航行时间表、承运空间、集装箱使用和路线优化。这种可调整性有助于公司更好地处理潜在的问题,如货物积压和空间浪费。因此,企业可以享有更大的稳定性,并在市场波动的情况下保持竞争力。 以下分享几款最受欢迎的供应链管理软件: Brightpearl:一种创新的全渠道管理工具,适用于电子商务企业和零售商,旨在管理订单、库存和客户数据。 Hippo CMMS:一个用户友好的维护管理解决方案,旨在帮助企业管理、组织和跟踪维护操作。 Easyship:一个基于云的运输软件,旨在帮助电子商务企业简化本地和国际运输。 Deep Insights:洞隐科技整合科箭的一体化供应链执行云平台与吉联的航运代理行业解决方案,打通全程供应链,洞察供应链数据新价值,并运用AI技术,实现效率和成本优化。 八、透明供应链和可见性供应链 消费者越来越担心现代商业对环境的影响,同时为了应对各种复杂环境对供应链的影响,公司将需要供应链更加透明。公司已经开始在供应链的可持续性和减少碳足迹的努力方面提供一些透明度。尽管如此,还需要更多地了解供应链对社会其他方面的影响。全球贸易性质的变化也可能导致供应链实践的强制性披露。例如,公司很快将不得不考虑提供报告,说明其供应链对创造的就业机会、采购实践以及劳动力类型和使用的运输方式的影响。披露有关供应链这些方面的信息可以帮助公司提高消费者的品牌形象,并在必要时为遵守监管要求做好准备。 九、区块链供应链 供应链可见性仍然是当今大多数公司最关心的问题,因此越来越多的企业将寻求将区块链技术集成到其供应链中。区块链技术可以帮助使整个供应链更加透明,以最大限度地减少中断并改善客户服务。通过区块链,供应链的所有组成部分都可以集成到一个单一的平台中。承运人、航运公司、货代和物流供应商可以使用同一平台向公司和客户更新产品行程。发票和付款也可以在同一个系统中进行。这种集成简化了整个供应链,并帮助供应链管理者在问题发生之前发现问题。 区块链还为信息提供了无与伦比的保护,因为该技术的去中心化方法可以保护数据不被篡改。所有用户必须同意对数据进行更新或编辑,然后才能实施这些更新或编辑。 十、物联网供应链 除了区块链,越来越多的公司正在实施物联网设备,以提高其供应链的可见性。例如,飞机、卡车和其他运输方式都可以安装传感器,提供运输和交付的实时跟踪更新。仓库和零售店的物联网技术还可以提高生产、库存管理和预测性维护的可见性。公司可以使用所有这些实时信息来主动满足客户需求,最大限度地减少停机时间,并提高供应链的整体效率。 十一、机器人和自动化供应链 机器人技术在改变供应链方面发挥着巨大作用。仅在2019年上半年,北美公司就在16400多台机器人上花费了8.69亿美元。如今,越来越多的公司正在使用无人机和无人驾驶汽车来简化物流运营。公司和消费者可希望无人机有能力运送小商品。自动驾驶汽车也可能更加先进,能够做出自动交通决策。 在仓库中,自主移动机器人将更多地用于加速琐碎的劳动密集型任务。与高效的仓库管理软件相结合,机器人可以大幅提高供应链的生产力。 十二、AI、AR和VR供应链 人工智能(AI)也将在提高供应链效率方面发挥重要作用。该技术用于使用基于先前过程的数据的算法来自动化过程。自动化通过消除人为错误提高了供应链的效率。人工智能还可以识别供应链中的模式,公司可以利用这项技术来预测采购需求和管理库存。这消除了规划和采购中的猜测,消除了规划者反复进行相同计算的必要性,DocuAI智能解决方案就能识别供应链中的各种文件,譬如提单,箱单,发票,托书等,自动提取录入数据,或者自动执行单单相符比对,可以大大减轻人类员工工作量,提高效率。 增强现实(AR)和虚拟现实(VR)也为提高供应链的效率带来了各种可能性。例如,AR设备可以让工作人员更有效地进行多任务处理。公司还可以使用这些设备,通过在现实环境中预测潜在的产品用途,来加强产品开发工作。 作者介绍:曾志宏Lucas,北科大毕业,新加坡国立大学MBA,上海趋研信息联合创始人,曾服务于GE,Rolls-Royce,JCI,Whirlpool供应链部门,致力于货代行业和国际供应链领域流程自动化,智能化和可视化,AI+软件机器人RPA,以及数字供应链,智慧物流等的推广和传播 (微信: 1638881963)。 文章来源:物流沙龙
2023年12大全球供应链新趋势!
2023年12大全球供应链新趋势!
作者 |曾志宏 来源 |物流沙龙 供应链是当今大多数制造业和商业企业的命脉,尤其在全球政治不稳定,劳动力短缺,全球化趋势变化,或者大型流行病期间,以下和大家分享一些最新全球供应链技术和管理趋势。 一、循环供应链 线性供应链很快将被循环供应链所取代,在循环供应链中,制造商翻新废弃产品进行转售。为了应对原材料成本的上涨及其波动性,许多公司选择将其产品分解,重新修复,取舍材料,处理和包装,然后上市销售。 供应链循环可以帮助降低成本,有了循环供应链,公司可以减少在原材料上的消耗,可以降低价格波动的风险。此外,循环供应链可以减少浪费,帮助企业减少对环境的总体影响。政府对回收和废物处理的严格规定也促使企业考虑采用循环供应链。具有可持续做法的企业也可能获得激励,不仅来自政府,也来自消费者,年轻一代更喜欢环保产品。 ALSCO 苏州提供的可循环包装解决方案,将包装材料循环应用,是循环供应链典型案例。 二、绿色供应链 世界各类环保组织和消费者一直在努力为环境负责,推动供应链对环境的危害减小。电力和运输对全球的温室气体排放有着巨大的贡献,因此绿色物流在当今许多公司中迅速受到青睐。例如,环保型仓库具有先进的能源管理系统,该系统使用计时器和仪表来监控所有设施的电力、热量、水和天然气的使用情况。这些系统有助于防止过度浪费资源。电动和太阳能汽车在供应链中的应用也越来越多;这些车辆有助于减少供应链的整体碳足迹。 同样,气候变化带来的环境变化影响了材料和资源的可用性,对供应链造成了潜在的破坏。公司将不得不考虑这些因素,并在必要时寻找其他资源。 采取可持续供应链的企业也将在利润和客户忠诚度方面获得更多收益(尼尔森,2018)。调查显示,超过60%的客户不介意为可持续产品支付溢价。随着绿色消费的兴起,预计未来几年会有更多的公司实施环保供应链流程。 三、整合供应链 未来几年,随着公司寻求与第三方建立合作伙伴关系,供应链将出现更多整合。与第三方服务合作可以帮助公司在提高客户服务质量并降低成本。 例如,更多的企业将整合并开始提供内陆服务,降低整体货运成本,简化供应链。对于经常使用海陆运输相结合的产品的托运人来说,集成尤其有用。通过集成服务,交付时间更短,客户服务也得到改善。亚马逊效应也促使企业尽可能优化其供应链。因此,更多的供应链管理者将与第三方物流供应商(3PL)和科技公司合作。第三方物流供应商提供进出境货运管理,并且拥有更多供应链资源。同样,基于第三方物流的技术允许供应链管理者通过API集成多个管理系统,并将其连接到云。这些集成将使供应链管理者能够克服内部技术解决方案的局限性。Deep Insights洞隐科技整合云计算,AI,IOT等自动化技术,以及云端TMS和WMS等,提供云服务的端到端可视化解决方案,是供应链整合解决方案的优秀应用。 四、劳动力全球化与挑战 一项研究最初预测,到2020年,80%的制造商将在多国开展业务,尽管,随着疫情的爆发,这一增长可能受到了影响,可能推迟了几年。 对更多知识工人的需求等因素影响了劳动力全球化的需求。知识工人——那些能够处理分析、数据,自动化和人工智能等复杂流程的人——将是供应链的劳动力组成部分。 越来越多的公司试图通过将这些工作外包并将业务扩展到美国以外的国家来填补这一缺口。先进的IT系统、协作软件使公司更容易实现全球化。 五、SCaaS 现在还有许多公司都在内部处理其供应链活动。尽管如此,未来我们可能会看到更多的企业采用“供应链即服务”或SCaaS商业模式,并外包制造、物流和库存管理等活动。公司的供应链管理团队将很快发展成为一小群专注于做出战略决策的高端人士。 随着内部供应链团队的规模越来越小,控制塔将变得越来越普遍。这些先进的数字控制塔为供应链管理者提供了供应链的端到端视图。云技术允许供应链管理人员随时随地访问所需的数据。同样,技术创新一日千里,供应链技术将很快“随时可用”。这种方法最初出现在SaaS软件中,它允许公司通过避免基础设施、升级和维护方面的固定成本来减少管理费用。 六、短生命周期产品供应链 随着产品生命周期的缩短,供应链必须发展得更快、更高效。如今,许多公司对所有产品使用单一的供应链,尽管这些产品的生命周期存在差异。未来,公司将不得不开发不同的供应链,以适应这些不同的生命周期并保持盈利。更短的产品生命周期要求公司重新思考其供应链并简化流程,以确保能够跟上对新产品的常规需求。令人担忧的是,截至2017年,43%的小企业仍在进行手动库存跟踪。 七、弹性供应链 供应链仅仅拥有精益流程是不够的;供应链也需要灵活应对市场波动。因此,越来越多的企业正在采用灵活的物流方式。弹性物流使供应链能够根据当前市场需求轻松扩张或收缩。人工智能等技术允许供应链在最小干扰的情况下根据需要进行调整。 弹性物流为供应链中的变量提供了灵活性,包括航行时间表、承运空间、集装箱使用和路线优化。这种可调整性有助于公司更好地处理潜在的问题,如货物积压和空间浪费。因此,企业可以享有更大的稳定性,并在市场波动的情况下保持竞争力。 以下分享几款最受欢迎的供应链管理软件: Brightpearl:一种创新的全渠道管理工具,适用于电子商务企业和零售商,旨在管理订单、库存和客户数据。 Hippo CMMS:一个用户友好的维护管理解决方案,旨在帮助企业管理、组织和跟踪维护操作。 Easyship:一个基于云的运输软件,旨在帮助电子商务企业简化本地和国际运输。 Deep Insights:洞隐科技整合科箭的一体化供应链执行云平台与吉联的航运代理行业解决方案,打通全程供应链,洞察供应链数据新价值,并运用AI技术,实现效率和成本优化。 八、透明供应链和可见性供应链 消费者越来越担心现代商业对环境的影响,同时为了应对各种复杂环境对供应链的影响,公司将需要供应链更加透明。公司已经开始在供应链的可持续性和减少碳足迹的努力方面提供一些透明度。尽管如此,还需要更多地了解供应链对社会其他方面的影响。全球贸易性质的变化也可能导致供应链实践的强制性披露。例如,公司很快将不得不考虑提供报告,说明其供应链对创造的就业机会、采购实践以及劳动力类型和使用的运输方式的影响。披露有关供应链这些方面的信息可以帮助公司提高消费者的品牌形象,并在必要时为遵守监管要求做好准备。 九、区块链供应链 供应链可见性仍然是当今大多数公司最关心的问题,因此越来越多的企业将寻求将区块链技术集成到其供应链中。区块链技术可以帮助使整个供应链更加透明,以最大限度地减少中断并改善客户服务。通过区块链,供应链的所有组成部分都可以集成到一个单一的平台中。承运人、航运公司、货代和物流供应商可以使用同一平台向公司和客户更新产品行程。发票和付款也可以在同一个系统中进行。这种集成简化了整个供应链,并帮助供应链管理者在问题发生之前发现问题。 区块链还为信息提供了无与伦比的保护,因为该技术的去中心化方法可以保护数据不被篡改。所有用户必须同意对数据进行更新或编辑,然后才能实施这些更新或编辑。 十、物联网供应链 除了区块链,越来越多的公司正在实施物联网设备,以提高其供应链的可见性。例如,飞机、卡车和其他运输方式都可以安装传感器,提供运输和交付的实时跟踪更新。仓库和零售店的物联网技术还可以提高生产、库存管理和预测性维护的可见性。公司可以使用所有这些实时信息来主动满足客户需求,最大限度地减少停机时间,并提高供应链的整体效率。 十一、机器人和自动化供应链 机器人技术在改变供应链方面发挥着巨大作用。仅在2019年上半年,北美公司就在16400多台机器人上花费了8.69亿美元。如今,越来越多的公司正在使用无人机和无人驾驶汽车来简化物流运营。公司和消费者可希望无人机有能力运送小商品。自动驾驶汽车也可能更加先进,能够做出自动交通决策。 在仓库中,自主移动机器人将更多地用于加速琐碎的劳动密集型任务。与高效的仓库管理软件相结合,机器人可以大幅提高供应链的生产力。 十二、AI、AR和VR供应链 人工智能(AI)也将在提高供应链效率方面发挥重要作用。该技术用于使用基于先前过程的数据的算法来自动化过程。自动化通过消除人为错误提高了供应链的效率。人工智能还可以识别供应链中的模式,公司可以利用这项技术来预测采购需求和管理库存。这消除了规划和采购中的猜测,消除了规划者反复进行相同计算的必要性,DocuAI智能解决方案就能识别供应链中的各种文件,譬如提单,箱单,发票,托书等,自动提取录入数据,或者自动执行单单相符比对,可以大大减轻人类员工工作量,提高效率。 增强现实(AR)和虚拟现实(VR)也为提高供应链的效率带来了各种可能性。例如,AR设备可以让工作人员更有效地进行多任务处理。公司还可以使用这些设备,通过在现实环境中预测潜在的产品用途,来加强产品开发工作。 作者介绍:曾志宏Lucas,北科大毕业,新加坡国立大学MBA,上海趋研信息联合创始人,曾服务于GE,Rolls-Royce,JCI,Whirlpool供应链部门,致力于货代行业和国际供应链领域流程自动化,智能化和可视化,AI+软件机器人RPA,以及数字供应链,智慧物流等的推广和传播
海外工具
10 个最佳 TikTok 标签生成工具
10 个最佳 TikTok 标签生成工具
TikTok标签,是提升视频曝光度的重要手段。贴上话题标签后,系统将内容推送给目标人群的精准度越大。对该话题感兴趣的用户也可以通过标签看到我们的视频,大大增加了内容的曝光度。 那么,今天就给大家推荐几个强大的标签生成工具,帮助大家在短时间内获得大量用户。 一、标签的作用 1、得到精准的推荐 添加标签的主要原因是迎合TikTok算法机制,让视频得到更多的曝光。TikTok是交互式算法,用户有地域、性别、喜好等标签,账号也有类目、地域、音乐、内容标签,当账号使用的标签越垂直,推荐的用户越精准。 所以我们要对视频打标签,这样算法可以把视频推荐给目标群体,同时由于内容符合目标群体喜好,所以获得更多观看、转化。 2、挖掘潜在粉丝人群 用户如果对某个主题或话题感兴趣,她会搜索该标签,如果你的视频刚好使用了该标签,你的视频就很可能被她看到。 比如:你的视频添加了【#eyeliner tutorial】的标签,这个视频将会归入到eyeliner tutorial主题标签下。 如果你使用了热度很高的趋势标签,你的短视频还可能会再爆。 3、创建自己的流量池 除了使用TikTok上已有的标签外,我们还可以自建标签,从此以后,如果有短视频添加了这个标签,视频就归类在同一个流量池里面了。 比如国货品牌花西子出海,他们就在平台上自创了品牌标签#florasis,从此以后视频中含有#florasis的都会进入到这个池子里面,如果有用户搜索了#florasis,就会被里面的视频无限种草。 二、10个标签生成工具 1 . Rapidtages Rapidtags 是 Tik Tok的主题标签生成器,创作者可以用此软件快速给视频生成适当的主题标签。 Rapidtags的界面使用起来很方便,根据视频主题生成最流行、最热门的主题标签。 不仅如此,还有标签分析器、标签排名和 YouTube 关键字工具这些功能。 2. Megaphone Megaphone 是为用户查找流行 Tik Tok主题标签的工具,它包括主题标签分析、热门主题标签的实时信息、制作独特主题标签的自定义选项等功能。 它还提供了各种用于内容开发和推广的附加社交媒体工具。 3. Ecommanalyze Ecommanalyze 是一个生成器,可让用户根据目标人群、地理位置和产品类别找到 TikTok 上的热门主题标签。 Ecommanalyze上有标签统计、标签竞争分析、基于热门主题的标签建议等功能。 还可以为企业提供各种电子商务解决方案,例如产品研究、竞争分析和受众分析。 4. Rite tag Rite tag为内容生成高质量的主题标签,并提供有关内容文本和图像的完整 TikTok 统计数据。 最好的部分是它可以与你的个人资料集成,为 TikTok 帖子建议最佳标签。 Rite tag可以让你知道哪些标签在 TikTok 上未得到充分利用或被禁止。但Ritetag要付费(49美元/月)。 5. tiktokhashtags 这可能是最好的 TikTok 主题标签生成器之一,它提供了一个简单的工具来查找与你的帖子相关的最佳主题标签。 只需在搜索栏中输入关键字,该工具就会为你的帖子获取最热门和特定领域的主题标签。复制这组主题标签并将其直接使用到你的 TikTok 帖子中,体验令人很好。 无需注册即可开始使用,因为该工具可以免费使用,可以立即开始搜索并获取 TikTok 的最佳主题标签。 6. allhashtag allhashtag拥有出色的功能,可以为你的个人资料创建、生成、分析和研究最佳的行业特定主题标签。主题标签工具允许你生成高质量的主题标签。它为你的帖子提供了最佳和最相关的主题标签列表。 它还允许你专门为你的个人资料创建品牌主题标签,这有助于吸引更多关注者。 重点是免费的! 7.datagemba 主题标签生成器是一款免费的主题标签生成器,可帮助你提高在社交媒体上的排名。该工具提供了最先进的搜索引擎,可提供令人难以置信的主题标签建议,这些建议经过过滤以匹配你的受众和利基市场。该工具使用起来非常简单,具有出色的定位算法。它还提供各种信息丰富的博客来帮助你了解所有功能。 使用主题标签生成器,你可以监控主要竞争对手的主题标签,并构建与你的帖子相关的主题标签建议列表。因此,可以使用此工具为你的内容找到最流行的主题标签。 8. In Tags In Tags 是一款免费的 Android 软件,为创作者的 TikTok 视频提供相关和流行的主题标签。 In Tags 也是根据关键字和短语算法来生成主题标签的,创作者还可以为将来的帖子添加常用标签并分享。 9. Hashtags AI Hashtags AI 是一款 Android 软件,可使用人工智能为 TikTok 等社交媒体网站生成主题标签。 根据内容主题、受众和流行的主题标签推荐合适的主题标签,还包括主题标签分析、主题标签分组、主题标签研究等工具。 在上图就可以看到标签使用率,还可以自定义并存储他们的主题标签列表方便以后使用这一点和Hashtag Expert 差不多。 10. Hashtag Expert Hashtag Expert是根据关键字分析算法根据帖子的内容生成主题标签列表,是一款 iOS 应用程序。 此程序提供了用于创建独一无二的主题标签的自定义选项,还可以搜索特定的主题标签并评估主题标签的受欢迎程度。 常用主题标签可以保存下来,以后用的时候直接点就行了,Hashtag Expert对于想要提高社交媒体帖子的曝光度和参与度的 iOS 用户来说, 是一款很不错的应用程序。 总之,使用标签,可以监控主要竞争对手的主题标签,并构建与你的帖子相关的主题标签建议列表。甚至可以找到不同类别的主题标签,让你知道哪些是趋势,哪些对你的成长无用。因此,使用标签也是非重要的一个环节。
10个免费谷歌工具,帮你快速分析调查产品市场
10个免费谷歌工具,帮你快速分析调查产品市场
Google是全球最大的搜索引擎,作为全球流量第一的搜索引擎,所有的跨境营销都离不开Google,所以今天我们给大家分享10个免费的谷歌工具,帮助我们快速分析调查产品市场。 1、Google Tends 这是谷歌提供的免费工具,用于展示特定搜索词在特定时间段内的搜索频率趋势。 它让用户能够洞察全球范围内某个特定搜索词的热门程度,并且可以按照地理位置、时间跨度以及相关搜索项来进行比较分析。 对于市场调研、内容创作和SEO优化而言,Google Trends是一个极其有用的工具,它能帮助用户更好地理解并抓住当前的搜索趋势。 2、Google search console Google Search Console(简称 GSC)是谷歌推出的一款免费工具,旨在协助网站所有者优化他们的网站,以提升在谷歌搜索结果中的可见度。 该工具可以帮助站长提交网站地图、检查网页索引情况、查看网站的外部链接情况、分析网站流量等。通过谷歌站长工具,站长可以更好地了解其网站在谷歌搜索引擎中的表现,并进行必要的优化. 3、Google Keyword Planner 谷歌官方关键词规划工具,可查询关键词搜索量、竞争程度等数据,这些数据可以被认为是相对准确和可靠的。 我们可以在谷歌广告账户中获取关键词的搜索量,出价,变化情况,竞争程度,页首高低位区间出价等情况,关键词规划师是我们投放facebook设置兴趣爱好词的时候一个很重要的来源。 在关键词建议列表中,你可以看到每个关键词的搜索量范围、竞争程度、预测点击率等指标。通过这些数据可以帮你了解关键词的流行度、竞争激烈程度和潜在的点击率。你可以决定对哪些关键词进行优化,哪些关键词可能不适合你的策略。 例如,一个高搜索量但低竞争的关键词可能是一个很好的机会,而一个低搜索量但高竞争的关键词可能不值得追求。 4、Google全球商机通 挖掘全球商机,当你计划将产品推向国际市场时,了解哪些地区最适合你的产品至关重要。 Google全球商机通是一款免费工具,可以在多种设备上轻松访问,包括手机和电脑。它提供了丰富详尽的产品分类,能迅速为你提供产品的市场排名、获客成本以及商业概况等关键数据。 利用Google全球商机通提供的详尽数据报告,你可以精准定位最佳的目标市场。 5、Google Correlate Google Correlate是一个经常被忽视的工具,但是在生成大量关键词列表方面非常强大。使用此工具的主要原因是能够查看哪些相关关键字也在被搜索。有了这些信息,你就可以开始增加关键字列表(特别是长尾关键词)。 6、YouTube Ads Leaderboard 在YouTube Ads Leaderboard榜单上,你可以发现那些最成功的YouTube广告视频。 当你的网络营销广告缺乏灵感时,观看这些视频可以为你提供极大的启发。它们展示了其他创作者是如何运用创意和营销技巧来吸引观众的。 通过每个月的热门广告视频,你可以紧随潮流,捕捉到客户需求的变化方向,并深入分析这些广告之所以受到欢迎的原因。这将有助于你为自己的产品创造出真正触动人心的广告内容。 7、Consumer Barometer Consumer Barometer是一款洞察消费者行为的免费工具,也被称作消费者晴雨表。你可以通过选择品类或者是相关问题来了解消费者购买产品的最新趋势数据,从而进一步的了解你的目标受众,对于卖家选品来很有参考性。 8、Google surveys “Google Surveys”能让你快速、高效地深入了解消费者的想法。收集所需的洞察数据,以制定更明智,更快速的业务决策,比起传统市场研究,只需要花很短的时间就能完成。 “消费者调查”能为你带来什么呢?简单获取自定义调查;调查真实有效;快速获取真实洞察;将洞察付诸行动。 9、Think with google 你的网站加载速度快吗?体验够好吗? Google推出的免费网站测试平台Test My Site可以为你的网站做出全面的诊断,并且给出优化建议,帮助你更好地运营独立站。 如果你的移动网站响应速度过慢,大多数人会放弃访问。Speed Scorecard是帮助诊断网站响应速度的一个工具。 10、Google Rich Media Gallery 想知道你的广告系列与同行业竞争对手的比较情况,或了解不同格式的效果趋势? 你可以使用Google Rich Media Gallery在各个国家/地区,垂直广告,广告格式和广告尺寸中提取关键用户互动指标,以便你计划和衡量展示广告系列的成功与否。
10个最好的网站数据实时分析工具
10个最好的网站数据实时分析工具
网络分析工具可以帮助你收集、预估和分析网站的访问记录,对于网站优化、市场研究来说,是个非常实用的工具。每一个网站开发者和所有者,想知道他的网站的完整的状态和访问信息,目前互联网中有很多分析工具,本文选取了20款最好的分析工具,可以为你提供实时访问数据。1.Google Analytics这是一个使用最广泛的访问统计分析工具,几周前,Google Analytics推出了一项新功能,可以提供实时报告。你可以看到你的网站中目前在线的访客数量,了解他们观看了哪些网页、他们通过哪个网站链接到你的网站、来自哪个国家等等。2. Clicky与Google Analytics这种庞大的分析系统相比,Clicky相对比较简易,它在控制面板上描供了一系列统计数据,包括最近三天的访问量、最高的20个链接来源及最高20个关键字,虽说数据种类不多,但可直观的反映出当前站点的访问情况,而且UI也比较简洁清新。3. WoopraWoopra将实时统计带到了另一个层次,它能实时直播网站的访问数据,你甚至可以使用Woopra Chat部件与用户聊天。它还拥有先进的通知功能,可让你建立各类通知,如电子邮件、声音、弹出框等。4. Chartbeat这是针对新闻出版和其他类型网站的实时分析工具。针对电子商务网站的专业分析功能即将推出。它可以让你查看访问者如何与你的网站进行互动,这可以帮助你改善你的网站。5. GoSquared它提供了所有常用的分析功能,并且还可以让你查看特定访客的数据。它集成了Olark,可以让你与访客进行聊天。6. Mixpane该工具可以让你查看访客数据,并分析趋势,以及比较几天内的变化情况。7. Reinvigorate它提供了所有常用的实时分析功能,可以让你直观地了解访客点击了哪些地方。你甚至可以查看注册用户的名称标签,这样你就可以跟踪他们对网站的使用情况了。8. Piwi这是一个开源的实时分析工具,你可以轻松下载并安装在自己的服务器上。9. ShinyStat该网站提供了四种产品,其中包括一个有限制的免费分析产品,可用于个人和非营利网站。企业版拥有搜索引擎排名检测,可以帮助你跟踪和改善网站的排名。10. StatCounter这是一个免费的实时分析工具,只需几行代码即可安装。它提供了所有常用的分析数据,此外,你还可以设置每天、每周或每月自动给你发送电子邮件报告。本文转载自:https://www.cifnews.com/search/article?keyword=工具
全球峰会
#自媒体#新媒体课堂——自媒体平台知多少?自媒体平台有哪些?
#自媒体#新媒体课堂——自媒体平台知多少?自媒体平台有哪些?
自媒体带起了一波创业者的高潮,做自媒体的主要就是两类人,要么是为了流量,获得用户关注;要么是为了阅读量,广告变现。说白了就是为了名利!有很多人都想做自媒体,但是该怎么做才好呢?做自媒体,写文章虽然重要,但是发文章比写重要10倍以上,只有让更多的人看到你的文章,你的文章才能给你带来更大的价值,一篇文章写出来,你发的平台不对,也不行。今天知道君整理了一些可以免费注册与发布的自媒体平台,如果你把文章发布到这些自媒体平台,你的每篇文章最少都有几万人看到,效果怎么样, 就不用多说了。现在直接分享给大家:微信公众平台微信公众平台,给个人、企业和组织提供业务服务与用户管理能力的全新服务平台。… 给企业和组织提供更强大的业务服务与用户管理能力,帮助企业快速实现全新的公众号服务平台是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://mp.weixin.qq.com今日头条今日头条是一款基于数据挖掘的推荐引擎产品,它为用户推荐有价值的、个性化的信息,提供连接人与信息的新型服务,是国内移动互联网领域成长最快的产品服务之一是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.toutiao.com/百度百家百家是百度新闻的原创内容类平台。每日发布的优质内容将会在百度新闻的网页版、移动端呈现,并被百度搜索和百度其他产品线收录。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://baijia.baidu.com/搜狐媒体平台搜狐媒体平台是在搜狐门户改革背景下全新打造的内容发布和分类分发全平台。各个行业的优质内容供给者(媒体、自媒体)均可免费申请入驻,为搜狐提供内容;利用搜狐强大的媒体影响力,入驻媒体和自媒体可获取自己的用户,提升个人的品牌影响力是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://mp.sohu.com/一点资讯一点资讯是一款高度智能的新闻资讯应用,通过它你可以搜索并订阅任意关键词,它会自动帮你聚合整理并实时更新相关资讯,同时会智能分析你的兴趣爱好,为你推荐感兴趣的内容。看新闻资讯,一点就够了!是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.yidianzixun.com/网易媒体平台网易订阅,聚合旅游、时尚、财经、科技资讯、时事新闻、RSS等众多内容,提供个性化的阅读服务是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://dy.163.com/wemedia/login.html企鹅媒体平台企鹅媒体平台是2016年3月1日,企鹅媒体平台正式推出,腾讯将提供四个方面的能力。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:https://om.qq.com/userAuth/index北京时间号北京时间互联网门户全新领导者,依托强大的推荐引擎与专业的媒体人团队为用户实时呈现最具价值的新鲜资讯。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.btime.com/QQ公众号QQ公众平台聚合着无限可能。凭借16年来积累的8亿用户资源,依托强势平台技术、数据沉淀和社交关系,QQ公众平台将有效聚集品牌和消费者,以开放合作的姿态与你一起打造未来。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://mp.qq.com/凤凰自媒体“凤凰自媒体”正式更名为“凤凰号”。据了解,凤凰自媒体平台更名后,希望能加快品牌特色化进程,深耕高质量内容领域,由此形成行业差异化竞争格局,实现优质文章在凤凰新闻客户端、凤凰网、手机凤凰网、凤凰视频客户端等渠道的有效分发。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://fhh.ifeng.com/login大鱼号大鱼号是阿里文娱体系为内容创作者提供的统一账号。大鱼号实现了阿里文娱体系一点接入,多点分发。内容创作者一点接入大鱼号,上传图文/视频可被分发到UC、优酷、土豆、淘系客户端,未来还会扩展到豌豆荚、神马搜索、PP助手等。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://mp.uc.cn/index.html知乎一个真实的网络问答社区,帮助你寻找答案,分享知识。..是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:https://www.zhihu.com/钛媒体【钛媒体官方网站】钛媒体是国内首家TMT公司人社群媒体,最有钛度的一人一媒体平台,集信息交流融合、IT技术信息、新媒体于一身的媒体平台。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.tmtpost.com/LIKE.TG+社区LIKE.TG最新又推出了一款扶持计划-『自媒体分享计划』满足条件的自媒体,入驻LIKE.TG+社区,可分享总价值百万资源包是否免费:免费操作难度:困难应用类型:全部应用网址:https://cloud.tencent.com/developer/support-plan?invite_code=oc38tj48tn8qhttp://www.tmtpost.com/虎嗅网聚合优质的创新信息与人群,捕获精选|深度|犀利的商业科技资讯。在虎嗅,不错过互联网的每个重要时刻。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:https://www.huxiu.com/砍柴网砍柴网创立于2013年,是一家拥有全球视野的前沿科技媒体,我们始终秉承观点独到、全面深入、有料有趣的宗旨,在科技与人文之间寻找商业新价值,坚持以人文的视角解读科技,用专业的精神剖析时代,孜孜不倦探索科技与商业的未来。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.ikanchai.com/i黑马i黑马是面向创业者的创新型综合服务平台,掌握创业创新领域强有力话语权的媒体矩阵,致力于帮助创业者获得投资、人才、宣传和经验。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.iheima.com/雷锋网雷锋网是国内最早关注人工智能和智能硬件领域的互联网科技媒体,内容涵盖人工智能、智能硬件、机器人、智能驾驶、ARVR、网络安全、物联网、未来医疗、金融科技等9大领域。雷锋网致力于连接和服务学术界、工业界与投资界,为用户提供更专业的互联网科技资讯和培训服务,让用户读懂智能与未来。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.leiphone.com/猎云网猎云网坚守用心服务创业者的理念,专注创业创新,互联网创业项目推荐,关注新产品、新公司、新模式,以原创独家报道、分析以及美国硅谷的一手报道闻名业界。为创业者、投资人及相关业内人士提供交流学习、资源对接的桥梁。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.lieyunwang.com/锌媒体锌媒体是一个关注前沿科技资讯、移动互联网,发现以及商业创新价值的泛科技自媒体平台。精选最新科技新闻,分享即时的移动互联网行业动态和以及提供最具商业价值的互联网创业案例,投资案例。提供绝对给力的干货、,在科技与人文之间挖掘商业新价值。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.xinmeti.com/派代网派代网定位为中国电子商务的入口,目前是中国最活跃、最具影响力的电子商务行业交流平台,聚集了大量的电子商务领军企业创始人群。提供电商学习、人才招聘、企业贷款等电子商务综合服务。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.paidai.com/简书致力于开发维护一套集合文字的书写、编集、发布功能于一体的在线写作编辑工具是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.jianshu.com/亿欧网亿欧是一家专注于新科技、新理念与各产业结合,以助力产业创新升级为使命的服务平台。亿欧旗下有4款产品,分别是亿欧网、视也、天窗、企服盒子。自2014年2月9日开始运营后,迅速成为互联网创业者和产业创新者的首选学习平台,是上百家知名企业的首选商业合作伙伴;先后获得盈动资本、高榕资本、盛景网联领投的三轮融资是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.iyiou.com/思达派思达派是专注创业服务市场的新媒体平台,定位“创业干货分享”,一站集成创业经验、教训等干货,帮助创业者少走弯路。同时还将举办各种线下创业分享和交流活动,分享创业心得,对接人脉、资本、以及公关推广等资源。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.startup-partner.com/界面界面是最受中国中产阶级欢迎的新闻及商业社交平台,旗下拥有精品新闻业务界面新闻、专业投资资讯平台摩尔金融及中国最大独立设计师电商网站尤物。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.jiemian.com/爱范儿聚焦新创和消费主题的科技媒体,成立于 2008 年 10 月,关注产品及体验,致力于“独立,前瞻,深入”的原创报道和分析评论,是国内唯一一家在产业和产品领域同时具有强势影响力的科技媒体。旗下现有 ifanr.com、SocialBase.cn、AppSolution、玩物志、创业及产品社区 MindStore 等多个细分领域的知名产品。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://www.ifanr.com/36氪36氪为您提供创业资讯、科技新闻、投融资对接、股权投资、极速融资等创业服务,致力成为创业者可以依赖的创业服务平台,为创业者提供最好的产品和服务。是否免费:免费操作难度:简单应用类型:全部应用网址:http://36kr.com如果一篇文章在一个平台一天有100个阅读量,在50个平台上就是5000阅读,那么10天呢,一年356天呢,可能前期会辛苦一点,但是你需要坚持,越到后面,你在互联网上发布的文章越多,加你的人也会越多,而且这些文章将会在多年以后都能够继续为你带来流量,有的人两年前写的文章,现在还有人看了还会加v信。外加两个,趣头条,惠头条。有的人可能会问,这么多平台,发文章比写文章还累!额。。。。。。你需要学会找工具,早就有人开发出来了一键发布功能,一篇文章可以同时发布到多个自媒体平台上!什么工具呢?百度一下,你就知道!以上,是今天给大家提供的一些思路,希望对大家有帮助!这些仅仅是各大门户网站的自媒体开放平台,没有精确到各种类型的全部平台,如小视频类app、综合视频类网站都没有开始说,由于篇幅的原因,留到以后再进行补充吧。
1-4月美国电商支出3316亿美元,消费者转向低价商品
1-4月美国电商支出3316亿美元,消费者转向低价商品
AMZ123 获悉,日前,据外媒报道,Adobe Analytics 的数据显示,2024 年前四个月美国电商增长强劲,同比增长 7%,达到 3316 亿美元。据了解,Adobe Analytics 对美国在线交易数据进行了分析,涵盖美国零售网站的一万亿次访问、1 亿个 SKU 和 18 个产品类别。2024 年 1 月 1 日至 4 月 30 日,美国在线支出达 3316 亿美元,同比增长 7%,得益于电子产品、服装等非必需品的稳定支出以及在线杂货购物的持续激增。Adobe 预计,2024 年上半年在线支出将超过 5000 亿美元,同比增长 6.8%。今年前四个月,美国消费者在线上消费电子产品 618 亿美元(同比增长 3.1%),服装 525 亿美元(同比增长 2.6%)。尽管增幅较小,但这两个类别占电商总支出的 34.5%,帮助保持了营收增长。同时,杂货进一步推动了增长,在线支出达 388 亿美元,同比增长 15.7%。Adobe 预计,未来三年内,该类别将成为电商市场的主导力量,其收入份额与电子产品和服装相当。另一个在线支出费增长较快的类别是化妆品,该类别在 2023 年带来了 350 亿美元的在线消费,同比增长 15.6%。而这一上升趋势仍在继续,截至 4 月 30 日,2024 年美国消费者在化妆品上的在线支出为 132 亿美元,同比增长 8%。此外,数月持续的通货膨胀导致消费者在多个主要类别中购买更便宜的商品。Adobe 发现,个人护理(增长 96%)、电子产品(增长 64%)、服装(增长 47%)、家居/花园(增长 42%)、家具/床上用品(增长 42%)和杂货(增长 33%)等类别的低价商品份额均大幅增加。具体而言,在食品杂货等类别中,低通胀商品的收入增长 13.4%,而高通胀商品的收入下降 15.6%。在化妆品等类别中,影响相对较弱,低通胀商品的收入增长 3.06%,高通胀商品的收入仅下降 0.34%,主要由于消费者对自己喜欢的品牌表现出了更强的忠诚度。而体育用品(增长 28%)、家电(增长 26%)、工具/家装(增长 26%)和玩具(增长 25%)等类别的低价商品份额增幅均较小,这些类别的增幅也主要受品牌忠诚度影响,同时消费者更倾向于购买最高品质的此类产品。此外,“先买后付”(BNPL)支付方式在此期间也出现了持续增长。2024 年 1 月至 4 月,BNPL 推动了 259 亿美元的电商支出,较去年同期大幅增长 11.8%。Adobe 预计,BNPL 将在 2024 年全年推动 810 亿至 848 亿美元的支出,同比增长 8% 至 13%。
12月波兰社媒平台流量盘点,TikTok追赶Instagram
12月波兰社媒平台流量盘点,TikTok追赶Instagram
AMZ123 获悉,近日,市场分析机构 Mediapanel 公布了 2023 年 12 月波兰主流社交平台的最新用户统计数据。受 TikTok 的打击,Pinterest、Facebook 和 Instagram 的用户数量出现下降。根据 Mediapanel 的数据,截至 2023 年 12 月,TikTok 是波兰第三大社交媒体平台,拥有超过 1378 万用户,相当于波兰 46.45% 的互联网用户。排在 TikTok 之前的是 Facebook 和 Instagram,其中 Facebook 拥有超过 2435 万用户,相当于波兰 82.06% 的互联网用户;Instagram 则拥有超过 1409 万用户,相当于波兰 47.47% 的互联网用户。在用户使用时长方面,TikTok 排名第一。2023 年 12 月,TikTok 用户的平均使用时长为 17 小时 18 分钟 42 秒。Facebook 用户的平均使用时长为 15 小时 36 分钟 38 秒,位居第二。其次是 Instagram,平均使用时长为 5 小时 2 分钟 39 秒。与 11 月相比,12 月 Facebook 减少了 58.84 万用户(下降 2.4%),但其用户平均使用时间增加了 32 分钟 50 秒(增长 3.6%)。Instagram 流失了 25.9 万用户(下降 1.8%),但其用户平均使用时间增加了 15 分钟(增长 5.2%)。虽然 TikTok 的用户数量略有增长(增长 8.85 万,即 0.6%),但其用户平均使用时间减少了 47 分钟(减少 4.3%)。12 月份,波兰其他主流社交媒体平台的用户数据(与 11 月相比):X 增加了 39.64 万用户(增长 4.8%),用户平均使用时间增加了 6 分钟 19 秒(增长 9.3%);Pinterest 增加了 23.02 万用户(增长 3.5%),用户平均使用时间增加了 7 分钟 9 秒(增长 16.1%);Snapchat 则增加了 9.04 万用户(增长 1.8%),用户平均使用时间增加了 23 秒(增长 0.2%);LinkedIn 流失了 27.69 万用户(下降 6.2%),用户平均使用时间减少了 1 分钟 36 秒(下降 11.7%);Reddit 流失了 18.6 万用户(下降 7.1%),用户平均使用时间减少了 1 分钟 27 秒(下降 11.6%)。
全球大数据
   探索Discord注册的多重用途
探索Discord注册的多重用途
在当今数字化时代,社交网络平台是人们沟通、分享和互动的重要场所。而Discord作为一款功能强大的聊天和社交平台,正吸引着越来越多的用户。那么,Discord注册可以用来做什么呢?让我们来探索它的多重用途。 首先,通过Discord注册,您可以加入各种兴趣群组和社区,与志同道合的人分享共同的爱好和话题。不论是游戏、音乐、电影还是科技,Discord上有无数个群组等待着您的加入。您可以与其他成员交流、参与讨论、组织活动,结识新朋友并扩大自己的社交圈子。 其次,Discord注册也为个人用户和团队提供了一个协作和沟通的平台。无论您是在学校、工作场所还是志愿组织,Discord的群组和频道功能使得团队成员之间可以方便地分享文件、讨论项目、安排日程,并保持密切的联系。它的语音和视频通话功能还能让远程团队更好地协同工作,提高效率。 对于商业用途而言,Discord注册同样具有巨大潜力。许多品牌和企业已经认识到了Discord作为一个与年轻受众互动的渠道的重要性。通过创建自己的Discord服务器,您可以与客户和粉丝建立更紧密的联系,提供独家内容、产品促销和用户支持。Discord还提供了一些商业工具,如机器人和API,帮助您扩展功能并提供更好的用户体验。 总结起来,Discord注册不仅可以让您加入各种兴趣群组和社区,享受与志同道合的人交流的乐趣,还可以为个人用户和团队提供协作和沟通的平台。对于品牌和企业而言,Discord也提供了与受众互动、推广产品和提供用户支持的机会。所以,赶紧注册一个Discord账号吧,开启多重社交和商业可能性的大门! -->
  商海客discord群发软件:开启营销革命的利器
商海客discord群发软件
开启营销革命的利器
商海客discord群发软件作为一款前沿的营销工具,以其独特的特点和出色的功能,在商业领域掀起了一场营销革命。它不仅为企业带来了全新的营销方式,也为企业创造了巨大的商业价值。 首先,商海客discord群发软件以其高效的群发功能,打破了传统营销方式的束缚。传统营销常常面临信息传递效率低、覆盖范围有限的问题。而商海客discord群发软件通过其强大的群发功能,可以将信息迅速传递给大量的目标受众,实现广告的精准推送。不论是产品推广、品牌宣传还是促销活动,商海客discord群发软件都能帮助企业快速触达潜在客户,提高营销效果。 其次,商海客discord群发软件提供了丰富的营销工具和功能,为企业的营销活动增添了更多的可能性。商海客discord群发软件支持多种媒体形式的推送,包括文本、图片、音频和视频等。企业可以根据自身需求,定制个性化的消息内容和推广方案,以吸引目标受众的注意。此外,商海客discord群发软件还提供了数据分析和统计功能,帮助企业了解营销效果,进行精细化的调整和优化。 最后,商海客discord群发软件的用户体验和易用性也为企业带来了便利。商海客discord群发软件的界面简洁明了,操作简单易懂,即使对于非技术人员也能够快速上手。商海客discord群发软件还提供了稳定的技术支持和优质的客户服务,确保用户在使用过程中能够获得及时的帮助和解决问题。 -->
 Discord|海外社媒营销的下一个风口?
Discord|海外社媒营销的下一个风口?
Discord这个软件相信打游戏的各位多少都会有点了解。作为功能上和YY相类似的语音软件,已经逐渐成为各类游戏玩家的青睐。在这里你可以创建属于自己的频道,叫上三五个朋友一起开黑,体验线上五连坐的游戏体验。但Discord可不是我们口中说的美国版YY这么简单。 Discord最初是为了方便人们交流而创立的应用程序。游戏玩家、电影迷和美剧迷、包括NFT创作者和区块链项目都在Discord上装修起一个个属于自己的小家。而在互联网的不断发展中,Discord现如今已经发展成为一种高效的营销工具,其强大的社区的功能已远不止语音交谈这一单一功能了。本文我们将结合市场营销现有的一些概念,带你领略Discord背后的无穷价值。 初代海外社媒营销: 当我们谈及Marketing市场营销,我们大多能想到的就是广告,以广告投放去获得较为多的转化为最终目的。但随着公众利益的变化,市场营销的策略也在不断改变。社交媒体类别的营销是现在更多品牌更为看重的一块流量池。我们可以选择付费营销,当然也可以选择不付费,这正式大多数的品牌所处的阶段。如国内的微博,抖音。又好比海外的Facebook, Instagram等。 但是,当我们深入地了解这些社交媒体的算法时不难发现。人们经常会错过我们的内容,又或者在看到这是一个广告之后就选择离开,其推广的触达率并不显著。其原因其实和初代社交媒体的属性分不开。 我们来打个比方:当你在YouTube上看着喜爱的博主视频,YouTube突然暂停了你的视频,给你插入了品牌方的广告。试问你的心情如何?你会选择安心看完这个广告,对其推广的产品产生了兴趣。还是想尽一切办法去关掉这个烦人的广告?而在不付费的内容上:你更喜欢看那些能娱乐你,充实你生活的内容。还是选择去看一个可能和你毫不相干的品牌贴文?在大数据的加持下,品牌方可能绞尽脑汁的想去获得你这个用户。但选择权仍就在用户手上,用户选择社交媒体的原因更多是为了娱乐和社交。我们也不愿意和一个个客气的“品牌Logo”去对话。 Discord是如何改变营销世界的? Discord又有什么不一样呢?你觉的他的营销手段就像发Email一样,给你特定的社群发送一组消息?谈到Email,这里要插一嘴。其触达率表现也并不优异,你发送的重要通告,新闻稿,打折促销。都有可能在用户还未浏览收之前就已经进了垃圾箱,又或者是和其他数百封未读邮件中等待着缘分的到来。 其实Discord的频道属性很美妙的化解了社交媒体现在的窘境,我们再来打个比方:比如你很喜欢篮球,因此你进入到了这个Discord篮球频道。而在这个频道里又包含了中锋,前锋,后卫这些细分频道。后卫又细分到了控球后卫,得分后卫。但总的来说,这个频道的用户都是喜欢篮球的群体。Discord的属性也拉近了品牌和用户的距离,你们不再是用户和一个个官方的“品牌Logo”对话。取而代之的则是一个个亲近感十足的好兄弟。直播带货中的“家人们”好像就是这一形式哈哈。 因此在Discord 上你可以针对不同频道发送不同的公告消息,使目标用户能够及时获得你的任何更新。他可不像电子邮件一样,淹没在一堆未读邮件中,也不会像社媒贴文一样被忽视。更精准的去区分不同的目标受众这一独特性也注定了Discord Marketing的强大功能。 Discord拓展属性: 自Facebook更名Meta等一系列动作下,2021年被世人称为元宇宙元年。在这一大背景下,更多的社交媒体开始逐渐向元宇宙靠拢。Twitter逐渐成为各类项目方的首选宣发媒体。Discord的属性也被更多项目方所发现,现如今Discord已被广泛运用在区块链领域。Discord事实上已经成为加密货币社区的最大聚集地,学习使用Discord也已经成为了圈内最入门技能。随着未来大量的区块链项目的上线Discord也将获得更加直接的变现手段。 Discord的各类载体已经数不胜数,区块链、游戏开黑、公司办公软件、线上教课。Discord是否能成为海外社媒的下一个风口?还是他已经成为了?这个不是我们能说了算的,但甭管你是想做品牌推广,还是单纯的就想酣畅漓淋的和朋友一起开个黑。选择Discord都是一个不错的选择。 -->
社交媒体

                    100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
100+ Instagram Stats You Need to Know in 2024
It feels like Instagram, more than any other social media platform, is evolving at a dizzying pace. It can take a lot of work to keep up as it continues to roll out new features, updates, and algorithm changes. That‘s where the Instagram stats come in. There’s a lot of research about Instagram — everything from its users' demographics, brand adoption stats, and all the difference between micro and nano influencers. I use this data to inform my marketing strategies and benchmark my efforts. Read on to uncover more social media stats to help you get ideas and improve your Instagram posting strategy. 80+ Instagram Stats Click on a category below to jump to the stats for that category: Instagram's Growth Instagram User Demographics Brand Adoption Instagram Post Content Instagram Posting Strategy Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics Instagram's Growth Usage 1. Instagram is expected to reach 1.44 billion users by 2025. (Statista) 2. The Instagram app currently has over 1.4 billion monthly active users. (Statista) 3. U.S. adults spend an average of 33.1 minutes per day on Instagram in 2024, a 3-minute increase from the year before. (Sprout Social) 4. Instagram ad revenue is anticipated to reach $59.61 billion in 2024. (Oberlo) 5. Instagram’s Threads has over 15 Million monthly active users. (eMarketer) 6. 53.7% of marketers plan to use Instagram reels for influencer marketing in 2024. (eMarketer) 7. 71% of marketers say Instagram is the platform they want to learn about most. (Skillademia) 8. There are an estimated 158.4 million Instagram users in the United States in 2024. (DemandSage) 9. As of January 2024, India has 362.9 million Instagram users, the largest Instagram audience in the world. (Statista) 10. As of January 2024, Instagram is the fourth most popular social media platform globally based on monthly active users. Facebook is first. YouTube and WhatsApp rank second and third. (Statista) https://youtu.be/EyHV8aZFWqg 11. Over 400 million Instagram users use the Stories feature daily. (Keyhole) 12. As of April 2024, the most-liked post on Instagram remains a carousel of Argentine footballer Lionel Messi and his teammates celebrating the 2022 FIFA World Cup win. (FIFA) 13. The fastest-growing content creator on Instagram in 2024 is influencer Danchmerk, who grew from 16k to 1.6 Million followers in 8 months. (Instagram) 14. The most-followed Instagram account as of March 2024 is professional soccer player Cristiano Ronaldo, with 672 million followers. (Forbes) 15. As of April 2024, Instagram’s own account has 627 million followers. (Instagram) Instagram User Demographics 16. Over half of the global Instagram population is 34 or younger. (Statista) 17. As of January 2024, almost 17% of global active Instagram users were men between 18 and 24. (Statista) 18. Instagram’s largest demographics are Millennials and Gen Z, comprising 61.8% of users in 2024. (MixBloom) 19. Instagram is Gen Z’s second most popular social media platform, with 75% of respondents claiming usage of the platform, after YouTube at 80%. (Later) 20. 37.74% of the world’s 5.3 billion active internet users regularly access Instagram. (Backlinko) 21. In January 2024, 55% of Instagram users in the United States were women, and 44% were men. (Statista) 22. Only 7% of Instagram users in the U.S. belong to the 13 to 17-year age group. (Statista) 23. Only 5.7% of Instagram users in the U.S. are 65+ as of 2024. (Statista) 24. Only 0.2% of Instagram users are unique to the platform. Most use Instagram alongside Facebook (80.8%), YouTube (77.4%), and TikTok (52.8%). (Sprout Social) 25. Instagram users lean slightly into higher tax brackets, with 47% claiming household income over $75,000. (Hootsuite) 26. Instagram users worldwide on Android devices spend an average of 29.7 minutes per day (14 hours 50 minutes per month) on the app. (Backlinko) 27. 73% of U.S. teens say Instagram is the best way for brands to reach them. (eMarketer) 28. 500 million+ accounts use Instagram Stories every day. (Facebook) 29. 35% of music listeners in the U.S. who follow artists on Facebook and Instagram do so to connect with other fans or feel like part of a community. (Facebook) 30. The average Instagram user spends 33 minutes a day on the app. (Oberlo) 31. 45% of people in urban areas use Instagram, while only 25% of people in rural areas use the app. (Backlinko) 32. Approximately 85% of Instagram’s user base is under the age of 45. (Statista) 33. As of January 2024, the largest age group on Instagram is 18-24 at 32%, followed by 30.6% between ages 25-34. (Statista) 34. Globally, the platform is nearly split down the middle in terms of gender, with 51.8% male and 48.2% female users. (Phyllo) 35. The numbers differ slightly in the U.S., with 56% of users aged 13+ being female and 44% male. (Backlinko) 36. As of January 2024, Instagram is most prevalent in India, with 358.55 million users, followed by the United States (158.45 million), Brazil (122.9 million), Indonesia (104.8 million), and Turkey (56.7 million). (Backlinko) 37. 49% of Instagram users are college graduates. (Hootsuite) 38. Over 1.628 Billion Instagram users are reachable via advertising. (DataReportal) 39. As of January 2024, 20.3% of people on Earth use Instagram. (DataReportal) Brand Adoption 40. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use it in 2024. (Sprout Social) 41. 29% of marketers plan to invest the most in Instagram out of any social media platform in 2023. (Statista) 42. Regarding brand safety, 86% of marketers feel comfortable advertising on Instagram. (Upbeat Agency) 43. 24% of marketers plan to invest in Instagram, the most out of all social media platforms, in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 44. 70% of shopping enthusiasts turn to Instagram for product discovery. (Omnicore Agency) 45. Marketers saw the highest engagement rates on Instagram from any other platform in 2024. (Hootsuite) 46. 29% of marketers say Instagram is the easiest platform for working with influencers and creators. (Statista) 47. 68% of marketers reported that Instagram generates high levels of ROI. (LIKE.TG) 48. 21% of marketers reported that Instagram yielded the most significant ROI in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 49. 52% of marketers plan to increase their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 50. In 2024, 42% of marketers felt “very comfortable” advertising on Instagram, and 40% responded “somewhat comfortable.” (LIKE.TG) 51. Only 6% of marketers plan to decrease their investment in Instagram in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 52. 39% of marketers plan to leverage Instagram for the first time in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 53. 90% of people on Instagram follow at least one business. (Instagram) 54. 50% of Instagram users are more interested in a brand when they see ads for it on Instagram. (Instagram) 55. 18% of marketers believe that Instagram has the highest growth potential of all social apps in 2024. (LIKE.TG) 56. 1 in 4 marketers say Instagram provides the highest quality leads from any social media platform. (LIKE.TG) 57. Nearly a quarter of marketers (23%) say that Instagram results in the highest engagement levels for their brand compared to other platforms. (LIKE.TG) 58. 46% of marketers leverage Instagram Shops. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Shops, 50% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 59. 41% of marketers leverage Instagram Live Shopping. Of the marketers who leverage Instagram Live Shopping, 51% report high ROI. (LIKE.TG) 60. Education and Health and Wellness industries experience the highest engagement rates. (Hootsuite) 61. 67% of users surveyed have “swiped up” on the links of branded Stories. (LIKE.TG) 62. 130 million Instagram accounts tap on a shopping post to learn more about products every month. (Omnicore Agency) Instagram Post Content 63. Engagement for static photos has decreased by 44% since 2019, when Reels debuted. (Later) 64. The average engagement rate for photo posts is .059%. (Social Pilot) 65. The average engagement rate for carousel posts is 1.26% (Social Pilot) 66. The average engagement rate for Reel posts is 1.23% (Social Pilot) 67. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the best in-app search capabilities. (LIKE.TG) 68. The most popular Instagram Reel is from Samsung and has over 1 billion views. (Lifestyle Asia) 69. Marketers rank Instagram as the platform with the most accurate algorithm, followed by Facebook. (LIKE.TG) 70. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the most significant ROI when selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 71. Instagram Reels with the highest engagement rates come from accounts with fewer than 5000 followers, with an average engagement rate of 3.79%. (Social Pilot) 72. A third of marketers say Instagram offers the best tools for selling products directly within the app. (LIKE.TG) 73. Over 100 million people watch Instagram Live every day. (Social Pilot) 74. 70% of users watch Instagram stories daily. (Social Pilot) 75. 50% of people prefer funny Instagram content, followed by creative and informative posts. (Statista) 76. Instagram Reels are the most popular post format for sharing via DMs. (Instagram) 77. 40% of Instagram users post stories daily. (Social Pilot) 78. An average image on Instagram gets 23% more engagement than one published on Facebook. (Business of Apps) 79. The most geo-tagged city in the world is Los Angeles, California, and the tagged location with the highest engagement is Coachella, California. (LIKE.TG) Instagram Posting Strategy 80. The best time to post on Instagram is between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. on weekdays. (Social Pilot) 81. Posts with a tagged location result in 79% higher engagement than posts without a tagged location. (Social Pilot) 82. 20% of users surveyed post to Instagram Stories on their business account more than once a week. (LIKE.TG) 83. 44% of users surveyed use Instagram Stories to promote products or services. (LIKE.TG) 84. One-third of the most viewed Stories come from businesses. (LIKE.TG) 85. More than 25 million businesses use Instagram to reach and engage with audiences. (Omnicore Agency) 86. 69% of U.S. marketers plan to spend most of their influencer budget on Instagram. (Omnicore Agency) 87. The industry that had the highest cooperation efficiency with Instagram influencers was healthcare, where influencer posts were 4.2x more efficient than brand posts. (Emplifi) 88. Instagram is now the most popular social platform for following brands. (Marketing Charts) Instagram Influencer Marketing Statistics 89. Instagram is the top platform for influencer marketing, with 80.8% of marketers planning to use the platform for such purposes in 2024 (Oberlo) 90. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) comprise most of Instagram’s influencer population, at 65.4%. (Statista) 91. Micro-influencers (10,000 to 50,000 followers) account for 27.73% (Socially Powerful) 92. Mid-tier influencers (50,000 to 500,000 followers) account for 6.38% (Socially Powerful) 93. Nano-influencers (1,000 to 10,000 followers) have the highest engagement rate at 5.6% (EmbedSocial) 94. Mega-influencers and celebrities with more than 1 million followers account for 0.23%. (EmbedSocial) 95. 77% of Instagram influencers are women. (WPBeginner) 96. 30% of markers say that Instagram is their top channel for ROI in influencer marketing (Socially Powerful) 97. 25% of sponsored posts on Instagram are related to fashion (Socially Powerful) 98. The size of the Instagram influencer marketing industry is expected to reach $22.2 billion by 2025. (Socially Powerful) 99. On average, Instagram influencers charge $418 for a sponsored post in 2024, approximately 15.17%​​​​​​​ higher than in 2023. (Collabstr) 100. Nano-influencers charge between $10-$100 per Instagram post. (ClearVoice) 101. Celebrities and macro influencers charge anywhere from $10,000 to over $1 million for a single Instagram post in 2024. (Shopify) 102. Brands can expect to earn $4.12 of earned media value for each $1 spent on Instagram influencer marketing. (Shopify) The landscape of Instagram is vast and ever-expanding. However, understanding these key statistics will ensure your Instagram strategy is well-guided and your marketing dollars are allocated for maximum ROI. There’s more than just Instagram out there, of course. So, download the free guide below for the latest Instagram and Social Media trends.

                    130 Instagram Influencers You Need To Know About in 2022
130 Instagram Influencers You Need To Know About in 2022
In 2021, marketers that used influencer marketing said the trend resulted in the highest ROI. In fact, marketers have seen such success from influencer marketing that 86% plan to continue investing the same amount or increase their investments in the trend in 2022. But, if you’ve never used an influencer before, the task can seem daunting — who’s truly the best advocate for your brand? Here, we’ve cultivated a list of the most popular influencers in every industry — just click on one of the links below and take a look at the top influencers that can help you take your business to the next level: Top Food Influencers on Instagram Top Travel Influencers on Instagram Top Fashion Style Influencers on Instagram Top Photography Influencers on Instagram Top Lifestyle Influencers on Instagram Top Design Influencers on Instagram Top Beauty Influencers on Instagram Top Sport Fitness Influencers on Instagram Top Influencers on Instagram Top Food Influencers on Instagram Jamie Oliver (9.1M followers) ladyironchef (620k followers) Megan Gilmore (188k followers) Ashrod (104k followers) David Chang (1.7M followers) Ida Frosk (299k followers) Lindsey Silverman Love (101k followers) Nick N. (60.5k followers) Molly Tavoletti (50.1k followers) Russ Crandall (39.1k followers) Dennis the Prescott (616k followers) The Pasta Queen (1.5M followers) Thalia Ho (121k followers) Molly Yeh (810k followers) C.R Tan (59.4k followers) Michaela Vais (1.2M followers) Nicole Cogan (212k followers) Minimalist Baker (2.1M followers) Yumna Jawad (3.4M followers) Top Travel Influencers on Instagram Annette White (100k followers) Matthew Karsten (140k followers) The Points Guy (668k followers) The Blonde Abroad (520k followers) Eric Stoen (330k followers) Kate McCulley (99k followers) The Planet D (203k followers) Andrew Evans (59.9k followers) Jack Morris (2.6M followers) Lauren Bullen (2.1M followers) The Bucket List Family (2.6M followers) Fat Girls Traveling (55K followers) Tara Milk Tea (1.3M followers) Top Fashion Style Influencers on Instagram Alexa Chung (5.2M followers) Julia Berolzheimer (1.3M followers) Johnny Cirillo (719K followers) Chiara Ferragni (27.2M followers) Jenn Im (1.7M followers) Ada Oguntodu (65.1k followers) Emma Hill (826k followers) Gregory DelliCarpini Jr. (141k followers) Nicolette Mason (216k followers) Majawyh (382k followers) Garance Doré (693k followers) Ines de la Fressange (477k followers) Madelynn Furlong (202k followers) Giovanna Engelbert (1.4M followers) Mariano Di Vaio (6.8M followers) Aimee Song (6.5M followers) Danielle Bernstein (2.9M followers) Gabi Gregg (910k followers) Top Photography Influencers on Instagram Benjamin Lowy (218k followers) Michael Yamashita (1.8M followers) Stacy Kranitz (101k followers) Jimmy Chin (3.2M followers) Gueorgui Pinkhassov (161k followers) Dustin Giallanza (5.2k followers) Lindsey Childs (31.4k followers) Edith W. Young (24.9k followers) Alyssa Rose (9.6k followers) Donjay (106k followers) Jeff Rose (80.1k followers) Pei Ketron (728k followers) Paul Nicklen (7.3M followers) Jack Harries (1.3M followers) İlhan Eroğlu (852k followers) Top Lifestyle Influencers on Instagram Jannid Olsson Delér (1.2 million followers) Oliver Proudlock (691k followers) Jeremy Jacobowitz (434k followers) Jay Caesar (327k followers) Jessie Chanes (329k followers) Laura Noltemeyer (251k followers) Adorian Deck (44.9k followers) Hind Deer (547k followers) Gloria Morales (146k followers) Kennedy Cymone (1.6M followers) Sydney Leroux Dwyer (1.1M followers) Joanna Stevens Gaines (13.6M followers) Lilly Singh (11.6M followers) Rosanna Pansino (4.4M followers) Top Design Influencers on Instagram Marie Kondo (4M followers) Ashley Stark Kenner (1.2M followers) Casa Chicks (275k followers) Paulina Jamborowicz (195k followers) Kasia Będzińska (218k followers) Jenni Kayne (500k followers) Will Taylor (344k followers) Studio McGee (3.3M followers) Mandi Gubler (207k followers) Natalie Myers (51.6k followers) Grace Bonney (840k followers) Saudah Saleem (25.3k followers) Niña Williams (196k followers) Top Beauty Influencers on Instagram Michelle Phan (1.9M followers) Shaaanxo (1.3M followers) Jeffree Star (13.7M followers) Kandee Johnson (2M followers) Manny Gutierrez (4M followers) Naomi Giannopoulos (6.2M followers) Samantha Ravndahl (2.1M followers) Huda Kattan (50.5M followers) Wayne Goss (703k followers) Zoe Sugg (9.3M followers) James Charles (22.9M followers) Shayla Mitchell (2.9M followers) Top Sport Fitness Influencers on Instagram Massy Arias (2.7M followers) Eddie Hall (3.3M followers) Ty Haney (92.6k followers) Hannah Bronfman (893k followers) Kenneth Gallarzo (331k followers) Elisabeth Akinwale (113k followers) Laura Large (75k followers) Akin Akman (82.3k followers) Sjana Elise Earp (1.4M followers) Cassey Ho (2.3M followers) Kayla Itsines (14.5M followers) Jen Selter (13.4M followers) Simeon Panda (8.1M followers) Top Instagram InfluencersJamie OliverDavid ChangJack Morris and Lauren BullenThe Bucket List FamilyChiara FerragniAlexa ChungJimmy ChinJannid Olsson DelérGrace BonneyHuda KattanZoe SuggSjana Elise EarpMassy Arias 1. Jamie Oliver Jamie Oliver, a world-renowned chef and restaurateur, is Instagram famous for his approachable and delicious-looking cuisine. His page reflects a mix of food pictures, recipes, and photos of his family and personal life. His love of beautiful food and teaching others to cook is clearly evident, which must be one of the many reasons why he has nearly seven million followers. 2. David Chang Celebrity chef David Chang is best known for his world-famous restaurants and big personality. Chang was a judge on Top Chef and created his own Netflix show called Ugly Delicious, both of which elevated his popularity and likely led to his huge followership on Instagram. Most of his feed is filled with food videos that will make you drool. View this post on Instagram 3. Jack Morris and Lauren Bullen Travel bloggers Jack Morris (@jackmorris) and Lauren Bullen (@gypsea_lust)have dream jobs -- the couple travels to some of the most beautiful places around the world and documents their trips on Instagram. They have developed a unique and recognizable Instagram aesthetic that their combined 4.8 million Instagram followers love, using the same few filters and posting the most striking travel destinations. View this post on Instagram 4. The Bucket List Family The Gee family, better known as the Bucket List Family, travel around the world with their three kids and post videos and images of their trips to YouTube and Instagram. They are constantly sharing pictures and stories of their adventures in exotic places. This nomad lifestyle is enjoyed by their 2.6 million followers. View this post on Instagram 5. Chiara Ferragni Chiara Ferragni is an Italian fashion influencer who started her blog The Blonde Salad to share tips, photos, and clothing lines. Ferragni has been recognized as one of the most influential people of her generation, listed on Forbes’ 30 Under 30 and the Bloglovin’ Award Blogger of the Year. 6. Alexa Chung Model and fashion designer Alexa Chung is Instagram famous for her elegant yet charming style and photos. After her modeling career, she collaborated with many brands like Mulberry and Madewell to create her own collection, making a name for herself in the fashion world. Today, she shares artistic yet fun photos with her 5.2 million Instagram followers. 7. Jimmy Chin Jimmy Chin is an award-winning professional photographer who captures high-intensity shots of climbing expeditions and natural panoramas. He has won multiple awards for his work, and his 3.2 million Instagram followers recognize him for his talent. 8. Jannid Olsson Delér Jannid Olsson Delér is a lifestyle and fashion blogger that gathered a huge social media following for her photos of outfits, vacations, and her overall aspirational life. Her 1.2 million followers look to her for travel and fashion inspirations. 9. Grace Bonney Design*Sponge is a design blog authored by Grace Bonney, an influencer recognized by the New York Times, Forbes, and other major publications for her impact on the creative community. Her Instagram posts reflect her elegant yet approachable creative advice, and nearly a million users follow her account for her bright and charismatic feed. 10. Huda Kattan Huda Kattan took the beauty world by storm -- her Instagram began with makeup tutorials and reviews and turned into a cosmetics empire. Huda now has 1.3 million Instagram followers and a company valued at $1.2 billion. Her homepage is filled with makeup videos and snaps of her luxury lifestyle. View this post on Instagram 11. Zoe Sugg Zoe Sugg runs a fashion, beauty, and lifestyle blog and has nearly 10 million followers on Instagram. She also has an incredibly successful YouTube channel and has written best-selling books on the experience of viral bloggers. Her feed consists mostly of food, her pug, selfies, and trendy outfits. View this post on Instagram 12. Sjana Elise Earp Sjana Elise Earp is a lifestyle influencer who keeps her Instagram feed full of beautiful photos of her travels. She actively promotes yoga and healthy living to her 1.4 million followers, becoming an advocate for an exercise program called SWEAT. 13. Massy Arias Personal trainer Massy Arias is known for her fitness videos and healthy lifestyle. Her feed aims to inspire her 2.6 million followers to keep training and never give up on their health. Arias has capitalized on fitness trends on Instagram and proven to both herself and her followers that exercise can improve all areas of your life. View this post on Instagram

                    24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
24 Stunning Instagram Themes (& How to Borrow Them for Your Own Feed)
Nowadays, Instagram is often someone's initial contact with a brand, and nearly half of its users shop on the platform each week. If it's the entryway for half of your potential sales, don't you want your profile to look clean and inviting? Taking the time to create an engaging Instagram feed aesthetic is one of the most effective ways to persuade someone to follow your business's Instagram account or peruse your posts. You only have one chance to make a good first impression — so it's critical that you put effort into your Instagram feed. Finding the perfect place to start is tough — where do you find inspiration? What color scheme should you use? How do you organize your posts so they look like a unit? We know you enjoy learning by example, so we've compiled the answers to all of these questions in a list of stunning Instagram themes. We hope these inspire your own feed's transformation. But beware, these feeds are so desirable, you'll have a hard time choosing just one. What is an Instagram theme?An instagram theme is a visual aesthetic created by individuals and brands to achieve a cohesive look on their Instagram feeds. Instagram themes help social media managers curate different types of content into a digital motif that brings a balanced feel to the profile. Tools to Create Your Own Instagram Theme Creating a theme on your own requires a keen eye for detail. When you’re editing several posts a week that follow the same theme, you’ll want to have a design tool handy to make that workflow easier. Pre-set filters, color palettes, and graphic elements are just a few of the features these tools use, but if you have a sophisticated theme to maintain, a few of these tools include advanced features like video editing and layout previews. Here are our top five favorite tools to use when editing photos for an Instagram theme. 1. VSCO Creators look to VSCO when they want to achieve the most unique photo edits. This app is one of the top-ranked photo editing tools among photographers because it includes advanced editing features without needing to pull out all the stops in Photoshop. If you’re in a hurry and want to create an Instagram theme quickly, use one of the 200+ VSCO presets including name-brand designs by Kodak, Agfa, and Ilford. If you’ll be including video as part of your content lineup on Instagram, you can use the same presets from the images so every square of content blends seamlessly into the next no matter what format it’s in. 2. FaceTune2 FaceTune2 is a powerful photo editing app that can be downloaded on the App Store or Google Play. The free version of the app includes all the basic editing features like brightness, lighting, cropping, and filters. The pro version gives you more detailed control over retouching and background editing. For video snippets, use FaceTune Video to make detailed adjustments right from your mobile device — you’ll just need to download the app separately for that capability. If you’re starting to test whether an Instagram theme is right for your brand, FaceTune2 is an affordable tool worth trying. 3. Canva You know Canva as a user-friendly and free option to create graphics, but it can be a powerful photo editing tool to curate your Instagram theme. For more abstract themes that mix imagery with graphic art, you can add shapes, textures, and text to your images. Using the photo editor, you can import your image and adjust the levels, add filters, and apply unique effects to give each piece of content a look that’s unique to your brand. 4. Adobe Illustrator Have you ever used Adobe Illustrator to create interesting overlays and tints for images? You can do the same thing to develop your Instagram theme. Traditionally, Adobe Illustrator is the go-to tool to create vectors and logos, but this software has some pretty handy features for creating photo filters and designs. Moreover, you can layout your artboards in an Instagram-style grid to see exactly how each image will appear in your feed. 5. Photoshop Photoshop is the most well-known photo editing software, and it works especially well for creating Instagram themes. If you have the capacity to pull out all the stops and tweak every detail, Photoshop will get the job done. Not only are the editing, filter, and adjustment options virtually limitless, Photoshop is great for batch processing the same edits across several images in a matter of seconds. You’ll also optimize your workflow by using photoshop to edit the composition, alter the background, and remove any unwanted components of an image without switching to another editing software to add your filter. With Photoshop, you have complete control over your theme which means you won’t have to worry about your profile looking exactly like someone else’s. Instagram ThemesTransitionBlack and WhiteBright ColorsMinimalistOne ColorTwo ColorsPastelsOne ThemePuzzleUnique AnglesText OnlyCheckerboardBlack or White BordersSame FilterFlatlaysVintageRepetitionMix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical BordersQuotesDark ColorsRainbowDoodleTextLinesAnglesHorizontal Lines 1. Transition If you aren’t set on one specific Instagram theme, consider the transition theme. With this aesthetic, you can experiment with merging colors every couple of images. For example, you could start with a black theme and include beige accents in every image. From there, gradually introduce the next color, in this case, blue. Eventually, you’ll find that your Instagram feed will seamlessly transition between the colors you choose which keeps things interesting without straying from a cohesive look and feel. 2. Black and White A polished black and white theme is a good choice to evoke a sense of sophistication. The lack of color draws you into the photo's main subject and suggests a timeless element to your business. @Lisedesmet's black and white feed, for instance, focuses the user’s gaze on the image's subject, like the black sneakers or white balloon. 3. Bright Colors If your company's brand is meant to imply playfulness or fun, there's probably no better way than to create a feed full of bright colors. Bright colors are attention-grabbing and lighthearted, which could be ideal for attracting a younger audience. @Aww.sam's feed, for instance, showcases someone who doesn't take herself too seriously. 4. Minimalist For an artsier edge, consider taking a minimalist approach to your feed, like @emwng does. The images are inviting and slightly whimsical in their simplicity, and cultivate feelings of serenity and stability. The pup pics only add wholesomeness to this minimalist theme. Plus, minimalist feeds are less distracting by nature, so it can be easier to get a true sense of the brand from the feed alone, without clicking on individual posts. 5. One Color One of the easiest ways to pick a theme for your feed is to choose one color and stick to it — this can help steer your creative direction, and looks clean and cohesive from afar. It's particularly appealing if you choose an aesthetically pleasing and calm color, like the soft pink used in the popular hashtag #blackwomeninpink. 6. Two Colors If you're interested in creating a highly cohesive feed but don't want to stick to the one-color theme, consider trying two. Two colors can help your feed look organized and clean — plus, if you choose branded colors, it can help you create cohesion between your other social media sites the website itself. I recommend choosing two contrasting colors for a punchy look like the one shown in @Dreaming_outloud’s profile. 7. Pastels Similar to the one-color idea, it might be useful to choose one color palette for your feed, like @creativekipi's use of pastels. Pastels, in particular, often used for Easter eggs or cupcake decorations, appear childlike and cheerful. Plus, they're captivating and unexpected. 8. One Subject As evident from @mustdoflorida's feed (and username), it's possible to focus your feed on one singular object or idea — like beach-related objects and activities in Florida. If you're aiming to showcase your creativity or photography skills, it could be compelling to create a feed where each post follows one theme. 9. Puzzle Creating a puzzle out of your feed is complicated and takes some planning, but can reap big rewards in terms of uniqueness and engaging an audience. @Juniperoats’ posts, for instance, make the most sense when you look at it from the feed, rather than individual posts. It's hard not to be both impressed and enthralled by the final result, and if you post puzzle piece pictures individually, you can evoke serious curiosity from your followers. 10. Unique Angles Displaying everyday items and activities from unexpected angles is sure to draw attention to your Instagram feed. Similar to the way lines create a theme, angles use direction to create interest. Taking an image of different subjects from similar angles can unite even the most uncommon photos into a consistent theme. 11. Text Only A picture is worth a thousand words, but how many pictures is a well-designed quote worth? Confident Woman Co. breaks the rules of Instagram that say images should have a face in them to get the best engagement. Not so with this Instagram theme. The bright colors and highlighted text make this layout aesthetically pleasing both in the Instagram grid format and as a one-off post on the feed. Even within this strict text-only theme, there’s still room to break up the monotony with a type-treated font and textured background like the last image does in the middle row. 12. Checkerboard If you're not a big fan of horizontal or vertical lines, you might try a checkerboard theme. Similar to horizontal lines, this theme allows you to alternate between content and images or colors as seen in @thefemalehustlers’ feed. 13. Black or White Borders While it is a bit jarring to have black or white borders outlining every image, it definitely sets your feed apart from everyone else's. @Beautifulandyummy, for instance, uses black borders to draw attention to her images, and the finished feed looks both polished and sophisticated. This theme will likely be more successful if you're aiming to sell fashion products or want to evoke an edgier feel for your brand. 14. Same Filter If you prefer uniformity, you'll probably like this Instagram theme, which focuses on using the same filter (or set of filters) for every post. From close up, this doesn't make much difference on your images, but from afar, it definitely makes the feed appear more cohesive. @marianna_hewitt, for example, is able to make her posts of hair, drinks, and fashion seem more refined and professional, simply by using the same filter for all her posts. 15. Flatlays If your primary goal with Instagram is to showcase your products, you might want a Flatlay theme. Flatlay is an effective way to tell a story simply by arranging objects in an image a certain way and makes it easier to direct viewers' attention to a product. As seen in @thedailyedited's feed, a flatlay theme looks fresh and modern. 16. Vintage If it aligns with your brand, vintage is a creative and striking aesthetic that looks both artsy and laid-back. And, while "vintage" might sound a little bit vague, it's easy to conjure. Simply try a filter like Slumber or Aden (built into Instagram), or play around with a third-party editing tool to find a soft, hazy filter that makes your photos look like they were taken from an old polaroid camera. 17. Repetition In @girleatworld's Instagram account, you can count on one thing to remain consistent throughout her feed: she's always holding up food in her hand. This type of repetition looks clean and engaging, and as a follower, it means I always recognize one of her posts as I'm scrolling through my own feed. Consider how you might evoke similar repetition in your own posts to create a brand image all your own. 18. Mix-and-match Horizontal and Vertical Borders While this admittedly requires some planning, the resulting feed is incredibly eye-catching and unique. Simply use the Preview app and choose two different white borders, Vela and Sole, to alternate between horizontal and vertical borders. The resulting feed will look spaced out and clean. 19. Quotes If you're a writer or content creator, you might consider creating an entire feed of quotes, like @thegoodquote feed, which showcases quotes on different mediums, ranging from paperback books to Tweets. Consider typing your quotes and changing up the color of the background, or handwriting your quotes and placing them near interesting objects like flowers or a coffee mug. 20. Dark Colors @JackHarding 's nature photos are nothing short of spectacular, and he highlights their beauty by filtering with a dark overtone. To do this, consider desaturating your content and using filters with cooler colors, like greens and blues, rather than warm ones. The resulting feed looks clean, sleek, and professional. 21. Rainbow One way to introduce color into your feed? Try creating a rainbow by slowly progressing your posts through the colors of the rainbow, starting at red and ending at purple (and then, starting all over again). The resulting feed is stunning. 22. Doodle Most people on Instagram stick to photos and filters, so to stand out, you might consider adding drawings or cartoon doodles on top of (or replacing) regular photo posts. This is a good idea if you're an artist or a web designer and want to draw attention to your artistic abilities — plus, it's sure to get a smile from your followers, like these adorable doodles shown below by @josie.doodles. 23. Content Elements Similar elements in your photos can create an enticing Instagram theme. In this example by The Container Store Custom Closets, the theme uses shelves or clothes in each image to visually bring the feed together. Rather than each photo appearing as a separate room, they all combine to create a smooth layout that displays The Container Store’s products in a way that feels natural to the viewer. 24. Structural Lines Something about this Instagram feed feels different, doesn’t it? Aside from the content focusing on skyscrapers, the lines of the buildings in each image turn this layout into a unique theme. If your brand isn’t in the business of building skyscrapers, you can still implement a theme like this by looking for straight or curved lines in the photos your capture. The key to creating crisp lines from the subjects in your photos is to snap them in great lighting and find symmetry in the image wherever possible. 25. Horizontal Lines If your brand does well with aligning photography with content, you might consider organizing your posts in a thoughtful way — for instance, creating either horizontal or vertical lines, with your rows alternating between colors, text, or even subject distance. @mariahb.makeup employs this tactic, and her feed looks clean and intriguing as a result. How to Create an Instagram Theme 1. Choose a consistent color palette. One major factor of any Instagram theme is consistency. For instance, you wouldn't want to regularly change your theme from black-and-white to rainbow — this could confuse your followers and damage your brand image. Of course, a complete company rebrand might require you to shift your Instagram strategy, but for the most part, you want to stay consistent with the types of visual content you post on Instagram. For this reason, you'll need to choose a color palette to adhere to when creating an Instagram theme. Perhaps you choose to use brand colors. LIKE.TG's Instagram, for instance, primarily uses blues, oranges, and teal, three colors prominently displayed on LIKE.TG's website and products. Alternatively, maybe you choose one of the themes listed above, such as black-and-white. Whatever the case, to create an Instagram theme, it's critical you stick to a few colors throughout all of your content. 2. Use the same filter for each post, or edit each post similarly. As noted above, consistency is a critical element in any Instagram theme, so you'll want to find your favorite one or two filters and use them for each of your posts. You can use Instagram's built-in filters, or try an editing app like VSCO or Snapseed. Alternatively, if you're going for a minimalist look, you might skip filters entirely and simply use a few editing features, like contrast and exposure. Whatever you choose, though, you'll want to continue to edit each of your posts similarly to create a cohesive feed. 3. Use a visual feed planner to plan posts far in advance. It's vital that you plan your Instagram posts ahead of time for a few different reasons, including ensuring you post a good variety of content and that you post it during a good time of day. Additionally, when creating an Instagram theme, you'll need to plan posts in advance to figure out how they fit together — like puzzle pieces, your individual pieces of content need to reinforce your theme as a whole. To plan posts far in advance and visualize how they reinforce your theme, you'll want to use a visual Instagram planner like Later or Planoly. Best of all, you can use these apps to preview your feed and ensure your theme is looking the way you want it to look before you press "Publish" on any of your posts. 4. Don't lock yourself into a theme you can't enjoy for the long haul. In middle school, I often liked to change my "look" — one day I aimed for preppy, and the next I chose a more athletic look. Of course, as I got older, I began to understand what style I could stick with for the long haul and started shopping for clothes that fit my authentic style so I wasn't constantly purchasing new clothes and getting sick of them a few weeks later. Similarly, you don't want to choose an Instagram theme you can't live with for a long time. Your Instagram theme should be an accurate reflection of your brand, and if it isn't, it probably won't last. Just because rainbow colors sound interesting at the get-go doesn't mean it's a good fit for your company's social media aesthetic as a whole. When in doubt, choose a more simple theme that provides you the opportunity to get creative and experiment without straying too far off-theme. How to Use an Instagram Theme on Your Profile 1. Choose what photos you want to post before choosing your theme. When you start an Instagram theme, there are so many options to choose from. Filters, colors, styles, angles — the choices are endless. But it’s important to keep in mind that these things won’t make your theme stand out. The content is still the star of the show. If the images aren’t balanced on the feed, your theme will look like a photo dump that happens to have the same filter on it. To curate the perfect Instagram theme, choose what photos you plan to post before choosing a theme. I highly recommend laying these photos out in a nine-square grid as well so you can see how the photos blend together. 2. Don’t forget the captions. Sure, no one is going to see the captions of your Instagram photos when they’re looking at your theme in the grid-view, but they will see them when you post each photo individually. There will be times when an image you post may be of something abstract, like the corner of a building, an empty suitcase, or a pair of sunglasses. On their own, these things might not be so interesting, but a thoughtful caption that ties the image to your overall theme can help keep your followers engaged when they might otherwise check out and keep scrolling past your profile. If you’re having a bit of writer’s block, check out these 201 Instagram captions for every type of post. 3. Switch up your theme with color blocks. Earlier, we talked about choosing a theme that you can commit to for the long haul. But there’s an exception to that rule — color transitions. Some of the best themes aren’t based on a specific color at all. Rather than using the same color palette throughout the Instagram feed, you can have colors blend into one another with each photo. This way, you can include a larger variety of photos without limiting yourself to specific hues. A Cohesive Instagram Theme At Your Fingertips Instagram marketing is more than numbers. As the most visual social media platform today, what you post and how it looks directly affects engagement, followers, and how your brand shows up online. A cohesive Instagram theme can help your brand convey a value proposition, promote a product, or execute a campaign. Colors and filters make beautiful themes, but there are several additional ways to stop your followers mid-scroll with a fun, unified aesthetic. Editor's note: This post was originally published in August 2018 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.
全球代理
 Why do SEO businesses need bulk IP addresses?
Why do SEO businesses need bulk IP addresses?
Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) has become an integral part of businesses competing on the internet. In order to achieve better rankings and visibility in search engine results, SEO professionals use various strategies and techniques to optimise websites. Among them, bulk IP addressing is an important part of the SEO business. In this article, we will delve into why SEO business needs bulk IP addresses and how to effectively utilise bulk IP addresses to boost your website's rankings and traffic.First, why does SEO business need bulk IP address?1. Avoid search engine blocking: In the process of SEO optimisation, frequent requests to search engines may be identified as malicious behaviour, resulting in IP addresses being blocked. Bulk IP addresses can be used to rotate requests to avoid being blocked by search engines and maintain the stability and continuity of SEO activities.2. Geo-targeting optimisation: Users in different regions may search through different search engines or search for different keywords. Bulk IP address can simulate different regions of the user visit, to help companies geo-targeted optimisation, to improve the website in a particular region of the search rankings.3. Multiple Keyword Ranking: A website is usually optimised for multiple keywords, each with a different level of competition. Batch IP address can be used to optimise multiple keywords at the same time and improve the ranking of the website on different keywords.4. Website content testing: Bulk IP address can be used to test the response of users in different regions to the website content, so as to optimise the website content and structure and improve the user experience.5. Data collection and competition analysis: SEO business requires a lot of data collection and competition analysis, and bulk IP address can help enterprises efficiently obtain data information of target websites.Second, how to effectively use bulk IP address for SEO optimisation?1. Choose a reliable proxy service provider: Choose a proxy service provider that provides stable and high-speed bulk IP addresses to ensure the smooth progress of SEO activities.2. Formulate a reasonable IP address rotation strategy: Formulate a reasonable IP address rotation strategy to avoid frequent requests to search engines and reduce the risk of being banned.3. Geo-targeted optimisation: According to the target market, choose the appropriate geographical location of the IP address for geo-targeted optimisation to improve the search ranking of the website in a particular region.4. Keyword Optimisation: Optimise the ranking of multiple keywords through bulk IP addresses to improve the search ranking of the website on different keywords.5. Content Optimisation: Using bulk IP addresses for website content testing, to understand the reaction of users in different regions, optimise website content and structure, and improve user experience.Third, application Scenarios of Bulk IP Address in SEO Business1. Data collection and competition analysis: SEO business requires a large amount of data collection and competition analysis, through bulk IP address, you can efficiently get the data information of the target website, and understand the competitors' strategies and ranking.2. Website Geo-targeting Optimisation: For websites that need to be optimised in different regions, bulk IP addresses can be used to simulate visits from users in different regions and improve the search rankings of websites in specific regions.3. Multi-keyword Ranking Optimisation: Bulk IP addresses can be used to optimise multiple keywords at the same time, improving the ranking of the website on different keywords.4. Content Testing and Optimisation: Bulk IP addresses can be used to test the response of users in different regions to the content of the website, optimise the content and structure of the website, and improve the user experience.Conclusion:In today's competitive Internet environment, SEO optimisation is a key strategy for companies to improve their website ranking and traffic. In order to achieve effective SEO optimisation, bulk IP addresses are an essential tool. By choosing a reliable proxy service provider, developing a reasonable IP address rotation strategy, geo-targeting optimisation and keyword optimisation, as well as conducting content testing and optimisation, businesses can make full use of bulk IP addresses to boost their website rankings and traffic, and thus occupy a more favourable position in the Internet competition.
1. Unlocking the Power of IP with Iproyal: A Comprehensive Guide2. Discovering the World of IP Intelligence with Iproyal3. Boosting Online Security with Iproyal's Cutting-Edge IP Solutions4. Understanding the Importance of IP Management: Exploring
1. Unlocking the Power of IP with Iproyal
A Comprehensive Guide2. Discovering the World of IP Intelligence with Iproyal3. Boosting Online Security with Iproyal's Cutting-Edge IP Solutions4. Understanding the Importance of IP Management
All You Need to Know About IPRoyal - A Reliable Proxy Service ProviderBenefits of Using IPRoyal:1. Enhanced Online Privacy:With IPRoyal, your online activities remain anonymous and protected. By routing your internet traffic through their secure servers, IPRoyal hides your IP address, making it virtually impossible for anyone to track your online behavior. This ensures that your personal information, such as banking details or browsing history, remains confidential.2. Access to Geo-Restricted Content:Many websites and online services restrict access based on your geographical location. IPRoyal helps you overcome these restrictions by providing proxy servers located in various countries. By connecting to the desired server, you can browse the internet as if you were physically present in that location, granting you access to region-specific content and services.3. Improved Browsing Speed:IPRoyal's dedicated servers are optimized for speed, ensuring a seamless browsing experience. By utilizing their proxy servers closer to your location, you can reduce latency and enjoy faster page loading times. This is particularly useful when accessing websites or streaming content that may be slow due to network congestion or geographical distance.Features of IPRoyal:1. Wide Range of Proxy Types:IPRoyal offers different types of proxies to cater to various requirements. Whether you need a datacenter proxy, residential proxy, or mobile proxy, they have you covered. Each type has its advantages, such as higher anonymity, rotational IPs, or compatibility with mobile devices. By selecting the appropriate proxy type, you can optimize your browsing experience.2. Global Proxy Network:With servers located in multiple countries, IPRoyal provides a global proxy network that allows you to choose the location that best suits your needs. Whether you want to access content specific to a particular country or conduct market research, their extensive network ensures reliable and efficient proxy connections.3. User-Friendly Dashboard:IPRoyal's intuitive dashboard makes managing and monitoring your proxy usage a breeze. From here, you can easily switch between different proxy types, select the desired server location, and view important usage statistics. The user-friendly interface ensures that even those with limited technical knowledge can make the most of IPRoyal's services.Conclusion:In a world where online privacy and freedom are increasingly threatened, IPRoyal provides a comprehensive solution to protect your anonymity and enhance your browsing experience. With its wide range of proxy types, global network, and user-friendly dashboard, IPRoyal is suitable for individuals, businesses, and organizations seeking reliable and efficient proxy services. Say goodbye to restrictions and safeguard your online presence with IPRoyal's secure and trusted proxy solutions.
1. Unveiling the World of Proxies: An In-Depth Dive into their Uses and Benefits2. Demystifying Proxies: How They Work and Why You Need Them3. The Power of Proxies: Unlocking a World of Online Possibilities4. Exploring the Role of Proxies in Data S
1. Unveiling the World of Proxies
An In-Depth Dive into their Uses and Benefits2. Demystifying Proxies
Title: Exploring the Role of Proxies in Ensuring Online Security and PrivacyDescription: In this blog post, we will delve into the world of proxies and their significance in ensuring online security and privacy. We will discuss the different types of proxies, their functionalities, and their role in safeguarding our online activities. Additionally, we will explore the benefits and drawbacks of using proxies, and provide recommendations for choosing the right proxy service.IntroductionIn today's digital age, where our lives have become increasingly interconnected through the internet, ensuring online security and privacy has become paramount. While we may take precautions such as using strong passwords and enabling two-factor authentication, another valuable tool in this endeavor is the use of proxies. Proxies play a crucial role in protecting our online activities by acting as intermediaries between our devices and the websites we visit. In this blog post, we will explore the concept of proxies, their functionalities, and how they contribute to enhancing online security and privacy.Understanding Proxies Proxies, in simple terms, are intermediate servers that act as connectors between a user's device and the internet. When we access a website through a proxy server, our request to view the webpage is first routed through the proxy server before reaching the website. This process helps ensure that our IP address, location, and other identifying information are not directly visible to the website we are accessing.Types of Proxies There are several types of proxies available, each with its own purpose and level of anonymity. Here are three common types of proxies:1. HTTP Proxies: These proxies are primarily used for accessing web content. They are easy to set up and can be used for basic online activities such as browsing, but they may not provide strong encryption or complete anonymity.2. SOCKS Proxies: SOCKS (Socket Secure) proxies operate at a lower level than HTTP proxies. They allow for a wider range of internet usage, including applications and protocols beyond just web browsing. SOCKS proxies are popular for activities such as torrenting and online gaming.Benefits and Drawbacks of Using Proxies Using proxies offers several advantages in terms of online security and privacy. Firstly, proxies can help mask our real IP address, making it difficult for websites to track our online activities. This added layer of anonymity can be particularly useful when accessing websites that may track or collect user data for advertising or other purposes.Moreover, proxies can also help bypass geolocation restrictions. By routing our internet connection through a proxy server in a different country, we can gain access to content that may be blocked or restricted in our actual location. This can be particularly useful for accessing streaming services or websites that are limited to specific regions.However, it is important to note that using proxies does have some drawbacks. One potential disadvantage is the reduced browsing speed that can occur when routing internet traffic through a proxy server. Since the proxy server acts as an intermediary, it can introduce additional latency, resulting in slower webpage loading times.Another potential concern with using proxies is the potential for malicious or untrustworthy proxy servers. If we choose a proxy service that is not reputable or secure, our online activities and data could be compromised. Therefore, it is crucial to research and select a reliable proxy service provider that prioritizes user security and privacy.Choosing the Right Proxy Service When selecting a proxy service, there are certain factors to consider. Firstly, it is essential to evaluate the level of security and encryption provided by the proxy service. Look for services that offer strong encryption protocols such as SSL/TLS to ensure that your online activities are protected.Additionally, consider the speed and availability of proxy servers. Opt for proxy service providers that have a wide network of servers in different locations to ensure optimal browsing speed and access to blocked content.Lastly, read user reviews and consider the reputation of the proxy service provider. Look for positive feedback regarding their customer support, reliability, and commitment to user privacy.Conclusion In an era where online security and privacy are of utmost importance, proxies offer a valuable tool for safeguarding our digital lives. By understanding the different types of proxies and their functionalities, we can make informed choices when it comes to selecting the right proxy service. While proxies provide enhanced privacy and security, it is crucial to be mindful of the potential drawbacks and choose reputable proxy service providers to ensure a safe online experience.
云服务
2018年,中小电商企业需要把握住这4个大数据趋势
2018年,中小电商企业需要把握住这4个大数据趋势
新的一年意味着你需要做出新的决定,这当然不仅限于发誓要减肥或者锻炼。商业和技术正飞速发展,你的公司需要及时跟上这些趋势。以下这几个数字能帮你在2018年制定工作规划时提供一定的方向。 人工智能(AI)在过去的12到18个月里一直是最热门的技术之一。11月,在CRM 软件服务提供商Salesforce的Dreamforce大会上,首席执行官Marc Benioff的一篇演讲中提到:Salesforce的人工智能产品Einstein每天都能在所有的云计算中做出了4.75亿次预测。 这个数字是相当惊人的。Einstein是在一年多前才宣布推出的,可现在它正在疯狂地“吐出”预测。而这仅仅是来自一个拥有15万客户的服务商。现在,所有主要的CRM服务商都有自己的人工智能项目,每天可能会产生超过10亿的预测来帮助公司改善客户交互。由于这一模式尚处于发展初期,所以现在是时候去了解能够如何利用这些平台来更有效地吸引客户和潜在客户了。 这一数字来自Facebook于2017年底的一项调查,该调查显示,人们之前往往是利用Messenger来与朋友和家人交流,但现在有越来越多人已经快速习惯于利用该工具与企业进行互动。 Facebook Messenger的战略合作伙伴关系团队成员Linda Lee表示,“人们提的问题有时会围绕特定的服务或产品,因为针对这些服务或产品,他们需要更多的细节或规格。此外,有时还会涉及到处理客户服务问题——或许他们已经购买了一个产品或服务,随后就会出现问题。” 当你看到一个3.3亿人口这个数字时,你必须要注意到这一趋势,因为在2018年这一趋势将很有可能会加速。 据Instagram在11月底发布的一份公告显示,该平台上80%的用户都关注了企业账号,每天有2亿Instagram用户都会访问企业的主页。与此相关的是,Instagram上的企业账号数量已经从7月的1500万增加到了2500万。 根据该公司的数据显示,Instagram上三分之一的小企业表示,他们已经通过该平台建立起了自己的业务;有45%的人称他们的销售额增加了;44%的人表示,该平台帮助了他们在其他城市、州或国家销售产品。 随着视频和图片正在吸引越多人们的注意力,像Instagram这样的网站,对B2C和B2B公司的重要性正在与日俱增。利用Instagram的广泛影响力,小型企业可以用更有意义的方式与客户或潜在客户进行互动。 谈到亚马逊,我们可以列出很多吸引眼球的数字,比如自2011年以来,它向小企业提供了10亿美元的贷款。而且在2017年的网络星期一,亚马逊的当天交易额为65.9亿美元,成为了美国有史以来最大的电商销售日。同时,网络星期一也是亚马逊平台卖家的最大销售日,来自全世界各地的顾客共从这些小企业订购了近1.4亿件商品。 亚马逊表示,通过亚马逊app订购的手机用户数量增长了50%。这也意味着,有相当数量的产品是通过移动设备销售出的。 所有这些大数据都表明,客户与企业的互动在未来将会发生巨大的变化。有些发展会比其他的发展更深入,但这些数字都说明了该领域的变化之快,以及技术的加速普及是如何推动所有这些发展的。 最后,希望这些大数据可以对你的2018年规划有一定的帮助。 (编译/LIKE.TG 康杰炜)
2020 AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会线上举行
2020 AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会线上举行
2020年9月10日至11日,作为一年一度云计算领域的大型科技盛会,2020 AWS技术峰会(https://www.awssummit.cn/) 正式在线上举行。今年的峰会以“构建 超乎所见”为主题,除了展示AWS最新的云服务,探讨前沿云端技术及企业最佳实践外,还重点聚焦垂直行业的数字化转型和创新。AWS宣布一方面加大自身在垂直行业的人力和资源投入,组建行业团队,充分利用AWS的整体优势,以更好的发掘、定义、设计、架构和实施针对垂直行业客户的技术解决方案和场景应用;同时携手百家中国APN合作伙伴发布联合解决方案,重点覆盖金融、制造、汽车、零售与电商、医疗与生命科学、媒体、教育、游戏、能源与电力九大行业,帮助这些行业的客户实现数字化转型,进行数字化创新。峰会期间,亚马逊云服务(AWS)还宣布与毕马威KPMG、神州数码分别签署战略合作关系,推动企业上云和拥抱数字化。 亚马逊全球副总裁、AWS大中华区执董事张文翊表示,“AWS一直致力于不断借助全球领先的云技术、广泛而深入的云服务、成熟和丰富的商业实践、全球的基础设施覆盖,安全的强大保障以及充满活力的合作伙伴网络,加大在中国的投入,助力中国客户的业务创新、行业转型和产业升级。在数字化转型和数字创新成为‘新常态’的今天,我们希望通过AWS技术峰会带给大家行业的最新动态、全球前沿的云计算技术、鲜活的数字创新实践和颇具启发性的文化及管理理念,推动中国企业和机构的数字化转型和创新更上层楼。” 构建场景应用解决方案,赋能合作伙伴和客户 当前,传统企业需要上云,在云上构建更敏捷、更弹性和更安全的企业IT系统,实现数字化转型。同时,在实现上云之后,企业又迫切需要利用现代应用开发、大数据、人工智能与机器学习、容器技术等先进的云技术,解决不断涌现的业务问题,实现数字化创新,推动业务增长。 亚马逊云服务(AWS)大中华区专业服务总经理王承华表示,为了更好的提升行业客户体验,截至目前,AWS在中国已经发展出了数十种行业应用场景及相关的技术解决方案。 以中国区域部署的数字资产管理和云上会议系统两个应用场景解决方案为例。其中,数字资产盘活机器人让客户利用AWS云上资源低成本、批处理的方式标记数字资产,已经在银行、证券、保险领域率先得到客户青睐;AWS上的BigBlueButton,让教育机构或服务商可以在AWS建一套自己的在线会议系统,尤其适合当前急剧增长的在线教育需求。 这些行业应用场景解决方案经过客户验证成熟之后,AWS把它们转化为行业解决方案,赋能APN合作伙伴,拓展给更多的行业用户部署使用。 发布百家APN合作伙伴联合解决方案 打造合作伙伴社区是AWS服务企业客户的一大重点,也是本次峰会的亮点。AWS通过名为APN(AWS合作伙伴网络)的全球合作伙伴计划,面向那些利用AWS为客户构建解决方案的技术和咨询企业,提供业务支持、技术支持和营销支持,从而赋能这些APN合作伙伴,更好地满足各行各业、各种规模客户地需求。 在于9月9日举行的2020 AWS合作伙伴峰会上,AWS中国区生态系统及合作伙伴部总经理汪湧表示,AWS在中国主要从四个方面推进合作伙伴网络的构建。一是加快AWS云服务和功能落地,从而使合作伙伴可以利用到AWS全球最新的云技术和服务来更好地服务客户;二是推动跨区域业务扩展,帮助合作伙伴业务出海,也帮助全球ISV落地中国,同时和区域合作伙伴一起更好地服务国内各区域市场的客户;三是与合作伙伴一起着力传统企业上云迁移;四是打造垂直行业解决方案。 一直以来,AWS努力推动将那些驱动中国云计算市场未来、需求最大的云服务优先落地中国区域。今年上半年,在AWS中国区域已经落地了150多项新服务和功能,接近去年的全年总和。今年4月在中国落地的机器学习服务Amazon SageMaker目前已经被德勤、中科创达、东软、伊克罗德、成都潜在(行者AI)、德比软件等APN合作伙伴和客户广泛采用,用以创新以满足层出不穷的业务需求,推动增长。 联合百家APN合作伙伴解决方案打造垂直行业解决方案是AWS中国区生态系统构建的战略重点。 以汽车行业为例,东软集团基于AWS构建了云原生的汽车在线导航业务(NOS),依托AWS全球覆盖的基础设施、丰富的安全措施和稳定可靠的云平台,实现车规级的可靠性、应用程序的持续迭代、地图数据及路况信息的实时更新,服务中国车企的出海需求。 上海速石科技公司构建了基于AWS云上资源和用户本地算力的一站式交付平台,为那些需要高性能计算、海量算力的客户,提供一站式算力运营解决方案,目标客户涵盖半导体、药物研发、基因分析等领域。利用云上海量的算力,其客户在业务峰值时任务不用排队,极大地提高工作效率,加速业务创新。 外研在线在AWS上构建了Unipus智慧教学解决方案,已经服务于全国1700多家高校、1450万师生。通过将应用部署在AWS,实现SaaS化的交付模式,外研在线搭建了微服务化、自动伸缩的架构,可以自动适应教学应用的波峰波谷,提供稳定、流畅的体验,并且节省成本。 与毕马威KPMG、神州数码签署战略合作 在2020AWS技术峰会和合作伙伴峰会上,AWS还宣布与毕马威、神州数码签署战略合作关系,深化和升级合作。 AWS与毕马威将在中国开展机器学习、人工智能和大数据等领域的深入合作,毕马威将基于AWS云服务,结合其智慧之光系列数字化解决方案,为金融服务、制造业、零售、快消、以及医疗保健和生命科学等行业客户,提供战略规划、风险管理、监管与合规等咨询及实施服务。AWS将与神州数码将在赋能合作伙伴上云转型、全生命周期管理及助力全球独立软件开发商(ISV)落地中国方面展开深入合作,助力中国企业和机构的数字化转型与创新。
2021re:Invent全球大会圆满落幕 亚马逊云科技致敬云计算探路者
2021re
Invent全球大会圆满落幕 亚马逊云科技致敬云计算探路者
本文来源:LIKE.TG 作者:Ralf 全球最重磅的云计算大会,2021亚马逊云科技re:Invent全球大会已圆满落幕。re:Invent大会是亚马逊云科技全面展示新技术、产品、功能和服务的顶级行业会议,今年更是迎来十周年这一里程碑时刻。re:Invent,中文意为重塑,是亚马逊云科技一直以来坚持的“精神内核”。 作为Andy Jassy和新CEO Adam Selipsky 交接后的第一次re:Invent大会,亚马逊云科技用诸多新服务和新功能旗帜鲜明地致敬云计算探路者。 致敬云计算探路者 亚马逊云科技CEO Adam Selipsky盛赞云上先锋客户为“探路者”,他说,“这些客户都有巨大的勇气和魄力通过上云做出改变。他们勇于探索新业务、新模式,积极重塑自己和所在的行业。他们敢于突破边界,探索未知领域。有时候,我们跟客户共同努力推动的这些工作很艰难,但我们喜欢挑战。我们把挑战看作探索未知、发现新机遇的机会。回过头看,每一个这样的机构都是在寻找一条全新的道路。他们是探路者。” Adam 认为,探路者具有三个特征:创新不息,精进不止(Constant pursuit of a better way);独识卓见,领势而行(Ability to see what others don’t);授人以渔,赋能拓新(Enable others to forge their own paths)。 十五年前,亚马逊云科技缔造了云计算概念,彼时IT和基础设施有很大的局限。不仅贵,还反应慢、不灵活,大大限制了企业的创新。亚马逊云科技意识到必须探索一条新的道路,重塑企业IT。 从2006年的Amazon S3开始,IT应用的基础服务,存储、计算、数据库不断丰富。亚马逊云科技走过的15年历程 也是云计算产业发展的缩影。 目前,S3现在存储了超过100万亿个对象,EC2每天启用超过6000万个新实例。包括S3和EC2,亚马逊云科技已经提供了200大类服务,覆盖了计算、存储、网络、安全、数据库、数据分析、人工智能、物联网、混合云等各个领域,甚至包括最前沿的量子计算服务和卫星数据服务 (图:亚马逊全球副总裁、亚马逊云科技大中华区执行董事张文翊) 对于本次大会贯穿始终的探路者主题,亚马逊全球副总裁、亚马逊云科技大中华区执行董事张文翊表示:“大家对这个概念并不陌生,他们不被规则所限,从不安于现状;他们深入洞察,开放视野;还有一类探路者,他们不断赋能他人。我们周围有很多鲜活的例子,无论是科研人员发现新的治疗方案挽救生命,还是为身处黑暗的人带去光明; 无论是寻找新的手段打破物理边界,还是通过云进行独特的创新,探路源源不断。” 技术升级创新不断 本次re:Invent大会,亚马逊云科技发布涵盖计算、物联网、5G、无服务器数据分析、大机迁移、机器学习等方向的多项新服务和功能,为业界带来大量重磅创新服务和产品技术更新,包括发布基于新一代自研芯片Amazon Graviton3的计算实例、帮助大机客户向云迁移的Amazon Mainframe Modernization、帮助企业构建移动专网的Amazon Private 5G、四个亚马逊云科技分析服务套件的无服务器和按需选项以及为垂直行业构建的云服务和解决方案,如构建数字孪生的服务Amazon IoT TwinMaker和帮助汽车厂商构建车联网平台的Amazon IoT FleetWise。 (图:亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部总经理顾凡) 亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部总经理顾凡表示,新一代的自研ARM芯片Graviton3性能有显著提升。针对通用的工作负载,Graviton3比Graviton2的性能提升25%,而专门针对高性能计算里的科学类计算,以及机器学习等这样的负载会做更极致的优化。针对科学类的计算负载,Graviton3的浮点运算性能比Graviton2提升高达2倍;像加密相关的工作负载产生密钥加密、解密,这部分性能比Graviton2会提升2倍,针对机器学习负载可以提升高达3倍。Graviton3实例可以减少多达60%的能源消耗。 新推出的Amazon Private 5G,让企业可以轻松部署和扩展5G专网,按需配置。Amazon Private 5G将企业搭建5G专网的时间从数月降低到几天。客户只需在亚马逊云科技的控制台点击几下,就可以指定想要建立移动专网的位置,以及终端设备所需的网络容量。亚马逊云科技负责交付、维护、建立5G专网和连接终端设备所需的小型基站、服务器、5G核心和无线接入网络(RAN)软件,以及用户身份模块(SIM卡)。Amazon Private 5G可以自动设置和部署网络,并按需根据额外设备和网络流量的增长扩容。 传统工业云化加速 在亚马逊云科技一系列新服务和新功能中,针对传统工业的Amazon IoT TwinMaker和Amazon IoT FleetWise格外引人关注。 就在re:Invent大会前一天。工业和信息化部发布《“十四五”信息化和工业化深度融合发展规划》(《规划》),《规划》明确了到2025年发展的分项目标,其中包括工业互联网平台普及率达45%。 亚马逊云科技布局物联网已经有相当长的时间。包括工业互联网里的绿色产线的维护、产线的质量监控等,在数字孪生完全构建之前,已经逐步在实现应用的实体里面。亚马逊云科技大中华区产品部计算与存储总监周舸表示,“在产线上怎么自动化地去发现良品率的变化,包括Amazon Monitron在产线里面可以直接去用,这些传感器可以监测震动、温度等,通过自动的建模去提早的预测可能会出现的问题,就不用等到灾难发生,而是可以提早去换部件或者加点机油解决潜在问题。” 周舸认为工业互联的场景在加速。但很多中小型的工厂缺乏技术能力。“Amazon IoT TwinMaker做数字孪生的核心,就是让那些没有那么强的能力自己去构建或者去雇佣非常专业的构建的公司,帮他们搭建数字孪生,这个趋势是很明确的,我们也在往这个方向努力。” 对于汽车工业,特别是新能源汽车制造。数据的收集管理已经变得越来越重要。Amazon IoT FleetWise,让汽车制造商更轻松、经济地收集、管理车辆数据,同时几乎实时上传到云端。通过Amazon IoT FleetWise,汽车制造商可以轻松地收集和管理汽车中任何格式的数据(无论品牌、车型或配置),并将数据格式标准化,方便在云上轻松进行数据分析。Amazon IoT FleetWise的智能过滤功能,帮助汽车制造商近乎实时地将数据高效上传到云端,为减少网络流量的使用,该功能也允许开发人员选择需要上传的数据,还可以根据天气条件、位置或汽车类型等参数来制定上传数据的时间规则。当数据进入云端后,汽车制造商就可以将数据应用于车辆的远程诊断程序,分析车队的健康状况,帮助汽车制造商预防潜在的召回或安全问题,或通过数据分析和机器学习来改进自动驾驶和高级辅助驾驶等技术。
全球支付
1210保税备货模式是什么?1210跨境电商中找到适合的第三方支付接口平台
1210保税备货模式是什么?1210跨境电商中找到适合的第三方支付接口平台
  1210保税备货模式是一种跨境电商模式,它允许电商平台在境外仓库存储商品,以便更快、更便宜地满足国内消费者的需求。这种模式的名称“1210”代表了其核心特点,即1天出货、2周入仓、10天达到终端用户。它是中国跨境电商行业中的一种创新模式,为消费者提供了更快速、更便宜的购物体验,同时也促进了国际贸易的发展。   在1210保税备货模式中,电商平台会在国外建立仓库,将商品直接从生产国或供应商处运送到境外仓库进行存储。   由于商品已经在国内仓库存储,当消费者下单时,可以更快速地发货,常常在1天内出货,大大缩短了交付时间。   1210模式中,商品已经进入国内仓库,不再需要跨越国际海运、海关清关等环节,因此物流成本较低。   由于商品直接从生产国或供应商处运送到境外仓库,不需要在国内仓库大量储备库存,因此降低了库存成本。   1210模式可以更精确地控制库存,减少滞销和过期商品,提高了库存周转率。   在实施1210保税备货模式时,选择合适的第三方支付接口平台也是非常重要的,因为支付环节是电商交易中不可或缺的一环。   确保第三方支付接口平台支持国际信用卡支付、外币结算等功能,以便国际消费者能够顺利完成支付。   提供多种支付方式,以满足不同消费者的支付习惯。   第三方支付接口平台必须具备高度的安全性,包含数据加密、反欺诈措施等,以保护消费者的支付信息和资金安全。   了解第三方支付接口平台的跨境结算机制,确保可以顺利将国际销售收入转换为本地货币,并减少汇率风险。   选择一个提供良好技术支持和客户服务的支付接口平台,以应对可能出现的支付问题和故障。   了解第三方支付接口平台的费用结构,包含交易费率、结算费用等,并与自身业务规模和盈利能力相匹配。   确保第三方支付接口平台可以与电商平台进行顺畅的集成,以实现订单管理、库存控制和财务管理的无缝对接。   考虑未来业务扩展的可能性,选择一个具有良好扩展性的支付接口平台,以适应不断增长的交易量和新的市场需求。   在选择适合的第三方支付接口平台时,需要考虑到以上支付功能、安全性、成本、技术支持等因素,并与自身业务需求相匹配。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
2023年德国VAT注册教程有吗?增值税注册注意的事及建议
2023年德国VAT注册教程有吗?增值税注册注意的事及建议
  作为欧洲的经济大国,德国吸引了许多企业在该地区抢占市场。在德国的商务活动涉及增值税(VAT)难题是在所难免的。   1、决定是否务必注册VAT   2023年,德国的增值税注册门槛是前一年销售额超过17500欧。对在德国有固定经营场所的外国企业,不管销售状况怎样,都应开展增值税注册。   2、备好所需的材料   企业注册证实   业务地址及联络信息   德国银行帐户信息   预估销售信息   公司官方文件(依据公司类型可能有所不同)   3、填写申请表   要访问德国税务局的官网,下载并递交增值税注册申请表。确保填好精确的信息,由于不准确的信息可能会致使申请被拒或审计耽误。   4、提交申请   填写申请表后,可以经过电子邮箱把它发给德国税务局,或在某些地区,可以网上申请申请。确保另附全部必须的文件和信息。   5、等待审批   递交了申请,要耐心地等待德国税务局的准许。因为税务局的工作负荷和个人情况,准许时长可能会有所不同。一般,审计可能需要几周乃至几个月。   6、得到VAT号   假如申请获得批准,德国税务局可能授于一个增值税号。这个号码应当是德国增值税申报和支付业务视频的关键标示。   7、逐渐申报和付款   获得了增值税号,你应该根据德国的税收要求逐渐申报和付款。根据规定时间表,递交增值税申请表并缴纳相应的税款。   注意的事和提议   填写申请表时,确保信息精确,避免因错误报告导致审批耽误。   假如不强化对德国税制改革的探索,提议寻求专业税务顾问的支持,以保障申请和后续申报合规。   储存全部申请及有关文件的副本,用以日后的审查和审计。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用
2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用
  在国际贸易和跨境电商领域,注册代理英国增值税(VAT)是一项关键且必要的步骤。2023年,许多企业为了遵守英国的税务法规和合规要求,选择注册代理VAT。   1. 注册代理英国VAT的背景:   英国是一个重要的国际贸易和电商市场,许多企业选择在英国注册VAT,以便更好地服务英国客户,并利用英国的市场机会。代理VAT是指经过一个英国境内的注册代理公司进行VAT申报和纳税,以简化税务流程。   2. 费用因素:   注册代理英国VAT的费用取决于多个因素,包括但不限于:   业务规模: 企业的业务规模和销售额可能会影响注册代理VAT的费用。常常来说,销售额较大的企业可能需要支付更高的费用。   代理公司选择: 不同的注册代理公司可能收取不同的费用。选择合适的代理公司很重要,他们的费用结构可能会因公司而异。   服务范围: 代理公司可能提供不同的服务范围,包括申报、纳税、咨询等。你选择的服务范围可能会影响费用。   附加服务: 一些代理公司可能提供附加服务,如法律咨询、报告生成等,这些服务可能会增加费用。   复杂性: 如果的业务涉及复杂的税务情况或特殊需求,可能需要额外的费用。   3. 典型费用范围:   2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用范围因情况而异,但常常可以在几百英镑到数千英镑之间。对小规模企业,费用可能较低,而对大规模企业,费用可能较高。   4. 寻求报价:   如果计划在2023年注册代理英国VAT,建议与多家注册代理公司联系,获得费用报价。这样可以比较不同公司的费用和提供的服务,选择最适合你需求的代理公司。   5. 其他费用考虑:   除了注册代理VAT的费用,你还应考虑其他可能的费用,如VAT申报期限逾期罚款、税务咨询费用等。保持合规和及时申报可以避免这些额外费用。   6. 合理预算:   在注册代理英国VAT时,制定合理的预算非常重要。考虑到不同因素可能会影响费用,确保有足够的资金来支付这些费用是必要的。   2023年注册代理英国VAT的费用因多个因素而异。了解这些因素,与多家代理公司沟通,获取费用报价,制定合理的预算,会有助于在注册VAT时做出聪明的决策。确保业务合规,并寻求专业税务顾问的建议,以保障一切顺利进行。 本文转载自:https://www.ipaylinks.com/
广告投放
2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控
2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控
随着时间的推移,数字化已经在中国大量普及,越来越多的B2B企业意识到数字营销、内容营销、社交传播可以帮助业务加速推进。但是在和大量B2B出海企业的合作过程中,我们分析发现在实际的营销中存在诸多的瓶颈和痛点。 例如:传统B2B营销方式获客难度不断增大、获客受众局限、询盘成本高但质量不高、询盘数量增长不明显、线下展会覆盖客户的流失等,这些都是每天考验着B2B营销人的难题。 说到这些痛点和瓶颈,就不得不提到谷歌广告了,对比其他推广平台,Google是全球第一大搜索引擎,全球月活跃用户高达50亿人,覆盖80%全球互联网用户。受众覆盖足够的前提下,谷歌广告( Google Ads)还包括多种广告形式:搜索广告、展示广告(再营销展示广告、竞对广告)、视频广告、发现广告等全方位投放广告,关键字精准定位投放国家的相关客户,紧跟采购商的采购途径,增加获客。可以完美解决上面提到的痛点及瓶颈。 Google 360度获取优质流量: Google线上营销产品全方位助力: 营销网站+黄金账户诊断报告+定期报告=效果。 Google Ads为太多B2B出海企业带来了红利,这些红利也并不是简简单单就得来的,秘诀就是贵在坚持。多年推广经验总结:即使再好的平台,也有部分企业运营效果不好的时候,那应该怎么办?像正处在这种情况下的企业就应该放弃吗? 答案是:不,我们应该继续优化,那为什么这么说呢?就是最近遇到一个很典型的案例一家测控行业的企业,仅仅投放2个月的Google Ads,就因为询盘数量不多(日均150元,3-4封/月),投资回报率不成正比就打算放弃。 但其实2个月不足以说明什么,首先谷歌推广的探索期就是3个月,2个月基本处于平衡稳定的阶段。 其次对于刚刚做谷歌广告的新公司来说,国外客户是陌生的,即使看到广告进到网站也并不会第一时间就留言,货比三家,也会增加采购商的考虑时间,一直曝光在他的搜索结果页产生熟悉度,总会增加一些决定因素。 再有日预算150元,不足以支撑24小时点击,有时在搜索量较大的时候却没有了预算,导致了客户的流失。 最后不同的行业账户推广形式及效果也不一样,即使行业一样但是网站、公司实力等因素就不可能一模一样,即使一模一样也会因为流量竞争、推广时长等诸多因素导致效果不一样。 成功都是摸索尝试出来的,这个企业账户也一样,经过我们进一步的沟通分析决定再尝试一次, 这一次深度的分析及账户的优化后,最终效果翻了2-3倍,做到了从之前的高成本、低询盘量到现在低成本、高询盘的过渡。 这样的一个操作就是很好地开发了这个平台,通过充分利用达到了企业想要的一个效果。所以说啊,当谷歌广告做的不好的时候不应该放弃,那我们就来一起看一下这个企业是如何做到的。 2021年B2B外贸跨境获客催化剂-行业案例之测控(上) 一、主角篇-雷达液位测量仪 成立时间:2010年; 业务:微波原理的物料雷达液位测量与控制仪器生产、技术研发,雷达开发; 产业规模:客户分布在11个国家和地区,包括中国、巴西、马来西亚和沙特阿拉伯; 公司推广目标:低成本获得询盘,≤200元/封。 本次分享的主角是测控行业-雷达液位测量仪,目前预算250元/天,每周6-7封有效询盘,广告形式以:搜索广告+展示再营销为主。 过程中从一开始的控制预算150/天以搜索和展示再营销推广形式为主,1-2封询盘/周,询盘成本有时高达1000/封,客户预期是100-300的单个询盘成本,对于公司来说是能承受的价格。 以增加询盘数量为目的尝试过竞对广告和Gmail广告的推广,但投放过程中的转化不是很明显,一周的转化数据只有1-2个相比搜索广告1:5,每天都会花费,因为预算问题客户计划把重心及预算放在搜索广告上面,分析后更改账户广告结构还是以搜索+再营销为主,所以暂停这2种广告的推广。 账户调整后大约2周数据表现流量稳定,每周的点击、花费及转化基本稳定,平均为588:1213:24,询盘提升到了3-5封/周。 账户稳定后新流量的获取方法是现阶段的目标,YouTube视频广告,几万次的展示曝光几天就可以完成、单次观看价格只有几毛钱,传达给客户信息建议后,达成一致,因为这正是该客户一直所需要的低成本获取流量的途径; 另一个计划投放视频广告的原因是意识到想要增加网站访客进而增加获客只靠文字和图片已经没有太多的竞争力了,同时换位思考能够观看到视频也能提升采购商的购买几率。 所以就有了这样的后期的投放规划:搜索+展示再营销+视频广告300/天的推广形式,在谷歌浏览器的搜索端、B2B平台端、视频端都覆盖广告,实现尽可能多的客户数量。 关于具体的关于YouTube视频广告的介绍我也在另一篇案例里面有详细说明哦,指路《YouTube视频广告助力B2B突破瓶颈降低营销成本》,邀请大家去看看,干货满满,绝对让你不虚此行~ 二、方向转变篇-推广产品及国家重新定位 下面我就做一个账户实际转变前后的对比,这样大家能够更清楚一些: 最关键的来了,相信大家都想知道这个转变是怎么来的以及谷歌账户做了哪些调整把效果做上来的。抓住下面几点,相信你也会有所收获: 1. 产品投放新定位 因为企业是专门研发商用雷达,所以只投放这类的测量仪,其中大类主要分为各种物料、料位、液位测量仪器,其他的不做。根据关键字规划师查询的产品关键字在全球的搜索热度,一开始推广的只有雷达液位计/液位传感器/液位测量作为主推、无线液位变送器作为次推,产品及图片比较单一没有太多的竞争力。 后期根据全球商机洞察的行业产品搜索趋势、公司计划等结合统计结果又添加了超声波传感器、射频/电容/导纳、无线、制导雷达液位传感器、高频雷达液位变送器、无接触雷达液位计,同时增加了图片及详情的丰富性,做到了行业产品推广所需的多样性丰富性。像静压液位变送器、差压变送器没有他足够的搜索热度就没有推广。 2. 国家再筛选 转变前期的国家选取是根据海关编码查询的进口一直处在增长阶段的国家,也参考了谷歌趋势的国家参考。2018年全球进口(采购量)200.58亿美金。 采购国家排名:美国、德国、日本、英国、法国、韩国、加拿大、墨西哥、瑞典、荷兰、沙特阿拉伯。这些国家只能是参考切记跟风投放,疫情期间,实际的询盘国家还要靠数据和时间积累,做到及时止损即可。 投放过程不断摸索,经过推广数据总结,也根据实际询盘客户所在地暂停了部分国家,例如以色列、日本、老挝、摩纳哥、卡塔尔等国家和地区,加大力度投放巴西、秘鲁、智利、俄罗斯等国家即提高10%-20%的出价,主要推广地区还是在亚洲、南美、拉丁美洲、欧洲等地。 发达国家像英美加、墨西哥由于采购商的参考层面不同就单独拿出来给一小部分预算,让整体的预算花到发展中国家。通过后期每周的询盘反馈及时调整国家出价,有了现在的转变: 转变前的TOP10消耗国家: 转变后的TOP10消耗国家: 推广的产品及国家定下来之后,接下来就是做账户了,让我们继续往下看。 三、装备篇-账户投放策略 说到账户投放,前提是明确账户投放策略的宗旨:确保投资回报率。那影响投资回报率的效果指标有哪些呢?其中包含账户结构 、效果再提升(再营销、视频、智能优化等等)、网站着陆页。 那首先说明一下第一点:账户的结构,那账户结构怎么搭建呢?在以产品营销全球为目标的广告投放过程中,该客户在3个方面都有设置:预算、投放策略、搜索+再营销展示广告组合拳,缺一不可,也是上面转变后整体推广的总结。 账户结构:即推广的广告类型主要是搜索广告+再营销展示广告,如下图所示,下面来分别说明一下。 1、搜索广告结构: 1)广告系列 创建的重要性:我相信有很大一部分企业小伙伴在创建广告系列的时候都在考虑一个大方向上的问题:广告系列是针对所有国家投放吗?还是说不同的广告系列投放不同的国家呢? 实操规则:其实建议选择不同广告系列投放不同的国家,为什么呢?因为每个国家和每个国家的特点不一样,所以说在广告投放的时候应该区分开,就是着重性的投放。所以搜索广告系列的结构就是区分开国家,按照大洲划分(投放的国家比较多的情况下,这样分配可以观察不同大洲的推广数据以及方便对市场的考察)。 优化技巧:这样操作也方便按照不同大洲的上班时间调整广告投放时间,做到精准投放。 数据分析:在数据分析方面更方便观察不同大洲的数据效果,从而调整国家及其出价;进而能了解到不同大洲对于不同产品的不同需求,从而方便调整关键字。 这也引出了第二个重点调整对象—关键字,那关键字的选取是怎么去选择呢? 2)关键字 分为2部分品牌词+产品关键字,匹配形式可以采用广泛带+修饰符/词组/完全。 精准投放关键字: 品牌词:品牌词是一直推广的关键字,拓展品牌在海外的知名度应为企业首要的目的。 广告关键词:根据投放1个月数据发现:该行业里有一部分是大流量词(如Sensors、water level controller、Ultrasonic Sensor、meter、transmitter),即使是关键字做了完全匹配流量依然很大,但是实际带来的转化却很少也没有带来更多的询盘,这些词的调整过程是从修改匹配形式到降低出价再到暂停,这种就属于无效关键字了,我们要做到的是让预算花费到具体的产品关键字上。 其次流量比较大的词(如+ultrasound +sensor)修改成了词组匹配。还有一类词虽然搜索量不大但是有效性(转化次数/率)较高(例如:SENSOR DE NIVEL、level sensor、capacitive level sensor、level sensor fuel),针对这些关键字再去投放的时候出价可以相对高一些,1-3元即可。调整后的关键字花费前后对比,整体上有了大幅度的变化: 转变前的TOP10热力关键字: 转变后的TOP10热力关键字: PS: 关键字状态显示“有效”—可以采用第一种(防止错失账户投放关键字以外其他的也适合推广的该产品关键字)、如果投放一周后有花费失衡的状态可以把该关键字修改为词组匹配,观察一周还是失衡状态可改为完全匹配。 关键字状态显示“搜索量较低”—广泛匹配观察一个月,如果依然没有展示,建议暂停,否则会影响账户评级。 3)调整关键字出价 次推产品的出价都降低到了1-2元,主推产品也和实际咨询、平均每次点击费用做了对比调整到了3-4元左右(这些都是在之前高出价稳定排名基础后调整的)。 4)广告系列出价策略 基本包含尽可能争取更多点击次数/每次点击费用人工出价(智能)/目标每次转化费用3种,那分别什么时候用呢? 当账户刚刚开始投放的时候,可以选择第一/二种,用来获取更多的新客,当账户有了一定的转化数据的时候可以把其中转化次数相对少一些的1-2个广告系列的出价策略更改为“目标每次转化费用”出价,用来增加转化提升询盘数量。转化次数多的广告系列暂时可以不用更换,等更改出价策略的广告系列的转化次数有增加后,可以尝试再修改。 5)广告 1条自适应搜索广告+2条文字广告,尽可能把更多的信息展示客户,增加点击率。那具体的广告语的侧重点是什么呢? 除了产品本身的特点优势外,还是着重于企业的具体产品分类和能够为客户做到哪些服务,例如:专注于各种物体、料位、液位测量仪器生产与研发、为客户提供一体化测量解决方案等。这样进到网站的也基本是寻找相关产品的,从而也进一步提升了转化率。 6)搜索字词 建议日均花费≥200元每周筛选一次,<200元每2周筛选一次。不相关的排除、相关的加到账户中,减少无效点击和花费,这样行业关键字才会越来越精准,做到精准覆盖意向客户。 7)账户广告系列预算 充足的账户预算也至关重要,200-300/天的预算,为什么呢?预算多少其实也就代表着网站流量的多少,之前150/天的预算,账户到下午6点左右就花完了,这样每天就会流失很大一部分客户。广告系列预算可以根据大洲国家的数量分配。数量多的可以分配多一些比如亚洲,预算利用率不足时可以共享预算,把多余的预算放到花费高的系列中。 说完了搜索广告的结构后,接下来就是再营销展示广告了。 2、效果再提升-再营销展示广告结构 因为广告投放覆盖的是曾到达过网站的客户,所以搜索广告的引流精准了,再营销会再抓取并把广告覆盖到因某些原因没有选择我们的客户,做到二次营销。(详细的介绍及操作可以参考文章《精准投放再营销展示广告,就抓住了提升Google营销效果的一大步》) 1)广告组:根据在GA中创建的受众群体导入到账户中。 2)图片: 选择3种产品,每种产品的图片必须提供徽标、横向图片、纵向图片不同尺寸至少1张,最多5张,横向图片可以由多张图片合成一张、可以添加logo和产品名称。 图片设计:再营销展示广告的图片选取从之前的直接选用网站上的产品图,到客户根据我给出的建议设计了独特的产品图片,也提升了0.5%的点击率。 PS: 在广告推广过程中,该客户做过2次产品打折促销活动,信息在图片及描述中曝光,转化率上升1%,如果企业有这方面的计划,可以尝试一下。 YouTube视频链接:如果有YouTube视频的话,建议把视频放在不同的产品页面方便客户实时查看视频,增加真实性,促进询盘及成单,如果视频影响网站打开速度,只在网站标头和logo链接即可。 智能优化建议:谷歌账户会根据推广的数据及状态给出相应的智能优化建议,优化得分≥80分为健康账户分值,每条建议可根据实际情况采纳。 3、网站着陆页 这也是沟通次数很多的问题了,因为即使谷歌为网站引来再多的有质量的客户,如果到达网站后没有看到想要或更多的信息,也是无用功。网站也是企业的第二张脸,做好网站就等于成功一半了。 转变前产品图片模糊、数量少、缺少实物图、工厂库存等体现实力及真实性的图片;产品详情也不是很多,没有足够的竞争力。多次沟通积极配合修改调整后上面的问题全部解决了。网站打开速度保持在3s内、网站的跳出率从之前的80%降到了70%左右、平均页面停留时间也增加了30%。 FAQ:除了正常的网站布局外建议在关于我们或产品详情页添加FAQ,会减少采购商的考虑时间,也会减少因时差导致的与客户失联。如下图所示: 四、账户效果反馈分享篇 1、效果方面 之前每周只有1-2封询盘,现在达到了每周3-5封询盘,确实是提高了不少。 2、询盘成本 从当初的≥1000到现在控制在了100-300左右。 3、转化率 搜索广告+再营销展示广告让网站访客流量得到了充分的利用,增加了1.3%转化率。 就这样,该客户的谷歌账户推广效果有了新的转变,询盘稳定后,又开启了Facebook付费广告,多渠道推广产品,全域赢为目标,产品有市场,这样的模式肯定是如虎添翼。 到此,本次的测控案例就分享完了到这里了,其实部分行业的推广注意事项大方向上都是相通的。催化剂并不难得,找到适合自己的方法~谷歌广告贵在坚持,不是说在一个平台上做的不好就不做了,效果不理想可以改进,改进就能做好。 希望本次的测控案例分享能在某些方面起到帮助作用,在当今大环境下,助力企业增加网站流量及询盘数量,2021祝愿看到这篇文章的企业能够更上一层楼!
2022 年海外社交媒体15 个行业的热门标签
2022 年海外社交媒体15 个行业的热门标签
我们可以在社交媒体上看到不同行业,各种类型的品牌和企业,这些企业里有耳熟能详的大企业,也有刚建立的初创公司。 海外社交媒体也与国内一样是一个广阔的平台,作为跨境企业和卖家,如何让自己的品牌在海外社媒上更引人注意,让更多人看到呢? 在社交媒体上有一个功能,可能让我们的产品、内容被看到,也能吸引更多人关注,那就是标签。 2022年海外社交媒体中不同行业流行哪些标签呢?今天为大家介绍十五个行业超过140多个热门标签,让你找到自己行业的流量密码。 1、银行业、金融业 据 Forrester咨询称,银行业目前已经是一个数万亿的行业,估值正以惊人的速度飙升。银行业正在加速创新,准备加大技术、人才和金融科技方面的投资。 Z世代是金融行业的积极追随者,他们希望能够赶上投资机会。 案例: Shibtoken 是一种去中心化的加密货币,它在社交媒体上分享了一段关于诈骗的视频,受到了很大的关注度,视频告诉观众如何识别和避免陷入诈骗,在短短 20 小时内收到了 1.2K 条评论、3.6K 条转发和 1.14 万个赞。 银行和金融的流行标签 2、娱乐行业 娱乐行业一直都是有着高热度的行业,OTT (互联网电视)平台则进一步提升了娱乐行业的知名度,让每个家庭都能享受到娱乐。 案例: 仅 OTT 视频收入就达 246 亿美元。播客市场也在创造价值 10 亿美元的广告收入。 Netflix 在 YouTube 上的存在则非常有趣,Netflix会发布最新节目预告,进行炒作。即使是非 Netflix 用户也几乎可以立即登录该平台。在 YouTube 上,Netflix的订阅者数量已达到 2220 万。 3、新型微交通 目前,越来越多的人开始关注绿色出行,选择更环保的交通工具作为短距离的出行工具,微型交通是新兴行业,全球市场的复合年增长率为 17.4%,预计到2030 年将达到 195.42 美元。 Lime 是一项倡导游乐设施对人类和环境更安全的绿色倡议。他们会使用#RideGreen 的品牌标签来刺激用户发帖并推广Lime倡议。他们已经通过定期发帖吸引更多人加入微交通,并在社交媒体形成热潮。 4、时尚与美容 到 2025 年,时尚产业将是一个万亿美元的产业,数字化会持续加快这一进程。96% 的美容品牌也将获得更高的社交媒体声誉。 案例: Zepeto 在推特上发布了他们的人物风格,在短短六个小时内就有了自己的品牌人物。 5、旅游业 如果疫情能够有所缓解,酒店和旅游业很快就能从疫情的封闭影响下恢复,酒店业的行业收入可以超过 1900 亿美元,一旦疫情好转,将实现跨越式增长。 案例: Amalfiwhite 在ins上欢迎大家到英国选择他们的酒店, 精彩的Instagram 帖子吸引了很多的关注。 6.健康与健身 健康和健身品牌在社交媒体上发展迅速,其中包括来自全球行业博主的DIY 视频。到 2022 年底,健身行业的价值可以达到 1365.9 亿美元。 案例: Dan The Hinh在 Facebook 页面 发布了锻炼视频,这些健身视频在短短几个小时内就获得了 7300 次点赞和 11000 次分享。 健康和健身的热门标签 #health #healthylifestyle #stayhealthy #healthyskin #healthcoach #fitness #fitnessfreak #fitnessfood #bodyfitness #fitnessjourney 7.食品饮料业 在社交媒体上经常看到的内容类型就是食品和饮料,这一细分市场有着全网超过30% 的推文和60% 的 Facebook 帖子。 案例: Suerte BarGill 在社交媒体上分享调酒师制作饮品的视频,吸引人的视频让观看的人都很想品尝这种饮品。 食品和饮料的热门标签 #food #foodpics #foodies #goodfood #foodgram #beverages #drinks #beverage #drink #cocktails 8. 家居装饰 十年来,在线家居装饰迎来大幅增长,该利基市场的复合年增长率为4%。家居市场现在发展社交媒体也是最佳时机。 案例: Home Adore 在推特上发布家居装饰创意和灵感,目前已经有 220 万粉丝。 家居装饰的流行标签 #homedecor #myhomedecor #homedecorinspo #homedecors #luxuryhomedecor #homedecorlover #home #interiordesign #interiordecor #interiordesigner 9. 房地产 美国有超过200 万的房地产经纪人,其中70% 的人活跃在社交媒体上,加入社交媒体,是一个好机会。 案例: 房地产专家Sonoma County在推特上发布了一篇有关加州一所住宅的豪华图。房地产经纪人都开始利用社交媒体来提升销售额。 房地产的最佳标签 #realestate #realestatesales #realestateagents #realestatemarket #realestateforsale #realestategoals #realestateexperts #broker #luxuryrealestate #realestatelife 10. 牙科 到 2030年,牙科行业预计将飙升至6988 亿美元。 案例: Bridgewater NHS 在推特上发布了一条客户推荐,来建立患者对牙医服务的信任。突然之间,牙科似乎没有那么可怕了! 牙科的流行标签 #dental #dentist #dentistry #smile #teeth #dentalcare #dentalclinic #oralhealth #dentalhygiene #teethwhitening 11. 摄影 摄影在社交媒体中无处不在,持续上传作品可以增加作品集的可信度,当图片参与度增加一倍,覆盖范围增加三倍时,会获得更多的客户。 案例: 著名摄影师理查德·伯纳贝(Richard Bernabe)在推特上发布了他令人着迷的点击。这篇犹他州的帖子获得了 1900 次点赞和 238 次转发。 摄影的热门标签 #photography #photooftheday #photo #picoftheday #photoshoot #travelphotography #portraitphotography #photographylovers #iphonephotography #canonphotography 12. 技术 超过 55% 的 IT 买家会在社交媒体寻找品牌相关资料做出购买决定。这个数字足以说服这个利基市场中的任何人拥有活跃的社交媒体。 案例: The Hacker News是一个广受欢迎的平台,以分享直观的科技新闻而闻名。他们在 Twitter 上已经拥有 751K+ 的追随者。 最佳技术标签 #technology #tech #innovation #engineering #design #business #science #technew s #gadgets #smartphone 13.非政府组织 全球90% 的非政府组织会利用社交媒体向大众寻求支持。社交媒体会有捐赠、公益等组织。 案例: Mercy Ships 通过创造奇迹赢得了全世界的心。这是一篇关于他们的志愿麻醉师的帖子,他们在乌干达挽救了几条生命。 非政府组织的热门标签 #ngo #charity #nonprofit #support #fundraising #donation #socialgood #socialwork #philanthropy #nonprofitorganization 14. 教育 教育行业在过去十年蓬勃发展,借助社交媒体,教育行业有望达到新的高度。电子学习预计将在 6 年内达到万亿美元。 案例: Coursera 是一个领先的学习平台,平台会有很多世界一流大学额课程,它在社交媒体上的可以有效激励人们继续学习和提高技能。 最佳教育标签 #education #learning #school #motivation #students #study #student #children #knowledge #college 15. 医疗保健 疫情进一步证明了医疗保健行业的主导地位,以及挽救生命的力量。到 2022 年,该行业的价值将达到 10 万亿美元。 随着全球健康问题的加剧,医疗保健的兴起也将导致科技和制造业的增长。 案例: CVS Health 是美国领先的药房,积他们的官方账号在社交媒体上分享与健康相关的问题,甚至与知名运动员和著名人物合作,来提高对健康问题的关注度。 医疗保健的热门标签 #healthcare #health #covid #medical #medicine #doctor #hospital #nurse #wellness #healthylifestyle 大多数行业都开始尝试社交媒体,利用社交媒体可以获得更多的关注度和产品、服务的销量,在社交媒体企业和卖家,要关注标签的重要性,标签不仅能扩大帖子的覆盖范围,还能被更多人关注并熟知。 跨境企业和卖家可以通过使用流量高的标签了解当下人们词和竞争对手的受众都关注什么。 焦点LIKE.TG拥有丰富的B2C外贸商城建设经验,北京外贸商城建设、上海外贸商城建设、 广东外贸商城建设、深圳外贸商城建设、佛山外贸商城建设、福建外贸商城建设、 浙江外贸商城建设、山东外贸商城建设、江苏外贸商城建设...... 想要了解更多搜索引擎优化、外贸营销网站建设相关知识, 请拨打电话:400-6130-885。
2024年如何让谷歌快速收录网站页面?【全面指南】
2024年如何让谷歌快速收录网站页面?【全面指南】
什么是收录? 通常,一个网站的页面想要在谷歌上获得流量,需要经历如下三个步骤: 抓取:Google抓取你的页面,查看是否值得索引。 收录(索引):通过初步评估后,Google将你的网页纳入其分类数据库。 排名:这是最后一步,Google将查询结果显示出来。 这其中。收录(Google indexing)是指谷歌通过其网络爬虫(Googlebot)抓取网站上的页面,并将这些页面添加到其数据库中的过程。被收录的页面可以出现在谷歌搜索结果中,当用户进行相关搜索时,这些页面有机会被展示。收录的过程包括三个主要步骤:抓取(Crawling)、索引(Indexing)和排名(Ranking)。首先,谷歌爬虫会抓取网站的内容,然后将符合标准的页面加入索引库,最后根据多种因素对这些页面进行排名。 如何保障收录顺利进行? 确保页面有价值和独特性 确保页面内容对用户和Google有价值。 检查并更新旧内容,确保内容高质量且覆盖相关话题。 定期更新和重新优化内容 定期审查和更新内容,以保持竞争力。 删除低质量页面并创建内容删除计划 删除无流量或不相关的页面,提高网站整体质量。 确保robots.txt文件不阻止抓取 检查和更新robots.txt文件,确保不阻止Google抓取。 检查并修复无效的noindex标签和规范标签 修复导致页面无法索引的无效标签。 确保未索引的页面包含在站点地图中 将未索引的页面添加到XML站点地图中。 修复孤立页面和nofollow内部链接 确保所有页面通过站点地图、内部链接和导航被Google发现。 修复内部nofollow链接,确保正确引导Google抓取。 使用Rank Math Instant Indexing插件 利用Rank Math即时索引插件,快速通知Google抓取新发布的页面。 提高网站质量和索引过程 确保页面高质量、内容强大,并优化抓取预算,提高Google快速索引的可能性。 通过这些步骤,你可以确保Google更快地索引你的网站,提高搜索引擎排名。 如何加快谷歌收录你的网站页面? 1、提交站点地图 提交站点地图Sitemap到谷歌站长工具(Google Search Console)中,在此之前你需要安装SEO插件如Yoast SEO插件来生成Sitemap。通常当你的电脑有了SEO插件并开启Site Map功能后,你可以看到你的 www.你的域名.com/sitemap.xml的形式来访问你的Site Map地图 在谷歌站长工具中提交你的Sitemap 2、转发页面or文章至社交媒体或者论坛 谷歌对于高流量高权重的网站是会经常去爬取收录的,这也是为什么很多时候我们可以在搜索引擎上第一时间搜索到一些最新社媒帖文等。目前最适合转发的平台包括Facebook、Linkedin、Quora、Reddit等,在其他类型的论坛要注意转发文章的外链植入是否违背他们的规则。 3、使用搜索引擎通知工具 这里介绍几个搜索引擎通知工具,Pingler和Pingomatic它们都是免费的,其作用是告诉搜索引擎你提交的某个链接已经更新了,吸引前来爬取。是的,这相当于提交站点地图,只不过这次是提交给第三方。 4、在原有的高权重页面上设置内链 假设你有一些高质量的页面已经获得不错的排名和流量,那么可以在遵循相关性的前提下,适当的从这些页面做几个内链链接到新页面中去,这样可以快速让新页面获得排名
虚拟流量

                                 12个独立站增长黑客办法
12个独立站增长黑客办法
最近总听卖家朋友们聊起增长黑客,所以就给大家总结了一下增长黑客的一些方法。首先要知道,什么是增长黑客? 增长黑客(Growth Hacking)是营销人和程序员的混合体,其目标是产生巨大的增长—快速且经常在预算有限的情况下,是实现短时间内指数增长的最有效手段。增长黑客户和传统营销最大的区别在于: 传统营销重视认知和拉新获客增长黑客关注整个 AARRR 转换漏斗 那么,增长黑客方法有哪些呢?本文总结了12个经典增长黑客方法,对一些不是特别普遍的方法进行了延伸说明,建议收藏阅读。目 录1. SEO 2. 细分用户,低成本精准营销 3. PPC广告 4. Quora 流量黑客 5. 联合线上分享 6. 原生广告内容黑客 7. Google Ratings 8. 邮件营销 9. 调查问卷 10. 用户推荐 11. 比赛和赠送 12. 3000字文案营销1. SEO 查看 AdWords 中转化率最高的关键字,然后围绕这些关键字进行SEO策略的制定。也可以查看 Google Search Console 中的“搜索查询”报告,了解哪些关键字帮助你的网站获得了更多的点击,努力将关键词提升到第1页。用好免费的Google Search Console对于提升SEO有很大帮助。 使用Google Search Console可以在【Links】的部分看到哪个页面的反向连结 (Backlink)最多,从各个页面在建立反向连结上的优劣势。Backlink 的建立在 SEO 上来说是非常重要的! 在 【Coverage】 的部分你可以看到网站中是否有任何页面出现了错误,避免错误太多影响网站表现和排名。 如果担心Google 的爬虫程式漏掉一些页面,还可以在 Google Search Console 上提交网站的 Sitemap ,让 Google 的爬虫程式了解网站结构,避免遗漏页面。 可以使用XML-Sitemaps.com 等工具制作 sitemap,使用 WordPress建站的话还可以安装像Google XML Sitemaps、Yoast SEO 等插件去生成sitemap。2. 细分用户,低成本精准营销 针对那些看过你的产品的销售页面但是没有下单的用户进行精准营销,这样一来受众就会变得非常小,专门针对这些目标受众的打广告还可以提高点击率并大幅提高转化率,非常节约成本,每天经费可能都不到 10 美元。3. PPC广告PPC广告(Pay-per-Click):是根据点击广告或者电子邮件信息的用户数量来付费的一种网络广告定价模式。PPC采用点击付费制,在用户在搜索的同时,协助他们主动接近企业提供的产品及服务。例如Amazon和Facebook的PPC广告。4. Quora 流量黑客 Quora 是一个问答SNS网站,类似于国内的知乎。Quora的使用人群主要集中在美国,印度,英国,加拿大,和澳大利亚,每月有6亿多的访问量。大部分都是通过搜索词,比如品牌名和关键词来到Quora的。例如下图,Quora上对于痘痘肌修复的问题就排在Google搜索相关词的前列。 通过SEMrush + Quora 可以提高在 Google 上的自然搜索排名: 进入SEMrush > Domain Analytics > Organic Research> 搜索 quora.com点击高级过滤器,过滤包含你的目标关键字、位置在前10,搜索流量大于 100 的关键字去Quora在这些问题下发布回答5. 联合线上分享 与在你的领域中有一定知名度的影响者进行线上讲座合作(Webinar),在讲座中传递一些意义的内容,比如一些与你产品息息相关的干货知识,然后将你的产品应用到讲座内容提到的一些问题场景中,最后向用户搜集是否愿意了解你们产品的反馈。 但是,Webinar常见于B2B营销,在B2C领域还是应用的比较少的,而且成本较高。 所以大家在做海外营销的时候不妨灵活转换思维,和领域中有知名度的影响者合作YouTube视频,TikTok/Instagram等平台的直播,在各大社交媒体铺开宣传,是未来几年海外营销的重点趋势。6. 原生广告内容黑客 Native Advertising platform 原生广告是什么?从本质上讲,原生广告是放置在网页浏览量最多的区域中的内容小部件。 简单来说,就是融合了网站、App本身的广告,这种广告会成为网站、App内容的一部分,如Google搜索广告、Facebook的Sponsored Stories以及Twitter的tweet式广告都属于这一范畴。 它的形式不受标准限制,是随场景而变化的广告形式。有视频类、主题表情原生广告、游戏关卡原生广告、Launcher桌面原生广告、Feeds信息流、和手机导航类。7. Google Ratings 在 Google 搜索结果和 Google Ads 上显示产品评分。可以使用任何与Google能集成的电商产品评分应用,并将你网站上的所有评论导入Google系统中。每次有人在搜索结果中看到你的广告或产品页面时,他们都会在旁边看到评分数量。 8. 邮件营销 据外媒统计,80% 的零售行业人士表示电子邮件营销是留住用户的一个非常重要的媒介。一般来说,邮件营销有以下几种类型: 弃单挽回邮件产品补货通知折扣、刮刮卡和优惠券发放全年最优价格邮件通知9. 用户推荐 Refer激励现有用户推荐他人到你的独立站下单。举个例子,Paypal通过用户推荐使他们的业务每天有 7% 到 10%的增长。因此,用户推荐是不可忽视的增长办法。10. 调查问卷 调查问卷是一种快速有效的增长方式,不仅可以衡量用户满意度,还可以获得客户对你产品的期望和意见。调查问卷的内容包括产品体验、物流体验、UI/UX等任何用户购买产品过程中遇到的问题。调查问卷在AARRR模型的Refer层中起到重要的作用,只有搭建好和客户之间沟通的桥梁,才能巩固你的品牌在客户心中的地位,增加好感度。 11. 比赛和赠送 这个增长方式的成本相对较低。你可以让你的用户有机会只需要通过点击就可以赢得他们喜欢的东西,同时帮你你建立知名度并获得更多粉丝。许多电商品牌都以比赛和赠送礼物为特色,而这也是他们成功的一部分。赠送礼物是增加社交媒体帐户曝光和电子邮件列表的绝佳方式。如果您想增加 Instagram 粉丝、Facebook 页面点赞数或电子邮件订阅者,比赛和赠送会创造奇迹。在第一种情况下,你可以让你的受众“在 Instagram 上关注我们来参加比赛”。同样,您可以要求他们“输入电子邮件地址以获胜”。有许多内容可以用来作为赠送礼物的概念:新产品发布/预发售、摄影比赛、节假日活动和赞助活动。12. 3000字文案营销 就某一个主题撰写 3,000 字的有深度博客文章。在文章中引用行业影响者的名言并链接到他们的博文中,然后发邮件让他们知道你在文章中推荐了他们,促进你们之间的互动互推。这种增长办法广泛使用于B2B的服务类网站,比如Shopify和Moz。 DTC品牌可以用这样的增长办法吗?其实不管你卖什么,在哪个行业,展示你的专业知识,分享新闻和原创观点以吸引消费者的注意。虽然这可能不会产生直接的销售,但能在一定程度上影响他们购买的决定,不妨在你的独立站做出一个子页面或单独做一个博客,发布与你产品/服务相关主题的文章。 数据显示,在阅读了品牌网站上的原创博客内容后,60%的消费者对品牌的感觉更积极。如果在博客中能正确使用关键词,还可以提高搜索引擎优化及排名。 比如Cottonbabies.com就利用博文把自己的SEO做得很好。他们有一个针对“布料尿布基础知识”的页面,为用户提供有关“尿布:”主题的所有问题的答案。小贴士:记得要在博客文章末尾链接到“相关产品”哦~本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo

                                 2021 Shopify独立站推广引流 获取免费流量方法
2021 Shopify独立站推广引流 获取免费流量方法
独立站的流量一般来自两个部分,一种是付费打广告,另外一种就是免费的自然流量,打广告带来的流量是最直接最有效的流量,免费流量可能效果不会那么直接,需要时间去积累和沉淀。但是免费的流量也不容忽视,第一,这些流量是免费的,第二,这些流量是长久有效的。下面分享几个免费流量的获取渠道和方法。 1.SNS 社交媒体营销 SNS 即 Social Network Services,国外最主流的 SNS 平台有 Facebook、Twitter、Linkedin、Instagram 等。SNS 营销就是通过运营这些社交平台,从而获得流量。 SNS 营销套路很多,但本质还是“眼球经济”,简单来说就是把足够“好”的内容,分享给足够“好”的人。好的内容就是足够吸引人的内容,而且这些内容确保不被人反感;好的人就是对你内容感兴趣的人,可能是你的粉丝,也可能是你潜在的粉丝。 如何把你想要发的内容发到需要的人呢?首先我们要确定自己的定位,根据不同的定位在社交媒体平台发布不同的内容,从而自己品牌的忠实粉丝。 1、如果你的定位是营销类的,一般要在社交媒体发布广告贴文、新品推送、优惠信息等。适合大多数电商产品,它的带货效果好,不过需要在短期内积累你的粉丝。如果想要在短期内积累粉丝就不可避免需要使用付费广告。 2、如果你的定位是服务类的,一般要在社交媒体分享售前售后的信息和服务,一般 B2B 企业使用的比较多。 3、如果你的定位是专业类科技产品,一般要在社交媒体分享产品开箱测评,竞品分析等。一般 3C 类的产品适合在社交媒体分享这些内容,像国内也有很多评测社区和网站,这类社区的粉丝一般购买力都比较强。 4、如果你的定位是热点类的,一般要在社交媒体分享行业热点、新闻资讯等内容。因为一般都是热点,所以会带来很多流量,利用这些流量可以快速引流,实现变现。 5、如果你的定位是娱乐类的:一般要在社交媒体分享泛娱乐内容,适合分享钓具、定制、改装类的内容。 2.EDM 邮件营销 很多人对邮件营销还是不太重视,国内一般都是使用在线沟通工具,像微信、qq 比较多,但是在国外,电子邮件则是主流的沟通工具,很多外国人每天使用邮箱的频率跟吃饭一样,所以通过电子邮件营销也是国外非常重要的营销方式。 定期制作精美有吸引力的邮件内容,发给客户,把邮件内容设置成跳转到网站,即可以给网站引流。 3.联盟营销 卖家在联盟平台上支付一定租金并发布商品,联盟平台的会员领取联盟平台分配的浏览等任务,如果会员对这个商品感兴趣,会领取优惠码购买商品,卖家根据优惠码支付给联盟平台一定的佣金。 二、网站SEO引流 SEO(Search Engine Optimization)搜索引擎优化,是指通过采用易于搜索引擎索引的合理手段,使网站各项基本要素适合搜索引擎的检索原则并且对用户更友好,从而更容易被搜索引擎收录及优先排序。 那 SEO 有什么作用嘛?简而言之分为两种,让更多的用户更快的找到他想要的东西;也能让有需求的客户首先找到你。作为卖家,更关心的是如何让有需求的客户首先找到你,那么你就要了解客户的需求,站在客户的角度去想问题。 1.SEO 标签书写规范 通常标签分为标题、关键词、描述这三个部分,首先你要在标题这个部分你要说清楚“你是谁,你干啥,有什么优势。”让人第一眼就了解你,这样才能在第一步就留住有效用户。标题一般不超过 80 个字符;其次,关键词要真实的涵盖你的产品、服务。一般不超过 100 个字符;最后在描述这里,补充标题为表达清楚的信息,一般不超过 200 个字符。 标题+描述 值得注意的是标题+描述,一般会成为搜索引擎检索结果的简介。所以标题和描述一定要完整表达你的产品和品牌的特点和优势。 关键词 关键词的设定也是非常重要的,因为大多数用户购买产品不会直接搜索你的商品,一般都会直接搜索想要购买产品的关键字。关键词一般分为以下四类。 建议目标关键词应该是品牌+产品,这样用户无论搜索品牌还是搜索产品,都能找到你的产品,从而提高命中率。 那如何选择关键词呢?拿我们最常使用的目标关键词举例。首先我们要挖掘出所有的相关关键词,并挑选出和网站自身直接相关的关键词,通过分析挑选出的关键词热度、竞争力,从而确定目标关键词。 注:一般我们都是通过关键词分析工具、搜索引擎引导词、搜索引擎相关搜索、权重指数以及分析同行网站的关键词去分析确定目标关键词。 几个比较常用的关键词分析工具: (免费)MozBar: https://moz.com (付费)SimilarWeb: https://www.similarweb.com/ 2.链接锚文本 什么是锚文本? 一个关键词,带上一个链接,就是一个链接锚文本。带链接的关键词就是锚文本。锚文本在 SEO 过程中起到本根性的作用。简单来说,SEO 就是不断的做锚文本。锚文本链接指向的页面,不仅是引导用户前来访问网站,而且告诉搜索引擎这个页面是“谁”的最佳途径。 站内锚文本 发布站内描文本有利于蜘蛛快速抓取网页、提高权重、增加用户体验减少跳出、有利搜索引擎判断原创内容。你在全网站的有效链接越多,你的排名就越靠前。 3 外部链接什么是外部链接? SEO 中的外部链接又叫导入链接,简称外链、反链。是由其他网站上指向你的网站的链接。 如何知道一个网站有多少外链? 1.Google Search Console 2.站长工具 3.MozBar 4.SimilarWeb 注:低权重、新上线的网站使用工具群发外链初期会得到排名的提升,但被搜索引擎发现后,会导致排名大幅度下滑、降权等。 如何发布外部链接? 通过友情链接 、自建博客 、软文 、论坛 、问答平台发布外链。以下几个注意事项: 1.一个 url 对应一个关键词 2.外链网站与自身相关,像鱼竿和鱼饵,假发和假发护理液,相关却不形成竞争是最好。 3.多找优质网站,大的门户网站(像纽约时报、BBC、WDN 新闻网) 4.内容多样性, 一篇帖子不要重复发 5.频率自然,一周两三篇就可以 6.不要作弊,不能使用隐藏链接、双向链接等方式发布外链 7.不要为了发外链去发外链,“好”的内容才能真正留住客户 4.ALT 标签(图片中的链接) 在产品或图片管理里去编辑 ALT 标签,当用户搜索相关图片时,就会看到图片来源和图片描述。这样能提高你网站关键词密度,从而提高你网站权重。 5.网页更新状态 网站如果经常更新内容的话,会加快这个页面被收录的进度。此外在网站上面还可以添加些“最新文章”版块及留言功能。不要只是为了卖产品而卖产品,这样一方面可以增加用户的粘性,另一方面也加快网站的收录速度。 6.搜索跳出率 跳出率越高,搜索引擎便越会认为你这是个垃圾网站。跳出率高一般有两个原因,用户体验差和广告效果差,用户体验差一般都是通过以下 5 个方面去提升用户体验: 1.优化网站打开速度 2.网站内容整洁、排版清晰合理 3.素材吸引眼球 4.引导功能完善 5.搜索逻辑正常、产品分类明确 广告效果差一般通过这两个方面改善,第一个就是真实宣传 ,确保你的产品是真实的,切勿挂羊头卖狗肉。第二个就是精准定位受众,你的产品再好,推给不需要的人,他也不会去看去买你的产品,这样跳出率肯定会高。本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo

                                 2022,国际物流发展趋势如何?
2022,国际物流发展趋势如何?
受新冠疫情影响,从2020年下半年开始,国际物流市场出现大规模涨价、爆舱、缺柜等情况。中国出口集装箱运价综合指数去年12月末攀升至1658.58点,创近12年来新高。去年3月苏伊士运河“世纪大堵船”事件的突发,导致运力紧缺加剧,集运价格再创新高,全球经济受到影响,国际物流行业也由此成功出圈。 加之各国政策变化、地缘冲突等影响,国际物流、供应链更是成为近两年行业内关注的焦点。“拥堵、高价、缺箱、缺舱”是去年海运的关键词条,虽然各方也尝试做出了多种调整,但2022年“高价、拥堵”等国际物流特点仍影响着国际社会的发展。 总体上来看,由疫情带来的全球供应链困境会涉及到各行各业,国际物流业也不例外,将继续面对运价高位波动、运力结构调整等状况。在这一复杂的环境中,外贸人要掌握国际物流的发展趋势,着力解决当下难题,找到发展新方向。 国际物流发展趋势 由于内外部因素的影响,国际物流业的发展趋势主要表现为“运力供需矛盾依旧存在”“行业并购整合风起云涌”“新兴技术投入持续增长”“绿色物流加快发展”。 1.运力供需矛盾依旧存在 运力供需矛盾是国际物流业一直存在的问题,近两年这一矛盾不断加深。疫情的爆发更是成了运力矛盾激化、供需紧张加剧的助燃剂,使得国际物流的集散、运输、仓储等环节无法及时、高效地进行连接。各国先后实施的防疫政策,以及受情反弹和通胀压力加大影响,各国经济恢复程度不同,造成全球运力集中在部分线路与港口,船只、人员难以满足市场需求,缺箱、缺舱、缺人、运价飙升、拥堵等成为令物流人头疼的难题。 对物流人来说,自去年下半年开始,多国疫情管控政策有所放松,供应链结构加快调整,运价涨幅、拥堵等难题得到一定缓解,让他们再次看到了希望。2022年,全球多国采取的一系列经济恢复措施,更是缓解了国际物流压力。但由运力配置与现实需求之间的结构性错位导致的运力供需矛盾,基于纠正运力错配短期内无法完成,这一矛盾今年会继续存在。 2.行业并购整合风起云涌 过去两年,国际物流行业内的并购整合大大加快。小型企业间不断整合,大型企业和巨头则择机收购,如Easysent集团并购Goblin物流集团、马士基收购葡萄牙电商物流企业HUUB等,物流资源不断向头部靠拢。 国际物流企业间的并购提速,一方面,源于潜在的不确定性和现实压力,行业并购事件几乎成为必然;另一方面,源于部分企业积极准备上市,需要拓展产品线,优化服务能力,增强市场竞争力,提升物流服务的稳定性。与此同时,由疫情引发的供应链危机,面对供需矛盾严重,全球物流失控,企业需要打造自主可控的供应链。此外,全球航运企业近两年大幅增长的盈利也为企业发起并购增加了信心。 在经历两个年度的并购大战后,今年的国际物流行业并购会更加集中于垂直整合上下游以提升抗冲击能力方面。对国际物流行业而言,企业积极的意愿、充足的资本以及现实的诉求都将使并购整合成为今年行业发展的关键词。 3.新兴技术投入持续增长 受疫情影响,国际物流企业在业务开展、客户维护、人力成本、资金周转等方面的问题不断凸显。因而,部分中小微国际物流企业开始寻求改变,如借助数字化技术降低成本、实现转型,或与行业巨头、国际物流平台企业等合作,从而获得更好的业务赋能。电子商务、物联网、云计算、大数据、区块链、5G、人工智能等数字技术为突破这些困难提供了可能性。 国际物流数字化领域投融资热潮也不断涌现。经过近些年来的发展,处于细分赛道头部的国际物流数字化企业受到追捧,行业大额融资不断涌现,资本逐渐向头部聚集,如诞生于美国硅谷的Flexport在不到五年时间里总融资额高达13亿美元。另外,由于国际物流业并购整合的速度加快,新兴技术的应用就成了企业打造和维持核心竞争力的主要方式之一。因而,2022年行业内新技术的应用或将持续增长。 4.绿色物流加快发展 近年来全球气候变化显著,极端天气频繁出现。自1950年以来,全球气候变化的原因主要来自于温室气体排放等人类活动,其中,CO₂的影响约占三分之二。为应对气候变化,保护环境,各国政府积极开展工作,形成了以《巴黎协定》为代表的一系列重要协议。 而物流业作为国民经济发展的战略性、基础性、先导性产业,肩负着实现节能降碳的重要使命。根据罗兰贝格发布的报告,交通物流行业是全球二氧化碳排放的“大户”,占全球二氧化碳排放量的21%,当前,绿色低碳转型加速已成为物流业共识,“双碳目标”也成行业热议话题。 全球主要经济体已围绕“双碳”战略,不断深化碳定价、碳技术、能源结构调整等重点措施,如奥地利政府计划在2040年实现“碳中和/净零排放”;中国政府计划在2030年实现“碳达峰”,在2060年实现“碳中和/净零排放”。基于各国在落实“双碳”目标方面做出的努力,以及美国重返《巴黎协定》的积极态度,国际物流业近两年围绕“双碳”目标进行的适应性调整在今年将延续,绿色物流成为市场竞争的新赛道,行业内减少碳排放、推动绿色物流发展的步伐也会持续加快。 总之,在疫情反复、突发事件不断,运输物流链阶段性不畅的情况下,国际物流业仍会根据各国政府政策方针不断调整业务布局和发展方向。 运力供需矛盾、行业并购整合、新兴技术投入、物流绿色发展,将对国际物流行业的发展产生一定影响。对物流人来说,2022年仍是机遇与挑战并存的一年。本文转载自:https://u-chuhai.com/?s=seo
LIKE精选
LIKE.TG |出海如何有效识别与管理电商客服敏感词
LIKE.TG |出海如何有效识别与管理电商客服敏感词
在电商行业,客服是与客户沟通的桥梁,而敏感词的管理则是保障品牌形象和客户体验的重要环节。随着电商市场的竞争加剧,如何有效地管理敏感词,成为了每个电商企业必须面对的挑战。本文将详细介绍电商客服敏感词的重要性,以及如何利用LIKE.TG云控系统进行高效的敏感词管理,LIKE.TG云控系统在出海中的作用。最好用的云控拓客系统:https://www.like.tg免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel什么是电商客服敏感词?电商客服敏感词是指在与客户沟通时,可能引起误解、争议或法律问题的词汇。这些词汇可能涉及到产品质量、售后服务、品牌形象等多个方面。有效管理敏感词,不仅能避免潜在的法律风险,还能提升客户的满意度和信任度。敏感词的分类品牌相关敏感词:涉及品牌名称、商标等。法律风险敏感词:可能引发法律纠纷的词汇,如“假货”、“退款”等。负面情绪敏感词:可能引起客户不满的词汇,如“差”、“失望”等。敏感词管理的重要性保护品牌形象提升客户体验避免法律风险敏感词的使用不当,可能导致客户对品牌产生负面印象。通过有效的敏感词管理,可以维护品牌形象,提升客户信任度。良好的客服体验能够提升客户的满意度,而敏感词的管理则是提升体验的关键之一。通过避免使用敏感词,客服人员能够更好地与客户沟通,解决问题。在电商运营中,法律风险无处不在。有效的敏感词管理可以帮助企业规避潜在的法律问题,保护企业的合法权益。LIKE.TG云控系统的优势在敏感词管理方面,LIKE.TG云控系统提供了一系列强大的功能,帮助电商企业高效地管理敏感词。敏感词库管理实时监控与预警数据分析与报告LIKE.TG云控系统提供丰富的敏感词库,用户可以根据自己的需求进行定制和更新。系统会自动识别并过滤敏感词,确保客服沟通的安全性。系统具备实时监控功能,可以随时跟踪客服沟通中的敏感词使用情况。一旦发现敏感词,系统会及时发出预警,帮助客服人员及时调整沟通策略。LIKE.TG云控系统还提供数据分析功能,用户可以查看敏感词使用的统计数据,从而优化客服策略。通过分析数据,企业可以更好地理解客户需求,提升服务质量。如何使用LIKE.TG云控系统进行敏感词管理注册与登录设置敏感词库实施实时监控数据分析与优化首先,用户需要在LIKE.TG云控系统官网注册账号,并完成登录。用户界面友好,操作简单,方便各类用户使用。在系统内,用户可以根据自身的需求,设置和更新敏感词库。添加敏感词时,建议结合行业特点,确保敏感词库的完整性。通过LIKE.TG云控系统的实时监控功能,用户可以随时查看客服沟通中的敏感词使用情况。系统会自动记录每次敏感词的出现,并生成相应的报告。定期查看敏感词使用的统计数据,用户可以根据数据分析结果,及时调整客服策略。例如,如果某个敏感词频繁出现,说明该问题需要引起重视,及时优化沟通方式。常见问题解答LIKE.TG云控系统安全吗?敏感词库是否可以自定义?是的,LIKE.TG云控系统采用了先进的安全技术,确保用户数据的安全性。系统定期进行安全检查,保障用户信息的隐私。用户可以根据自身需求,自定义敏感词库。LIKE.TG云控系统支持随时添加和删除敏感词,确保库的及时更新。在电商行业,客服敏感词的管理至关重要。通过有效的敏感词管理,不仅可以保护品牌形象、提升客户体验,还能避免法律风险。LIKE.TG云控系统作为一款强大的敏感词管理工具,能够帮助电商企业高效地管理敏感词,提升客服质量。免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 点击这里
LIKE.TG |出海电商客服敏感词与敏感词大全推荐指南
LIKE.TG |出海电商客服敏感词与敏感词大全推荐指南
在全球化的商业环境中,出海电商成为了许多企业拓展市场的重要选择。然而,跨国经营带来了语言、文化和法律等多方面的挑战,尤其是在客服领域,敏感词的管理显得尤为重要。本文将深入探讨出海电商客服敏感词的重要性,并推荐适合的客服系统,帮助企业提升客户体验和品牌形象。最好用的出海客服系统:https://www.like.tg免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel什么是出海电商客服敏感词?出海电商客服敏感词是指在与客户沟通时,可能引起误解、争议或法律问题的词汇。这些词汇可能涉及品牌形象、产品质量、售后服务等多个方面。有效管理敏感词,不仅能避免潜在的法律风险,还能提升客户的满意度和信任度。敏感词的分类品牌相关敏感词:涉及品牌名称、商标等。法律风险敏感词:可能引发法律纠纷的词汇,如“假货”、“退款”等。文化敏感词:在不同文化背景下可能引起误解的词汇。出海电商客服敏感词的重要性保护品牌形象敏感词的使用不当,可能导致客户对品牌产生负面印象。通过有效的敏感词管理,可以维护品牌形象,提升客户信任度。提升客户体验良好的客服体验能够提升客户的满意度,而敏感词的管理则是提升体验的关键之一。通过避免使用敏感词,客服人员能够更好地与客户沟通,解决问题。避免法律风险在出海电商运营中,法律风险无处不在。有效的敏感词管理可以帮助企业规避潜在的法律问题,保护企业的合法权益。三、推荐的客服系统在敏感词管理方面,选择合适的客服系统至关重要。以下是一些推荐的客服系统,它们能够帮助企业高效地管理敏感词,提升客服质量。LIKE.TG云控系统LIKE.TG云控系统是一款功能强大的客服管理工具,提供了敏感词库管理、实时监控和数据分析等多种功能,帮助企业有效管理客服沟通中的敏感词。敏感词库管理:用户可以根据自身需求,定制和更新敏感词库,确保敏感词的及时更新。实时监控与预警:系统具备实时监控功能,可以随时跟踪客服沟通中的敏感词使用情况,及时发出预警。数据分析与报告:提供详细的数据分析报告,帮助企业优化客服策略。ZendeskZendesk是一款全球知名的客服系统,支持多语言和多渠道的客户沟通。其敏感词管理功能可以帮助企业避免使用不当的词汇,提升客户体验。多语言支持:适合出海电商,能够满足不同国家客户的需求。自动化功能:可以设置自动回复和智能问答,提高工作效率。FreshdeskFreshdesk是一款灵活的客服系统,提供了丰富的功能和自定义选项,适合各类电商企业使用。自定义敏感词库:用户可以根据行业特点,自定义敏感词库。多渠道支持:支持邮件、社交媒体和在线聊天等多种沟通方式。如何有效管理出海电商客服敏感词建立敏感词库首先,企业需要建立一份全面的敏感词库,涵盖品牌相关、法律风险和文化敏感词。根据市场反馈和客户沟通的实际情况,定期更新敏感词库。培训客服人员对客服人员进行敏感词管理的培训,使其了解敏感词的定义和重要性,掌握如何避免使用敏感词的技巧。使用客服系统进行监控通过使用合适的客服系统,如LIKE.TG云控系统,企业可以实时监控客服沟通中的敏感词使用情况,及时调整沟通策略。数据分析与优化定期查看敏感词使用的统计数据,企业可以根据数据分析结果,及时调整客服策略。例如,如果某个敏感词频繁出现,说明该问题需要引起重视,及时优化沟通方式。常见问题解答出海电商客服敏感词管理的难点是什么?出海电商客服敏感词管理的难点主要在于文化差异和法律法规的不同。企业需要深入了解目标市场的文化背景和法律要求,以制定合适的敏感词管理策略。如何选择合适的客服系统?选择合适的客服系统时,企业应考虑系统的多语言支持、敏感词管理功能、数据分析能力等因素,以满足自身的需求。如何处理敏感词的误判?企业可以通过客服系统的反馈机制,及时调整敏感词设置,避免误判。同时,定期对敏感词库进行审查和更新。在出海电商的过程中,客服敏感词的管理至关重要。通过有效的敏感词管理,不仅可以保护品牌形象、提升客户体验,还能避免法律风险。选择合适的客服系统,如LIKE.TG云控系统,能够帮助企业高效地管理敏感词,提升客服质量。免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区/联系客服
LIKE.TG |如何高效管理多账号推特?最好用的 Twitter多开工具
LIKE.TG |如何高效管理多账号推特?最好用的 Twitter多开工具
在今天的社交媒体营销世界,Twitter无疑是一个强大的平台,尤其是在全球范围内。无论你是企业营销人员、内容创作者,还是网络推广者,Twitter的强大影响力让它成为了一个必不可少的工具。然而,随着Twitter账号管理的需求增加,许多人开始寻求高效的多账号管理解决方案——这时候,“多账号推特”和“Twitter多开”变得尤为重要。通过多账号管理,你不仅可以针对不同的受众群体定制个性化的内容,还能够扩展你的社交圈子,增加曝光率,提升品牌影响力。但传统的手动管理多个Twitter账号无疑是一个耗时且繁琐的任务,特别是当你需要频繁切换账号时。在这个时候,使用专业的工具来实现Twitter的多开管理显得至关重要。一个高效的Twitter多开工具能够帮助你同时管理多个账号,避免账号之间的冲突,提高运营效率,甚至还能避免被平台封禁的风险。最好用的Twitter多开工具:https://www.like.tg免费试用请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel解决方案:LIKE.TG让多账号推特管理变得轻松如果你正在寻找一个可靠的解决方案来进行多账号管理,那么LIKE.TG Twitter获客大师系统是一个值得考虑的选择。LIKE.TG不仅支持多个Twitter账号的云端管理,它还具有支持Twitter多开的强大功能。通过LIKE.TG,你可以:批量管理多个Twitter账号:你可以在同一设备上同时登录并管理多个Twitter账号,大大提高工作效率。免去频繁切换账号的麻烦:LIKE.TG让你轻松在多个Twitter账号之间切换,避免频繁登录登出带来的困扰。实现自动化操作:LIKE.TG支持自动化发推、自动回复、自动关注等功能,帮助你在多个账号上保持活跃状态。了解更多有关LIKE.TG的功能,可以访问我们的官网:https://www.like.tg。为什么选择LIKE.TG的Twitter多开系统?选择LIKE.TG的Twitter多开系统,你不仅能享受高效的账号管理,还能够利用其智能化的功能提升营销效果。以下是使用LIKE.TG进行Twitter多开管理的几个优势:高度自动化精准的用户定位安全性保障如何使用LIKE.TG实现高效的Twitter多开?使用LIKE.TG的Twitter多开功能非常简单。只需要几个简单的步骤,你就可以开始管理多个Twitter账号了:登录Twitter获客系统账号设置Twitter账号:在LIKE.TG的控制面板上,你可以输入你的多个Twitter账号信息,并开始批量管理。定制化操作规则:你可以根据不同的目标,设置每个Twitter账号的自动化操作规则,如定时发推、自动点赞、自动关注,私信发信息,采集粉丝等开始运行:点击“启动”,LIKE.TG将脚本自动帮助你执行这些操作,并且你可以在任何时候查看每个Twitter账号的实时数据和表现使用LIKE.TG,你能够轻松实现Twitter多开管理,提高工作效率,提升Twitter账号的活跃度和互动率。多账号推特与SEO优化:如何提升Twitter的流量与排名?Twitter不仅是一个社交平台,它也是SEO优化的重要组成部分。通过高效的多账号管理和内容推广,你能够提升自己在Twitter上的曝光率,从而为你的品牌带来更多的流量。以下是利用Twitter进行SEO优化的几种策略:增加推文的互动量定期更新内容使用关键词优化建立链接LIKE.TG Twitter获客大师系统 为Twitter多开管理提供了一个高效、自动化、安全的解决方案。不论你是个人品牌的经营者,还是企业营销人员,通过LIKE.TG,你都能轻松管理多个Twitter账号,提升账号活跃度,增强品牌影响力,进而获得更多的关注和转化。免费使用LIKE.TG官方:各平台云控,住宅代理IP,翻译器,计数器,号段筛选等出海工具;请联系LIKE.TG✈官方客服: @LIKETGAngel想要了解更多,还可以加入LIKE.TG官方社群 LIKE.TG生态链-全球资源互联社区
加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈加入like.tg生态圈,即可获利、结识全球供应商、拥抱全球软件生态圈